247 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
cbcb1b3778 Index the v3.1.1 release notes
Some checks failed
ci/woodpecker/tag/release Pipeline failed
2026-10-11 01:56:54 +00:00
39052bf47e Write the Audita v3.1.1 release note 2026-10-11 01:55:06 +00:00
7cd5edd650 Resolve annotated tag events before CI delivery 2026-10-11 01:51:44 +00:00
2d41748006 Use the Go v3 module path for Audita
Some checks failed
ci/woodpecker/tag/release Pipeline failed
2026-10-11 01:40:38 +00:00
1d4be9988e Index the v3.1.0 release notes 2026-10-11 01:38:14 +00:00
ed65aa6474 Remove completed roadmaps and preserve deferred work 2026-10-11 01:37:33 +00:00
4c5536ab78 Write the Audita v3.1.0 release notes 2026-10-11 01:36:37 +00:00
b01180ea83 Upgrade ConfigKit, ReleaseKit, and PromptKit 2026-10-11 01:35:09 +00:00
07fab5586b Document the latest library updates and adoption work 2026-10-11 01:25:53 +00:00
6debe7e641 Upgrade ReleaseKit and simplify release tooling 2026-10-09 04:09:26 +00:00
11c349d9ae Adopt the updated release policy 2026-10-09 03:53:18 +00:00
36823c91fb Plan the ReleaseKit v0.3.0 upgrade 2026-10-09 03:44:10 +00:00
17421bc5f3 Use the tagged module selection for CI delivery 2026-10-07 23:45:27 +00:00
bd62f360a7 Prepare the v3.0.1 release note
Some checks failed
ci/woodpecker/tag/release Pipeline failed
2026-10-07 14:52:59 +00:00
5a11b34aad Test release wiring by its effective behavior 2026-10-07 14:50:41 +00:00
f9cf5c3861 Clarify the ReleaseKit adoption roadmap 2026-10-07 14:49:43 +00:00
ea223fcf98 Check effective release target membership 2026-10-07 14:44:36 +00:00
8d416558a3 Use standard help handling for the version command 2026-10-07 14:43:38 +00:00
561a84fcf8 Record the ReleaseKit adoption review findings 2026-10-07 14:31:33 +00:00
3c405f0524 Close the ReleaseKit adoption roadmap 2026-10-07 14:15:46 +00:00
5ac704c4c4 Document the ReleaseKit release workflow 2026-10-07 14:09:00 +00:00
5af6ba7d89 Migrate CI to ReleaseKit delivery 2026-10-07 14:00:01 +00:00
06dc273896 Adopt ReleaseKit profile and local wrapper 2026-10-07 13:58:07 +00:00
7e7940db9a Add ReleaseKit version reporting 2026-10-07 13:51:52 +00:00
721365e59d Plan the ReleaseKit adoption in five stages 2026-10-07 13:41:32 +00:00
418da456d7 Document the ReleaseKit adoption roadmap 2026-10-07 13:30:56 +00:00
6de470b53d Record the decision to adopt ReleaseKit 2026-10-07 13:26:24 +00:00
3b4933256e Document the Audita v3.0.0 release
All checks were successful
ci/woodpecker/tag/release Pipeline was successful
2026-10-04 11:26:52 +00:00
6f7136724f Close the PromptKit adoption roadmap 2026-10-04 01:17:07 +00:00
9bcf18331e Document the PromptKit configuration migration 2026-10-04 01:14:53 +00:00
5525fe875e Verify native profile runtime behavior 2026-10-04 01:10:10 +00:00
b81bd28865 Verify native prompt overrides and snapshots 2026-10-04 01:00:46 +00:00
9b82eb7da2 Protect captured prompt configuration files 2026-10-04 00:56:14 +00:00
f8d00e2f20 Classify PromptKit asset and operator failures 2026-10-04 00:45:23 +00:00
f5fa607c35 Adopt PromptKit layered configuration sources 2026-10-04 00:33:31 +00:00
43a68e97ee Migrate profile fixtures to keyed documents 2026-10-04 00:23:04 +00:00
b1b0fc7455 Convert embedded prompts to keyed format 2026-10-04 00:18:38 +00:00
afcf58331f Plan the PromptKit upgrade in nine stages 2026-10-03 18:21:48 +00:00
b31955fc97 Clarify PromptKit adoption requirements 2026-10-03 17:56:34 +00:00
1777821e8b Record the agreed PromptKit configuration scope 2026-10-03 17:49:14 +00:00
79d38606fe Document the PromptKit upgrade roadmap 2026-10-03 17:45:40 +00:00
8cba751835 Document ConfigKit sibling inheritance 2026-10-03 17:27:52 +00:00
8175ed87d0 Verify inherited backend runtime integration 2026-10-03 17:23:28 +00:00
b64010e729 Expose safe inheritance origins in explanations 2026-10-03 17:19:05 +00:00
1cfe0c5a01 Test inherited configuration resolution 2026-10-03 17:16:44 +00:00
0e2c0b0b82 Upgrade ConfigKit to v0.5.0 2026-10-03 17:13:27 +00:00
cd9ee78359 Plan ConfigKit adoption in five stages 2026-10-03 17:06:43 +00:00
23e1df4cfb Remove completed roadmaps 2026-10-03 16:58:43 +00:00
2023c91ec3 Clarify ConfigKit inheritance evidence and compatibility 2026-10-03 16:50:57 +00:00
67519051f1 Plan ConfigKit v0.5.0 adoption 2026-10-03 14:23:04 +00:00
6ae1d7cd5f Document and verify independent output destinations 2026-10-03 13:53:05 +00:00
ddfc3dd4c7 Honor explicit report directory for file output 2026-10-03 13:46:50 +00:00
990ca0b71a Plan independent output destinations 2026-10-03 13:31:37 +00:00
61bc467a03 Document independent output destinations 2026-10-03 13:21:45 +00:00
0bd116b6b7 Request independent Audita output destinations 2026-10-03 01:31:42 +00:00
ccdecaf182 Prepare Audita v2.0.1 release notes
All checks were successful
ci/woodpecker/tag/release Pipeline was successful
2026-09-28 03:01:56 +00:00
50374de5b5 Upgrade ConfigKit and PromptKit patch releases 2026-09-28 02:23:56 +00:00
7a29f4a776 Add the missing YAML copyright notice 2026-09-28 01:31:35 +00:00
7b150eb9cc Connect release notes and complete policy alignment 2026-09-28 01:16:52 +00:00
88470b7b97 Document production components and license notices 2026-09-28 01:14:23 +00:00
edbbf3d5ea Adopt remaining policies and selective reading guide 2026-09-28 01:07:03 +00:00
9723102117 Adopt policy provenance and shared agent and testing rules 2026-09-28 01:03:29 +00:00
f36cb58781 Plan the standard policy alignment work 2026-09-28 00:59:27 +00:00
91d9be68a7 Expand the roadmap for standard policy alignment 2026-09-28 00:54:17 +00:00
5150b5c636 Update libraries and clarify licensing roadmap 2026-09-26 22:00:43 +00:00
422a688741 Document licensing policy adoption roadmap 2026-09-26 20:47:35 +00:00
982b595cb0 Fix license name typos in COPYRIGHT 2026-09-26 20:38:50 +00:00
f9bf2c9c2c Update COPYRIGHT and LICENSE contents to align with the house standard 2026-09-26 15:03:30 -05:00
4cf1b6fbca Document the Audita v2 release
All checks were successful
ci/woodpecker/tag/release Pipeline was successful
2026-09-25 13:30:02 +00:00
07a4b65570 Share prompt instructions and simplify validation helpers 2026-09-25 13:26:51 +00:00
5feec1bf14 Record maintainability audit recommendations 2026-09-25 13:23:12 +00:00
011b021d47 Simplify references and output instructions in LLM prompts 2026-09-25 12:38:23 +00:00
325c4ea7d3 Align prompts and strengthen validation context 2026-09-25 12:23:10 +00:00
3eb73e70fc Record prompt audit findings and recommendations 2026-09-25 12:15:44 +00:00
b8089f4a50 Verify partial validator decisions through CLI workflows 2026-09-25 11:34:26 +00:00
22f0932389 Track unavailable validator decisions in reports and debug records 2026-09-25 11:28:44 +00:00
d726ea8f6d Reconcile partial validator decision responses 2026-09-25 11:25:22 +00:00
7199cb565f Plan partial validator decision handling 2026-09-25 03:27:41 +00:00
60e2fe74b5 Define partial success for validator decisions 2026-09-25 03:23:03 +00:00
d2a6fcfd41 Fix deletion conflict accounting coverage 2026-09-25 03:06:57 +00:00
5e2e863fbd Record the deletion conflict test gap 2026-09-25 03:03:14 +00:00
24b899281c Verify span deletion through complete CLI workflows 2026-09-25 02:56:44 +00:00
2a58db04c2 Preserve empty deletion spans in debug ledger 2026-09-25 02:52:09 +00:00
93f62c9095 Accept span deletions in structured responses 2026-09-25 02:50:46 +00:00
640f663ace Align validator identity and span domain checks 2026-09-25 02:48:57 +00:00
31979d4081 Refine the span deletion contract and implementation plan 2026-09-25 02:44:38 +00:00
f219309617 Plan the span deletion implementation 2026-09-25 01:21:25 +00:00
a83a51848b Define consistent span deletion and defer whole-segment removal 2026-09-25 01:16:17 +00:00
0b6cd98262 Remove unnecessary output restrictions and simplify report tests 2026-09-25 00:36:44 +00:00
efaefdbf3d Record unnecessary restrictions found in the resilience review 2026-09-25 00:30:23 +00:00
ec78b5a5db Fix the five resilience review findings 2026-09-24 21:48:18 +00:00
9fc4de22b7 Record resilience implementation review findings 2026-09-24 19:30:22 +00:00
6523d7ac74 Verify the integrated resilient processing contract 2026-09-24 18:03:25 +00:00
a770c77a23 Document resilient reports and remove obsolete warning material 2026-09-24 17:55:37 +00:00
2f036b0356 Compose resilient CLI processing and report lifecycle 2026-09-24 17:48:52 +00:00
87b8d9ad5c Make debug evidence opt-in and retain all candidates 2026-09-24 17:41:10 +00:00
a80eed4745 Preflight and publish required outputs through an output session 2026-09-24 17:37:04 +00:00
989b28e8c5 Render fixed Markdown reports and shared completion counts 2026-09-24 17:34:03 +00:00
61af29ecb8 Map processing outcomes to versioned YAML reports 2026-09-24 17:31:45 +00:00
63fcfc487d Add reporting and debug settings with context-aware CLI selection 2026-09-24 17:27:11 +00:00
b98604e5ca Integrate partial processing outcomes and fatal cancellation 2026-09-24 17:23:59 +00:00
bb21a81805 Keep transcript sections fixed throughout processing 2026-09-24 17:17:14 +00:00
0a19f163c6 Preserve validation decisions across failed batches 2026-09-24 17:14:33 +00:00
42bde59827 Preserve proposal outcomes and classify filtered proposals 2026-09-24 17:09:35 +00:00
51169ff9e9 Classify model failures and capture execution counts 2026-09-24 17:07:01 +00:00
7dc1be5a08 Define processing outcomes and failure contracts 2026-09-24 17:01:19 +00:00
8ffbf41b89 Plan resilient processing and focused run reports 2026-09-24 16:50:21 +00:00
cb405f6fc7 Record empty replacement handling as future work 2026-09-24 16:36:11 +00:00
053b714ce6 Finalize resilience decisions and record deferred work 2026-09-24 16:34:35 +00:00
aa2f486845 Record the resilience and reporting roadmap 2026-09-24 16:01:15 +00:00
665ee85215 Fix the five library adoption review findings 2026-09-24 15:32:13 +00:00
c42bc01052 Record library adoption review findings 2026-09-24 03:07:36 +00:00
7cefb3fb04 Verify the integrated application and complete the migration 2026-09-24 02:40:48 +00:00
80804a038f Migrate examples and guidance and remove legacy test harness 2026-09-24 02:37:20 +00:00
9561e80efb Add version two LLM reports and safe execution diagnostics 2026-09-24 02:31:37 +00:00
4bfc5f3456 Collect PromptKit execution observations with logical attribution 2026-09-24 02:23:57 +00:00
4812032c9e Connect processing to shared PromptKit backend capacity 2026-09-24 02:18:31 +00:00
a4a72168d5 Move LLM validators to PromptKit prompt variables 2026-09-24 02:07:17 +00:00
f577847ca2 Route proposal modules through embedded PromptKit definitions 2026-09-24 02:03:08 +00:00
c8a78bf024 Use PromptKit prepared execution for structured model calls 2026-09-24 01:57:25 +00:00
96d3d03bee Assemble PromptKit profiles for offline configuration inspection 2026-09-24 01:50:10 +00:00
f8c18247a0 Move embedded prompts to PromptKit definitions 2026-09-24 01:44:23 +00:00
51e370b4c8 Unify CLI configuration selection and overrides 2026-09-24 01:38:49 +00:00
9fb89057ce Replace legacy configuration loading with ConfigKit schema two 2026-09-24 01:33:03 +00:00
1ad2119283 Finalize the ConfigKit and PromptKit implementation plan 2026-09-24 01:23:32 +00:00
116648fa78 Simplify the library migration to target the final integration 2026-09-24 01:09:43 +00:00
5b7d2e6e81 Plan production ConfigKit migration from verified prototype 2026-09-24 00:27:47 +00:00
590604bf38 Document verified prototype overlay behavior 2026-09-24 00:24:19 +00:00
7b809878d6 Verify prototype overlay boundaries 2026-09-24 00:22:56 +00:00
228ac4e26d Demonstrate overlay model routing in prototype 2026-09-24 00:19:51 +00:00
2d8b441802 Add prototype testing overlay configuration 2026-09-24 00:17:38 +00:00
2c55bf5f1e Upgrade prototype to ConfigKit 0.4.0 2026-09-24 00:15:27 +00:00
c97a6fa70a Plan staged implementation of the testing overlay prototype 2026-09-24 00:11:18 +00:00
187dc4cb1c Plan ConfigKit overlays for testing with cheaper models 2026-09-23 23:04:46 +00:00
228087dec8 Prototype ConfigKit and PromptKit adoption and record the findings 2026-09-23 18:48:18 +00:00
f70bb27636 Simplify the agent commit policy wording 2026-09-23 18:22:48 +00:00
a379cc915e Detail the shared library boundary and prototype plan 2026-09-23 18:21:05 +00:00
837efc78a7 Plan PromptKit adoption with structural repair enabled 2026-09-23 18:18:45 +00:00
6b33254a82 Plan coordinated ConfigKit and PromptKit adoption 2026-09-23 15:38:41 +00:00
e8bc005040 Outline the breaking ConfigKit migration 2026-09-23 15:17:02 +00:00
c5627460d0 Document the Audita 1.1 release
All checks were successful
ci/woodpecker/tag/release Pipeline was successful
2026-09-23 15:03:42 +00:00
3c68ec9d05 Merge upstream changes before the next minor release 2026-09-23 15:03:20 +00:00
e8b8fbd509 Refresh documentation and policies and simplify releases 2026-09-23 15:03:20 +00:00
588ca36dfc Isolate CLI tests from host configuration 2026-09-22 18:25:46 +00:00
018d08fd4c Updated contributors in the LICENSE
All checks were successful
ci/woodpecker/tag/release Pipeline was successful
2026-05-24 06:54:30 -05:00
3a0a0b3940 Moved JSON response schemas into separate files 2026-05-24 06:51:50 -05:00
99ab2f181b Remove the completed documentation roadmap 2026-05-23 20:59:56 -05:00
4e4801dc98 Finalize documentation validation and update README documentation links 2026-05-24 01:12:24 +00:00
900ad74958 Consolidate development policy docs and remove legacy documentation paths 2026-05-24 01:10:29 +00:00
28d5201a69 Add integration documentation for subprocess, LLM, and input files 2026-05-24 01:07:27 +00:00
e5944f9875 Migrate internal architecture docs to docs/internal 2026-05-24 01:02:47 +00:00
6344fc91ba Add operations and troubleshooting documentation 2026-05-24 00:57:50 +00:00
7f3a91cc9e Rewrite config docs and add validated example files 2026-05-24 00:54:27 +00:00
72fb021453 Rewrite README and add canonical CLI reference 2026-05-24 00:51:02 +00:00
40e8b54d3b Establish canonical documentation paths and update README links 2026-05-24 00:47:27 +00:00
76651333b1 Add documetation policy 2026-05-23 19:44:55 -05:00
0b01c3a83d Implemented the config source setter cleanup identified during the code audit 2026-05-23 18:49:44 -05:00
0630d36734 Implemented the CLI override extraction cleanup identified in the code audit 2026-05-23 18:33:12 -05:00
52c2697040 Moved report/ledger assembly to a new processreport module 2026-05-23 18:27:30 -05:00
f790c1441c Refresh architecture and configuration documentation for current runtime behavior 2026-05-23 18:24:06 +00:00
56f9b28f4b Consolidate shared test helpers and stabilize timeout hook integration test 2026-05-23 18:18:48 +00:00
222222f449 Share configured LLM secret extraction across diagnostics paths 2026-05-23 18:11:36 +00:00
99391cd18b Centralize validator classification and malformed output handling 2026-05-23 18:02:53 +00:00
84be774b34 Share module proposal execution and transcript-section prompt payload helpers 2026-05-23 17:56:07 +00:00
e053f7e124 Add shared metadata maps and stage-name helpers 2026-05-23 17:48:37 +00:00
13029dbb33 Centralize effective config loading and path resolution 2026-05-23 17:43:27 +00:00
938bfe88c1 Centralize output schema and module key validation catalogs 2026-05-23 17:39:13 +00:00
fa1bd237d1 Centralize diagnostics artifact names and report metadata paths 2026-05-23 17:32:30 +00:00
3d7057b437 Added an implementation roadmap for the issues identified in the code audit 2026-05-23 12:22:01 -05:00
32c8c8b446 Audit code quality and deduplication opportunities 2026-05-23 11:10:44 -05:00
a3655f5540 Make module-stage LLM handling resilient and report warnings 2026-05-23 10:07:06 -05:00
a84941d681 Rationalize default configuration file paths and update documentation
All checks were successful
ci/woodpecker/tag/release Pipeline was successful
2026-05-14 20:14:11 -05:00
46b7356a3b Add WoodpeckerCI support 2026-05-14 20:10:19 -05:00
39208cd119 Update the documentation for running audita as a subprocess 2026-05-14 09:34:33 -05:00
6dae15656d Standardized the grammar and spoken_word modules on a shared editorial_review validator 2026-05-14 09:30:10 -05:00
b103bb2e7d Improved organization of the documentation 2026-05-14 09:24:02 -05:00
2b2a3fc024 Removed the old python code and cleaned up outdated documentation 2026-05-13 20:13:33 -05:00
52ffe42e73 Refactor validators into package-owned components 2026-05-14 00:28:28 +00:00
3b160cf05b Added documentation for an upcoming refactoring of the validator modules 2026-05-13 19:12:44 -05:00
0687982822 Complete pre-1.0 release hardening 2026-05-13 19:42:35 +00:00
ff4ed82239 Add utilization diagnostics and correction ledger 2026-05-13 19:03:37 +00:00
037121e9ce Move prompts into embedded Markdown assets 2026-05-13 18:49:06 +00:00
d6126bf52b Refactor validators into built-in registry chains 2026-05-13 18:36:46 +00:00
1bc5936681 Add output schema registry and public contract docs 2026-05-13 12:59:10 +00:00
9a77a0cd0b Add versioned Audita config support 2026-05-13 12:36:20 +00:00
ebbd2c8a63 Add transcript description prompt context 2026-05-13 12:13:32 +00:00
de99467ede Replace structured LLM dependency with Audita adapter 2026-05-13 02:10:24 +00:00
20f612215f Documentation cleanup and addition of pre-1.0 roadmap punchlist 2026-05-12 20:40:35 -05:00
3d45571bb0 Add intra-module pipeline for LLM validation 2026-05-12 18:39:26 -05:00
1afd753fad Audit intra-module LLM pipeline 2026-05-12 18:24:15 -05:00
a85a7e204e Review LLM concurrency refactor 2026-05-12 21:23:57 +00:00
509436cc4a Add explicit LLM concurrency controls 2026-05-12 21:17:35 +00:00
a48f6da1f4 Audit LLM concurrency flow 2026-05-12 16:00:26 -05:00
df96f9fdf6 Rewrite and simplify the section chunking algorithm 2026-05-12 15:42:32 -05:00
390daa8b84 Cleanup pass to remove refactoring-related artifacts and references 2026-05-12 15:19:50 -05:00
af84249da0 Implemented an --llm-concurrency flag in the Go application that enforces a global LLM concurrency cap 2026-05-12 12:59:46 -05:00
cad172a758 Added chunking logic to modules and added corresponding regression tests 2026-05-12 12:26:01 -05:00
fb59cb21b9 Complete Phase 19 Go rollout documentation 2026-05-12 13:46:14 +00:00
68e2d9b549 Complete Phase 18 operational hardening 2026-05-12 13:32:35 +00:00
185f7ca2b6 Complete Phase 17 parity fixture suite 2026-05-12 12:50:05 +00:00
7ccadc6bd6 Complete Phase 16 default pipeline integration 2026-05-12 12:19:50 +00:00
a9f7fa27ff Complete Phase 15 spoken-word module 2026-05-12 11:56:28 +00:00
dbf3605712 Complete Phase 14 homophones module 2026-05-12 11:37:35 +00:00
543a7ff8ef Complete Phase 13 glossary module 2026-05-12 11:20:02 +00:00
fc3a7b7a67 Complete Phase 12 grammar module 2026-05-12 02:57:06 +00:00
b360493cdc Complete Phase 11 proposal generation framework 2026-05-12 02:25:33 +00:00
12202508bf Complete Phase 10 LLM validators 2026-05-12 01:25:52 +00:00
6d9a4bd017 Complete Phase 9 LLM infrastructure 2026-05-11 20:10:56 -05:00
426864eedb Add Phase 9 LLM scheduler, config resolution, diagnostics primitives 2026-05-11 20:09:34 -05:00
0b17a6fbeb Implement Phase 9 structured LLM adapter spike 2026-05-11 19:54:57 -05:00
aeb31f1c0d Complete Phase 8 deterministic validators 2026-05-12 00:26:27 +00:00
28fe899aa1 Complete Phase 7 runner orchestration 2026-05-11 14:22:22 +00:00
30606f5c49 Updated the Go rewrite work plan to reflect completed work so far 2026-05-11 09:10:47 -05:00
db880ed868 Document completed Phase 6 diagnostics 2026-05-11 14:03:14 +00:00
5217093be2 Complete diagnostics retention semantics 2026-05-11 14:01:56 +00:00
0e83991537 Add diagnostics references to reports 2026-05-11 13:59:46 +00:00
3e8d19cccd Add redacted run metadata artifacts 2026-05-11 13:58:13 +00:00
c1193e3450 Refine rewrite documentation accuracy 2026-05-11 08:50:33 -05:00
73249b63d8 Update Go rewrite documentation status 2026-05-11 08:49:26 -05:00
c3087aeda6 Complete Phase 3 proposal foundation 2026-05-11 13:35:15 +00:00
0452a605ad Document Phase 3 rewrite status 2026-05-11 13:33:13 +00:00
b9b7384123 Test chunking with proposal application 2026-05-11 13:32:17 +00:00
726acc47e1 Define minimal module framework contracts 2026-05-11 13:29:34 +00:00
5c78b1d5d9 Add proposal application fixtures 2026-05-11 13:27:08 +00:00
f461922b9b Apply correction proposals to transcripts 2026-05-11 13:23:59 +00:00
c58d307ba7 Add safe replacement preview logic 2026-05-11 13:20:35 +00:00
1eb93481e0 Add correction proposal models 2026-05-11 13:18:13 +00:00
b997e7c97c Record chunking metadata in process runs 2026-05-11 12:47:31 +00:00
12fd541669 Add token-bounded transcript chunking 2026-05-11 12:23:01 +00:00
10377876e4 Complete Phase 2 Go normalization foundation 2026-05-11 00:41:29 +00:00
d847168ecd Add Phase 2 fixtures and compatibility tests 2026-05-11 00:21:19 +00:00
14e51698c2 Add Phase 2 normalization diagnostics 2026-05-11 00:19:28 +00:00
aeb9c4f062 Report schema validation and normalization results 2026-05-11 00:16:50 +00:00
e2ae7f77d8 Run normalization in process command 2026-05-11 00:13:26 +00:00
0b1b670baf Add deterministic transcript normalization 2026-05-11 00:12:19 +00:00
3cfa4b6e8a Wire schema validation into process command 2026-05-11 00:01:42 +00:00
950edc01f2 Add Go transcript and glossary schemas 2026-05-10 23:52:36 +00:00
ea8def423e Complete Phase 1 Go skeleton 2026-05-10 23:34:43 +00:00
95fe8c32fa Harden Go CLI subprocess behavior 2026-05-10 23:33:13 +00:00
08b7531149 Add minimal process reports 2026-05-10 23:30:46 +00:00
2cf2d390da Add transcript passthrough processing 2026-05-10 23:27:54 +00:00
8f3c2ec5fd Wire process command flags 2026-05-10 23:24:48 +00:00
9427c4e6cc Add Go configuration model 2026-05-10 23:19:59 +00:00
6424d7db4f Initialize Go CLI skeleton 2026-05-10 23:12:46 +00:00
87e560dd3d Added architecture reference documentation for the upcoming Go rewrite 2026-05-10 23:04:29 +00:00
09fc6fd364 Updated .gitignore in preparation for the Go rewrite 2026-05-10 22:40:27 +00:00
2e47c8a1b6 Move python implementation under python/ in preparation for the upcoming Go rewrite 2026-05-10 22:37:38 +00:00
320 changed files with 30472 additions and 10424 deletions

60
.gitignore vendored
View File

@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
# --> Python
.DS_Store
.venv/
__pycache__/
@@ -9,3 +10,62 @@ dist/
build/
*.egg-info/
# ---> Codex
.codex
# ---> Go
# If you prefer the allow list template instead of the deny list, see community template:
# https://github.com/github/gitignore/blob/main/community/Golang/Go.AllowList.gitignore
#
# Binaries for programs and plugins
*.exe
*.exe~
*.dll
*.so
*.dylib
# Test binary, built with `go test -c`
*.test
# Output of the go coverage tool, specifically when used with LiteIDE
*.out
# Dependency directories (remove the comment below to include it)
# vendor/
# Go workspace file
go.work
go.work.sum
# env file
.env
# Compiled binaries and test configuration
narratio
local-test
pipeline.yml
bin/
# Local run artifacts
.audita-runs/
report.json
corrected.json
normalized.json
# Coverage artifacts
coverage.out
coverage.txt
# ---> VisualStudioCode
.vscode/*
!.vscode/settings.json
!.vscode/tasks.json
!.vscode/launch.json
!.vscode/extensions.json
!.vscode/*.code-snippets
# Local History for Visual Studio Code
.history/
# Built Visual Studio Code Extensions
*.vsix

50
.woodpecker/release.yml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
matrix:
include:
- GO_IMAGE: golang:1.26.8-bookworm
when:
- event: tag
ref: refs/tags/v*
steps:
- name: deliver
image: ${GO_IMAGE}
environment:
RELEASEKIT_GITEA_TOKEN:
from_secret: GITEA_RELEASE_TOKEN
commands:
- |
set -eu
test -n "$${CI_COMMIT_TAG}"
test -n "$${CI_COMMIT_SHA}"
git check-ref-format "refs/tags/$${CI_COMMIT_TAG}"
git fetch origin "refs/tags/$${CI_COMMIT_TAG}:refs/tags/$${CI_COMMIT_TAG}"
tag_commit=$(git rev-parse "refs/tags/$${CI_COMMIT_TAG}^{commit}")
expected_commit=$(git rev-parse --verify "$${CI_COMMIT_SHA}^{commit}")
test "$(printf '%s' "$${tag_commit}" | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')" = "$${expected_commit}"
git checkout --detach "$${tag_commit}"
test "$(git rev-parse HEAD | tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]')" = "$${expected_commit}"
test -z "$(git status --porcelain --untracked-files=all)"
bootstrap_dir=$(mktemp -d "$${CI_WORKSPACE%/*}/.releasekit-bootstrap.XXXXXX")
trap 'rm -rf "$${bootstrap_dir}"' EXIT
cp go.mod "$${bootstrap_dir}/go.mod"
if [ -f go.sum ]; then
cp go.sum "$${bootstrap_dir}/go.sum"
else
: > "$${bootstrap_dir}/go.sum"
fi
cp "$${bootstrap_dir}/go.mod" "$${bootstrap_dir}/releasekit.mod"
cp "$${bootstrap_dir}/go.sum" "$${bootstrap_dir}/releasekit.sum"
export GOWORK=off
export GOTOOLCHAIN=local
releasekit_module=gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ReleaseKit
go list -mod=mod -modfile="$${bootstrap_dir}/releasekit.mod" -m "$${releasekit_module}"
go build -mod=mod -modfile="$${bootstrap_dir}/releasekit.mod" \
-o "$${bootstrap_dir}/releasekit" "$${releasekit_module}/cmd/releasekit"
"$${bootstrap_dir}/releasekit" ci-deliver \
--repo "$${CI_WORKSPACE}" \
--prepared \
--commit "$${expected_commit}" \
"$${CI_COMMIT_TAG}"

6
AGENTS.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
Start with `docs/development.md` for orientation and use its policy reading guide
to select the policies applicable to the task. Do not read the entire suite by
default.
Read and follow `docs/policy/agents.md` before recommending, planning, or
implementing repository changes.

23
COPYRIGHT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
Audita
Copyright (C) 2026 Eric Rakestraw
SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
Audita is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
The GNU General Public License version 3 is provided in LICENSE.
Audita is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
Third-party code and assets are subject to their respective license terms.
Policy documents and guidance adapted from Standard Repository Policies
remain licensed under CC-BY-SA-4.0. See docs/oss/attribution.md for the
affected material, upstream credit, and license links.

675
LICENSE
View File

@@ -1,11 +1,674 @@
Copyright (c) 2026 eric.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <https://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
Preamble
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
3. Neither the name of the copyright holder nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/why-not-lgpl.html>.

168
README.md
View File

@@ -1,148 +1,62 @@
# Audita
Audita is a framework-first transcript correction application. The public `audita` package provides:
Audita polishes transcript JSON using glossary-aware and LLM-backed correction
modules. It validates proposed corrections and produces corrected text plus
reports for review and subprocess integration.
- deterministic transcript normalization
- token-batched module orchestration
- concrete `glossary`, `homophones`, `spoken_word`, and `grammar` modules built on reusable proposal / validator contracts
- structured run reporting and work-dir diagnostics
## Quickstart
The previous working implementation has been preserved as `audita_prototype` inside this repository. Its full regression suite lives under `tests/audita_prototype`.
## Development
This project is set up for `uv`.
From a checkout, build with Go 1.26.0 or newer:
```sh
uv sync --extra dev
uv run pytest
go build -o ./bin/audita ./cmd/audita
```
## Usage
Processing requires a reachable [compatible LLM endpoint](docs/integrations/openai-compatible-llm.md)
and access to a model you select. The [minimal config](examples/minimal-config.yml)
targets an unauthenticated local endpoint; edit its endpoint and
[local profiles](examples/profiles/local/) to match your service and models. The
[service example](examples/production-config.yml) demonstrates a named credential
reference and a shared backend. Set its referenced environment variable before
validating it. The [testing overlay](examples/overlays/testing.yml) selects both
role profiles, but model cost, speed, and quality depend on your provider choices.
Process a transcript with the current framework implementation:
Check configuration and profile selection offline:
```sh
uv run audita process transcript.json --glossary glossary.yaml --output corrected.json
./bin/audita config validate --config examples/minimal-config.yml
./bin/audita config print-effective --config examples/minimal-config.yml --view profiles
```
The framework currently runs this default module sequence:
1. `glossary`
2. `homophones`
3. `glossary`
4. `spoken_word`
5. `grammar`
Resolved run instance names are auto-numbered for repeats, so the default report pipeline is:
1. `glossary_1`
2. `homophones`
3. `glossary_2`
4. `spoken_word`
5. `grammar`
The default module sequence is fully implemented today:
- `glossary` proposes glossary-supported acoustic corrections
- `homophones` proposes conservative homophone and mistranscription corrections
- `spoken_word` proposes conservative dysfluency cleanup
- `grammar` proposes punctuation, capitalization, and spacing cleanup only
To run a custom module sequence, pass `--modules`:
Run the included small input with the minimal config:
```sh
uv run audita process transcript.json --glossary glossary.yaml --modules grammar --output corrected.json
./bin/audita process examples/tiny-transcript.json \
--config examples/minimal-config.yml \
--glossary examples/tiny-glossary.yaml \
--output corrected.json
```
To also write a structured JSON report:
This makes LLM requests. Explicit setting flags override the selected file and
optional overlay; general environment setting overrides are no longer read.
By default the command writes `errors.yml`, `recoveries.yml`, and `report.md`
beside `corrected.json`. Use `--reporting=false` to suppress those files, or
`--debug` to retain detailed run artifacts under the configured debug work
directory. Model failures affecting some operations can still yield a completed
transcript with applied corrections; the summary and reports identify them.
See the [v2 migration guide](docs/migrations/v2.md) for old configurations.
```sh
uv run audita process transcript.json --glossary glossary.yaml --output corrected.json --report-json report.json
```
## Documentation
From a checked-out repository, you can also use the root launcher:
- [CLI reference](docs/cli.md)
- [Configuration and maintained examples](docs/config.md)
- [Operations and artifact lifecycle](docs/operations.md)
- [Transcript and glossary inputs](docs/integrations/transcript-glossary-files.md)
- [Output files and report formats](docs/integrations/output-files.md)
- [Subprocess integration](docs/integrations/subprocess.md)
- [LLM endpoint contract](docs/integrations/openai-compatible-llm.md)
- [Contributor guide](docs/development.md)
```sh
./audita process transcript.json --glossary glossary.yaml --output corrected.json
```
Audita is licensed under the [GPL v3.0 or later](COPYRIGHT).
For a system-wide command, install the source tree under `/usr/local/src/audita`, sync dependencies there, and symlink the root launcher into your `PATH`:
```sh
cd /usr/local/src/audita
uv sync --extra dev
ln -s /usr/local/src/audita/audita /usr/local/bin/audita
audita process transcript.json --glossary glossary.yaml --output corrected.json
```
Without `--output`, Audita writes the corrected transcript JSON to stdout and progress logs to stderr.
`--report-json` writes a separate machine-readable run report and never mixes report data into stdout.
Useful configuration can be supplied by CLI flag or environment variable. CLI flags take precedence over environment variables. Default OpenRouter runs require LLM API credentials, because the `glossary`, `homophones`, `spoken_word`, and `grammar` modules make real LLM calls. Self-hosted or other non-default OpenAI-compatible endpoints may not require credentials. `AUDITA_LLM_API_KEY` and `--llm-api-key` are the preferred provider-neutral credential surfaces, while `OPENROUTER_API_KEY` remains supported as a backward-compatible fallback.
| Environment variable | CLI flag | Default | Purpose |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| `AUDITA_MODULES` | `--modules` | `glossary,homophones,glossary,spoken_word,grammar` | Comma-separated logical module keys to run; CLI overrides the environment value |
| `AUDITA_LLM_API_KEY` | `--llm-api-key` | unset | Preferred provider-neutral LLM API credential; required for the default OpenRouter endpoint and optional for non-default endpoints; CLI overrides both environment-key variants |
| `AUDITA_VALIDATION_LLM_API_KEY` | `--validation-llm-api-key` | unset | Validation-phase LLM API credential; defaults to the primary LLM API key and is optional for non-default validation endpoints |
| `AUDITA_MODEL` | `--model` | `openrouter/google/gemma-4-31b-it` | LLM model name sent to the configured OpenAI-compatible endpoint |
| `AUDITA_VALIDATION_MODEL` | `--validation-model` | unset | Validation-phase LLM model; defaults to `AUDITA_MODEL` |
| `AUDITA_BASE_URL` | `--base-url` | `https://openrouter.ai/api/v1` | OpenAI-compatible API base URL |
| `AUDITA_VALIDATION_BASE_URL` | `--validation-base-url` | unset | Validation-phase OpenAI-compatible API base URL; defaults to `AUDITA_BASE_URL` |
| `AUDITA_LLM_TIMEOUT_SECONDS` | `--llm-timeout-seconds` | `600` | Per-request timeout in seconds for LLM calls to the configured OpenAI-compatible endpoint |
| `AUDITA_VALIDATION_LLM_TIMEOUT_SECONDS` | `--validation-llm-timeout-seconds` | unset | Validation-phase per-request timeout in seconds; defaults to `AUDITA_LLM_TIMEOUT_SECONDS` |
| `AUDITA_VALIDATION_MAX_PROMPT_TOKENS` | `--validation-max-prompt-tokens` | `2048` | Maximum estimated tokens per validation-phase LLM prompt batch |
| `AUDITA_TARGET_SECTIONS` | `--target-sections` | unset | Exact number of contiguous proposal-stage transcript sections; errors if min/max token bounds cannot be satisfied |
| `AUDITA_MAX_RETRIES` | `--max-retries` | `3` | Maximum Instructor retries for structured responses |
| `AUDITA_VALIDATION_MAX_RETRIES` | `--validation-max-retries` | unset | Validation-phase structured-output retries; defaults to `AUDITA_MAX_RETRIES` |
| `AUDITA_VALIDATION_LLM_CONCURRENCY` | `--validation-llm-concurrency` | unset | Validation-phase LLM concurrency; defaults to `AUDITA_LLM_CONCURRENCY` |
| `AUDITA_MAX_SECTION_TOKENS` | `--max-section-tokens` | `8192` | Maximum estimated tokens per proposal-stage transcript section |
| `AUDITA_MIN_SECTION_TOKENS` | `--min-section-tokens` | `2048` | Minimum estimated tokens per proposal-stage transcript section when balancing for concurrency |
| `AUDITA_GLOSSARY_CONFIDENCE_THRESHOLD` | `--glossary-confidence-threshold` | `0.8` | Minimum confidence required for glossary proposals to survive validation |
| `AUDITA_GRAMMAR_CONFIDENCE_THRESHOLD` | `--grammar-confidence-threshold` | `0.8` | Minimum confidence required for grammar proposals to survive validation |
| `AUDITA_HOMOPHONES_CONFIDENCE_THRESHOLD` | `--homophones-confidence-threshold` | `0.8` | Minimum confidence required for homophone proposals to survive validation |
| `AUDITA_SPOKEN_WORD_CONFIDENCE_THRESHOLD` | `--spoken-word-confidence-threshold` | `0.8` | Minimum confidence required for spoken-word proposals to survive validation |
| `AUDITA_NORMALIZE_MAX_SEGMENT_GAP` | `--normalize-max-segment-gap` | `4.0` | Same-speaker gaps eligible for deterministic merging |
| `AUDITA_NORMALIZE_ELLIPSIS_GAP` | `--normalize-ellipsis-gap` | `3.5` | Same-speaker gaps above this value are joined with ` ... ` |
| `AUDITA_NORMALIZE_MAX_SEGMENT_DURATION` | `--normalize-max-segment-duration` | `60.0` | Maximum merged segment duration |
| `AUDITA_NORMALIZE_MAX_SEGMENT_TOKENS` | `--normalize-max-segment-tokens` | `2048` | Maximum merged segment prompt payload size |
| `AUDITA_WORK_DIR` | `--work-dir` | `/tmp/audita` | Per-run scratch diagnostics directory |
| `AUDITA_WORK_DIR_RETENTION` | `--work-dir-retention` | `auto` | Whether to retain the per-run work directory: `auto`, `always`, or `never` |
Set `AUDITA_MODULES=grammar` to run only the grammar module by default, or override it per command with `--modules`.
Validation-phase LLM settings inherit from the primary `AUDITA_*` LLM settings by default. Set any of the `AUDITA_VALIDATION_*` values only when you want LLM-backed validators to use a different model, endpoint, credential, timeout, retry budget, or concurrency level.
OpenRouter remains the default out of the box:
```sh
export AUDITA_LLM_API_KEY=your-openrouter-key
audita process transcript.json --glossary glossary.yaml --output corrected.json
```
You can point Audita at any OpenAI-compatible endpoint by changing `AUDITA_BASE_URL` and, if needed, `AUDITA_MODEL`. For example, a local vLLM server:
```sh
export AUDITA_BASE_URL=http://localhost:8000/v1
export AUDITA_MODEL=meta-llama/Llama-3.1-8B-Instruct
audita process transcript.json --glossary glossary.yaml --output corrected.json
```
If your self-hosted endpoint requires authentication, you can still set `AUDITA_LLM_API_KEY`; Audita simply no longer requires it for non-default endpoints.
Or the actual OpenAI API:
```sh
export AUDITA_LLM_API_KEY=your-openai-key
export AUDITA_BASE_URL=https://api.openai.com/v1
export AUDITA_MODEL=gpt-4.1-mini
audita process transcript.json --glossary glossary.yaml --output corrected.json
```
`AUDITA_WORK_DIR` stores per-run diagnostics while processing. Under the default `AUDITA_WORK_DIR_RETENTION=auto`, clean successful runs are removed, while failed runs and successful runs with final skipped corrections are preserved. Use `always` to keep every run directory and `never` to remove successful run directories even when skips remain.
Failed runs always preserve the run directory and include an authoritative `report.json` alongside normalization and prompt/response diagnostics.
## Prototype Archive
The archived prototype remains importable as `audita_prototype` and is still covered by its original regression suite. This is intentional: the new `audita` package is a framework-oriented rewrite, not a thin wrapper around the old code.
[Open Source attribution notices](docs/oss/attribution.md) are available.

147
audita
View File

@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/env python3
import json
import os
from datetime import datetime
import shutil
import subprocess
import sys
from pathlib import Path
from typing import Optional
from uuid import uuid4
DEFAULT_WORK_DIR = "/tmp/audita"
_SECRET_FLAGS = {"--llm-api-key", "--validation-llm-api-key"}
def _redact_argv(argv: list[str]) -> list[str]:
redacted: list[str] = []
index = 0
while index < len(argv):
arg = argv[index]
matched_flag = next((flag for flag in _SECRET_FLAGS if arg == flag or arg.startswith(flag + "=")), None)
if matched_flag is None:
redacted.append(arg)
index += 1
continue
if arg == matched_flag:
redacted.append(arg)
if index + 1 < len(argv):
redacted.append("[REDACTED]")
index += 2
else:
index += 1
continue
redacted.append(f"{matched_flag}=[REDACTED]")
index += 1
return redacted
def _resolve_work_root(argv: list[str]) -> Path:
for index, arg in enumerate(argv):
if arg == "--work-dir" and index + 1 < len(argv):
return Path(argv[index + 1])
if arg.startswith("--work-dir="):
return Path(arg.split("=", 1)[1])
return Path(os.environ.get("AUDITA_WORK_DIR") or DEFAULT_WORK_DIR)
def _create_run_dir(root: Path) -> Path:
root.mkdir(parents=True, exist_ok=True)
timestamp = datetime.utcnow().strftime("%Y%m%dT%H%M%SZ")
run_dir = root / f"run-{timestamp}-{uuid4().hex[:8]}"
run_dir.mkdir(parents=False, exist_ok=False)
return run_dir
def _capture_run_dirs(root: Path) -> set[str]:
if not root.exists():
return set()
return {path.name for path in root.iterdir() if path.is_dir() and path.name.startswith("run-")}
def _find_new_run_dir(root: Path, before: set[str]) -> Optional[Path]:
if not root.exists():
return None
candidates = [
path for path in root.iterdir() if path.is_dir() and path.name.startswith("run-") and path.name not in before
]
if not candidates:
return None
return max(candidates, key=lambda path: path.name)
def _write_launcher_error_log(
path: Path,
*,
message: str,
exit_code: int,
argv: list[str],
command: Optional[list[str]],
) -> None:
payload = {
"timestamp": datetime.utcnow().isoformat() + "Z",
"message": message,
"exit_code": exit_code,
"argv": argv,
"cwd": os.getcwd(),
"command": command,
}
path.write_text(
"Audita Launcher Diagnostics\n" + json.dumps(payload, ensure_ascii=False, indent=2) + "\n",
encoding="utf-8",
)
def _emit_console_line(message: str) -> None:
for stream in (sys.stderr, sys.stdout):
if stream is None:
continue
try:
stream.write(f"{message}\n")
stream.flush()
return
except (OSError, ValueError):
continue
def main() -> int:
argv = list(sys.argv[1:])
work_root = _resolve_work_root(argv)
redacted_argv = _redact_argv(argv)
uv = shutil.which("uv")
if uv is None:
run_dir = _create_run_dir(work_root)
error_log = run_dir / "error.log"
message = "uv is required to run this launcher. Install uv and run `uv sync` in the Audita project."
_write_launcher_error_log(error_log, message=message, exit_code=1, argv=redacted_argv, command=None)
_emit_console_line(f"audita: error: {message}")
_emit_console_line("audita: exit code: 1")
_emit_console_line(f"audita: run directory: {run_dir}")
_emit_console_line(f"audita: error log: {error_log}")
return 1
project_root = Path(__file__).resolve().parent
command = [uv, "run", "--project", str(project_root), "python", "-m", "audita", *sys.argv[1:]]
before = _capture_run_dirs(work_root)
result = subprocess.run(command, cwd=project_root, check=False)
if result.returncode == 0:
return 0
if _find_new_run_dir(work_root, before) is None:
run_dir = _create_run_dir(work_root)
error_log = run_dir / "error.log"
_write_launcher_error_log(
error_log,
message=f"Audita subprocess exited with status {result.returncode}.",
exit_code=result.returncode,
argv=redacted_argv,
command=_redact_argv(command),
)
_emit_console_line(f"audita: subprocess exited with status {result.returncode}")
_emit_console_line(f"audita: run directory: {run_dir}")
_emit_console_line(f"audita: error log: {error_log}")
return result.returncode
if __name__ == "__main__":
raise SystemExit(main())

20
cmd/audita/main.go Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
package main
import (
"context"
"os"
"os/signal"
"syscall"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/cli"
)
func main() {
os.Exit(run())
}
func run() int {
ctx, stop := signal.NotifyContext(context.Background(), os.Interrupt, syscall.SIGTERM)
defer stop()
return cli.Run(ctx, os.Args[1:], os.Stdout, os.Stderr)
}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
# ADR 0001: Adopt ReleaseKit for release management
## Status
Accepted.
## Date
2026-10-07
## Context
Audita maintains custom release scripts, build tooling, delivery configuration,
and tests for mechanics shared across applications in the same suite.
[ReleaseKit](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ReleaseKit) provides a common implementation and standard workflow for
those responsibilities.
## Decision
Adopt ReleaseKit for shared release validation, source publication, binary
builds, version information, and hosted delivery. Audita will follow its standard
workflow and supply product identity, delivery targets, release notes, and
necessary product-specific checks.
Better maintainability and less locally owned release-focused code outweigh any
small advantage from retaining Audita's custom release procedure. Changes to
that procedure are an accepted consequence of standardization.
## Alternatives considered
Retaining the custom procedure would preserve its exact behavior and local
control. It would also retain responsibility for duplicated mechanics, tests,
and maintenance across projects. The shared implementation offers greater
long-term value.
## Consequences
Audita's release integration becomes smaller, with common mechanics and their
tests maintained upstream. Audita benefits from shared fixes and takes on
ReleaseKit dependency maintenance.
Adoption requires updates to release tooling, CI wiring, documentation, and
runtime version reporting. The [release policy](../policy/release.md) continues
to govern compatibility and release completion; the
[release procedure](../release.md) will describe the adopted workflow.

12
docs/adr/README.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
# Architectural Decision Records
## Accepted
- [ADR 0001: Adopt ReleaseKit for release management](0001-releasekit.md) —
accepted 2026-10-07.
Use the
[documentation policy's ADR lifecycle](../policy/documentation.md#architecture-decision-records)
for significant decisions. Current architecture belongs in the
[architecture policy](../policy/architecture.md); implementation status belongs in
[roadmap documents](../roadmap/).

116
docs/cli.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
# Audita CLI Reference
The shared version-2 configuration parser and offline profile inspection serve
`process`, `config validate`, and `config print-effective`.
The [configuration reference](config.md) owns fields, defaults, and validation;
the [migration guide](migrations/v2.md) maps retired inputs.
## Commands and help
```sh
audita process <transcript.json> --glossary <glossary.yml> [flags]
audita config validate --config <config.yml> [flags]
audita config print-effective [flags]
audita version
```
Root invocation, `--help`, `-h`, and command help succeed without loading a config
file or resolving secrets. Unknown commands and flags return exit code `2`.
`process` accepts exactly one transcript path, either before the flags or after
them. With flags first, put the transcript last. Both config commands reject
positional arguments and process-only flags.
All three commands accept `--config <path>` and `--overlay <name>`. `config validate`
requires an explicit nonempty `--config`; the other commands select the explicit
file, then `/usr/local/etc/audita/config.yml`, then `/etc/audita/config.yml`.
Missing system candidates are skipped; inaccessible selected files are errors.
No file means a configuration error. `AUDITA_CONFIG` is ignored. The selected
overlay is loaded beside the main file, not used to locate profile files.
`audita version` prints `audita <version>` and a newline to stdout, with no
application configuration or provider setup. It returns `0` on success with
empty stderr. `help version`, `version -h`, and `version --help` print command
usage to stdout and return `0`. Help follows standard flag parsing and can
short-circuit trailing arguments. Other invalid invocations return `2` with a
usage error on stderr. The command uses ReleaseKit's public
`buildinfo.Version()` accessor. It reports an injected release identifier when
present, otherwise the executable's main-module version when available and not
`(devel)`, and `dev` when neither source provides a release identifier.
## Setting overrides
Only flags actually supplied override file or overlay settings. `--modules ''`
clears the module pipeline, and an explicit numeric zero reaches configuration
validation. The shared setting flags are:
| Setting | Flags |
| --- | --- |
| Profile selection | `--proposal-profile`, `--validation-profile` |
| Pipeline and output | `--modules`, `--output-schema` |
| Validation budget | `--validation-max-prompt-tokens` |
| Chunking | `--target-sections`, `--max-section-tokens`, `--min-section-tokens` |
| Normalization (numeric seconds) | `--normalize-max-segment-gap`, `--normalize-ellipsis-gap`, `--normalize-max-segment-duration`, `--normalize-max-segment-tokens` |
| Confidence thresholds | `--glossary-confidence-threshold`, `--homophones-confidence-threshold`, `--spoken-word-confidence-threshold`, `--grammar-confidence-threshold` |
| Context | `--transcript-description` |
| Reporting | `--reporting[=true\|false]`, `--report-dir DIR` |
| Debug | `--debug[=true\|false]`, `--work-dir DIR` |
`process` alone accepts `--glossary` (required) and `--output`.
An omitted or empty output value selects stdout. Nonempty output filenames are
used literally, including whitespace.
Reporting defaults to enabled. `--reporting=false` disables all three ordinary
reports; an explicit false overrides a true file or overlay setting. For stdout
output, reports use the effective `reporting.stdout_dir`, which defaults to the
invocation working directory. For file output, they go beside the transcript
unless `--report-dir` is explicitly supplied. The flag selects the report
directory for either transcript destination; a config-file or overlay value for
`reporting.stdout_dir` alone affects stdout output only. A selected report
directory must be nonblank when reporting is enabled. With reporting disabled,
the report destination is inactive and is not probed. `--debug` separately
enables retained detailed artifacts under `--work-dir`; selecting `--work-dir`
alone does not enable capture. Configuration inspection does not create or
probe these output directories.
Per-role model, base URL, key, timeout, retry, and concurrency flags have been
removed. Models and generation controls belong to PromptKit profiles, backend
credentials and capacity to configuration, and retry/deadline settings to the
shared LLM section. Legacy configuration environment overrides are ignored.
## Streams and exit status
`config validate` loads settings and both selected PromptKit profiles offline,
then prints `config is valid` on success. `config print-effective` accepts
`--view settings|profiles|explain` and defaults to `settings`. Settings writes
ConfigKit's redacted effective-settings YAML. Profiles writes an Audita-owned
YAML summary of selected ID, backend, model, sampling controls, per-attempt
timeout, service tier, and reasoning effort for each role. It omits credentials,
endpoints, and arbitrary extra provider parameters. Explain writes a YAML
sequence of field paths, source origins, and recorded derivations without
resolved setting values. An inherited field may also include an `inheritance`
sequence; each step identifies `from`, `to`, and `reference` paths as JSON
pointers. These fields describe the effective inheritance chain without
including configuration values. A direct child override reports its own source
instead. Debug configuration origins use the same explanation shape. These views
share the same settings and profile validation path as `process`. Unknown views
are usage errors. The effective settings YAML is for inspection and is not
guaranteed reloadable.
For `process`, `--output` writes the corrected transcript to a file and leaves
stdout empty on success. Without it, stdout carries transcript JSON only on
success. Enabled reporting creates `errors.yml`, `recoveries.yml`, and
`report.md` in the selected directory. Successful stderr begins with
`Completed: N corrections applied; E work units with errors; R recoveries.`
Report and debug locations follow only when created. Model-operation failures
can coexist with a completed run and applied corrections; read the YAML reports
for details. Debug artifacts are created only with `--debug`. See the
[report contract](integrations/output-files.md).
Exit codes are `0` for success, `1` for runtime or output failure, and `2` for
usage or configuration input errors. Invalid settings and profiles return `2`;
broken embedded assets, caller cancellation, fatal processing, and required
output failures return `1`. A late report-write failure can follow a published
transcript; exit status and report status remain authoritative.
Configuration commands inspect profiles without contacting a provider.
See the [input files](integrations/transcript-glossary-files.md),
[subprocess contract](integrations/subprocess.md), and
[artifact lifecycle](operations.md) for their respective details.

192
docs/config.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
# Audita Configuration
This reference describes the version-2 configuration loader in `internal/core/config`.
Use the maintained [local](../examples/minimal-config.yml) and
[service](../examples/production-config.yml) examples with their separately
selected [local profiles](../examples/profiles/local/) and
[service profiles](../examples/profiles/service/), plus the optional
[testing overlay](../examples/overlays/testing.yml).
The [ConfigKit inheritance example](../examples/configkit-inheritance.yml)
shows a local child backend reusing and overriding sibling settings.
Choose real models for your endpoint; a testing profile makes no cost or quality
guarantee. See the [migration guide](migrations/v2.md) for retired inputs.
## Loading and precedence
The application selects one main YAML file: an explicit `--config`, then
`/usr/local/etc/audita/config.yml` if present, then `/etc/audita/config.yml`
if present. Missing system candidates are skipped; an explicit missing or empty
path, inaccessible selected file, or absence of any selected file is an error.
`config validate` requires an explicit file. ConfigKit loads built-in defaults,
the selected file, an optional named overlay from `overlays/<name>.yml` beside the
main file, and only explicitly supplied setting overrides, in that order. Imports
and secret-directory bootstrap are disabled. Unknown fields and missing, null,
or non-integer `version: 2` are errors. Version-1 files require migration; no
compatibility loader or implicit environment configuration remains.
After overlay and explicit CLI override precedence is applied, ConfigKit resolves
native sibling inheritance before typed decoding. Any input mapping may use
`extends: <sibling-name>`; the child keeps its key, inherits parent settings, and
overrides them with its own settings. Selected overlay and CLI values therefore
participate in inheritance at their normal precedence. The generic syntax and
resolution rules are defined by ConfigKit v0.7.1's
[sibling inheritance contract](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ConfigKit/src/tag/v0.7.1/docs/config.md#sibling-inheritance).
`extends` is reserved structural input in base files, imports, overlays, and
other application input mappings, including mapping values supplied by explicit
CLI setting overrides. ConfigKit consumes it before typed decoding. A previously
valid backend whose ID is literally `extends` cannot be represented under this
rule. Rename that backend to a non-conflicting ID and update every PromptKit
profile that selects it. This compatibility impact means the upgrade does not
promise that every previously valid configuration remains valid.
Inherited values count as explicit input, including zero, false, empty, and
null. Existing field rules still apply: for example, inherited backend
concurrency must be positive, while an inherited queue capacity of zero is
valid. Parent backends undergo the same decoding and application validation as
other backends, whether or not a selected profile uses them. A child
`credential: null` removes the child's inherited credential; it does not remove
the parent's credential reference, which remains subject to ordinary secret
resolution.
Validation runs after overlays, explicit overrides, and derived settings have
resolved. An override can therefore repair an invalid lower-precedence setting
when that setting can be decoded. ConfigKit retains field origins and derivations
for effective-configuration inspection. Its effective YAML redacts resolved
credentials.
### PromptKit profiles and operator prompts
`profiles_dir` selects a PromptKit configuration root, resolved against the
selected main file's directory unless it is absolute. The root may contain
keyed `profiles`, `backends`, and `prompts` definitions; it is not limited to
profile-only files. IDs come from literal YAML mapping keys, never filenames.
Multiple definitions may share a document, and a document may contribute to any
of the supported mappings. Directory discovery is recursive, but discovery
order does not establish field precedence. Contributions within each source
group must compose without conflicting values.
PromptKit assembles sources in this order: its selected catalogs and owned
defaults, Audita's embedded prompt/schema inputs, operator documents under
`profiles_dir`, then the application backend mapping. The application mapping
owns each configured endpoint, concurrency limit, queue capacity, and credential
environment lookup. Other supported provider fields can be contributed by the
operator documents. Imports remain disabled. The current maintained examples
select separate roots: [local](../examples/profiles/local/) and
[service](../examples/profiles/service/), so definitions for one backend do not
enter the other example's final configuration.
Both selected roles must resolve to an existing profile, registered backend,
nonblank effective model, and nonblank endpoint. The normalized effective
endpoint must match the application backend endpoint. A selected profile cannot
introduce a competing `api_key_env` lookup; the application backend credential
supplies the runtime key when required. Other unselected profiles may be
partial, but every final backend, profile, and prompt definition is validated
when the engine is constructed. A malformed or conflicting unused definition
can therefore make the selected root invalid. A missing selected root is an
operator configuration error; an empty root may contribute no definitions.
Profile IDs and parent IDs are exact, literal keys. PromptKit profiles can use
native `extends` inheritance; child fields override inherited fields, while
unmentioned controls survive changes to model or backend. For example:
```yaml
profiles:
"shared~base":
backend: service
model: example-model
temperature: 0.4
top_p: 0.8
"proposal fast":
extends: "shared~base"
model: faster-model
temperature: 0
```
Presence matters. Explicit `temperature: 0` is sent as zero; omission leaves it
unspecified; null suppresses an inherited temperature. Other fields have their
own native null and omission rules. Provider `extra_params` maps merge
recursively, and a null provider value is sent as JSON null. See the pinned
[PromptKit format reference](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit/src/tag/v0.14.0/docs/formats.md)
for the complete field semantics.
Operator documents can also override an embedded prompt/version, including its
messages and definition-level output settings. Shared variables supplied by the
adapter are rendered only when an effective message references them; Audita does
not append omitted shared text. Audita's per-call schemas, structural repair
budget, and downstream domain validators remain in force. The engine captures
effective definitions and message-file contents when constructed, so edits are
observed only by a newly constructed runtime.
### Migrating PromptKit profile documents
For the PromptKit v0.11 format, wrap each profile's fields under
`profiles: {<literal-id>: ...}`, remove inner `id`, and replace
`base_profile` with `extends`. Profile and prompt IDs are mapping keys, so they
need not match source filenames. Review zeros, omitted values, and nulls against
the native presence rules before deploying. Select a root whose final
definitions have valid backend references; eager validation applies even to
unselected definitions. See the complete maintained [local](../examples/minimal-config.yml)
and [service](../examples/production-config.yml) examples and the pinned
[consumer migration guide](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit/src/tag/v0.14.0/docs/consumers/pkg-promptkit.md#migrate-from-the-previous-configuration-api).
This incompatible profile-format migration is intended for an Audita major
release; no automatic file conversion is provided.
The [CLI inspection views](cli.md#streams-and-exit-status) show selected
controls and field provenance separately from ConfigKit's redacted settings
YAML. Inspection resolves both roles without provider calls.
## Settings
| Field | Default | Rule |
| --- | --- | --- |
| `profiles_dir` | `profiles` | Nonempty PromptKit document root; resolved relative to the selected main file, or absolute. |
| `backends.<id>.endpoint` | None | Required nonempty endpoint for each backend. At least one backend is required. |
| `backends.<id>.concurrency` | `1` | Positive finite capacity; shared by both roles using that backend. |
| `backends.<id>.queue_capacity` | `1024` | Nonnegative; zero disables waiting admission. |
| `backends.<id>.credential` | Unset | Optional environment-variable secret reference; omission or null means unauthenticated use. |
| `llm.proposal_profile` | None | Required nonempty profile ID. |
| `llm.validation_profile` | Final proposal profile | Omission inherits the final proposal selection; explicit empty or null fails. |
| `llm.transient_retries` | `2` | Nonnegative additional attempts per generation. |
| `llm.repair_attempts` | `2` | Additional structural repair generations, from zero through three. |
| `llm.operation_timeout` | `15m` | Positive Go duration string per logical call. |
| `pipeline.modules` | `[glossary, homophones, glossary, spoken_word, grammar]` | Ordered module keys; repeats are meaningful and an explicit empty list runs no correction modules. |
| `output.schema` | `bare-segments` | `bare-segments` or `audita-v1`. See [output formats](integrations/output-files.md). |
| `validation.max_prompt_tokens` | `2048` | Positive validation batching budget. |
| `chunking.target_sections` | Unset | Optional positive target; omission or null selects automatic chunking. |
| `chunking.max_section_tokens` | `8192` | Positive maximum estimate. |
| `chunking.min_section_tokens` | `2048` | Positive and no greater than maximum. |
| `normalization.max_segment_gap` | `4.0` | Nonnegative numeric seconds. |
| `normalization.ellipsis_gap` | `3.5` | Nonnegative numeric seconds. |
| `normalization.max_segment_duration` | `60.0` | Positive numeric seconds. |
| `normalization.max_segment_tokens` | `2048` | Positive token estimate. |
| `thresholds.glossary`, `.homophones`, `.spoken_word`, `.grammar` | `0.8` each | Confidence thresholds in `[0, 1]`. |
| `context.description` | Empty | Trimmed prompt context, at most 500 bytes. |
| `reporting.enabled` | `true` | Write the ordinary three-file report bundle when processing. |
| `reporting.stdout_dir` | `.` | Report directory for stdout transcript output; a `--report-dir` flag can select reports for either transcript destination. |
| `diagnostics.debug` | `false` | Persist detailed debug artifacts when processing. |
| `diagnostics.work_dir` | `/tmp/audita` | Parent of the retained debug run directory; required only when debug is enabled. |
Module keys select correction modules; validator chains remain built into them.
The loader preserves module order and repetitions. Normalization time settings
accept numeric seconds only. The operation timeout uses a duration string.
`reporting.stdout_dir` must be nonblank when it supplies the active report
destination: for stdout output, or for file output when `--report-dir` is
explicitly supplied. File output without that flag uses the transcript's parent,
so the configured value is inactive. Reporting-disabled runs do not select a
report directory. `diagnostics.work_dir` must be nonblank only with debug
enabled. These path requirements are checked when choosing process destinations,
not during configuration inspection.
## Credentials
A backend credential is a ConfigKit secret reference containing an environment
variable name, such as `credential: AUDITA_SERVICE_KEY`. Every reference that
survives overlay and override resolution must name a set, nonempty variable,
including credentials on backends unused by the selected roles. A replacement
reference resolves only the replacement; null removes the reference. General
`AUDITA_*` and `OPENROUTER_API_KEY` variables have no implicit setting effect.
Secret values are available to the runtime through the resolved reference, while
ConfigKit's effective output and provenance contain no resolved secret values.
Current invocation syntax belongs in [CLI](cli.md).

72
docs/development.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
# Developing Audita
Audita is a Go CLI for transcript polishing. Start with the
[README](../README.md) for product orientation and the
[internal overview](internal/overview.md) for the implemented component map.
## Before Changing the Repository
Coding agents must read and follow the [agent policy](policy/agents.md) before
recommending, planning, or implementing changes. Use the policy reading guide
below to select the policies applicable to the task.
Confirm the requested scope and behavior contract, make focused changes in the
owning component, and update the relevant tests and canonical documentation
when behavior changes. The [testing policy](policy/testing.md) governs test
sufficiency; the [documentation policy](policy/documentation.md) governs content
ownership. Commit discipline and agent Git restrictions are in the
[agent policy](policy/agents.md#git-commit-policy).
## Policy Reading Guide
| Policy | Read before… |
| --- | --- |
| [Policy set provenance](policy/meta.md) | Adopting policies, checking upstream revisions, or updating the adopted policy set. |
| [Agents](policy/agents.md) | Recommending, planning, or implementing repository changes. |
| [Architecture](policy/architecture.md) | Planning or changing application code or its structure. |
| [Testing](policy/testing.md) | Selecting validation for code changes, or adding, changing, removing, or evaluating tests. |
| [Documentation](policy/documentation.md) | Writing, revising, or reorganizing documentation. |
| [OSS](policy/oss.md) | Adding or updating dependencies or incorporated third-party material, or changing licensing or attribution. |
| [Release](policy/release.md) | Preparing or publishing a release, changing release procedures, or making versioning and compatibility decisions. |
- Read applicable policies before making decisions they govern; multiple policies
may apply.
- Select policies using the task triggers above. Follow cross-references to
relevant sections when needed to resolve a concrete question.
- Reuse policies already available in context; reread when changed or no longer
available.
- Expand reading when the task's scope expands.
- When revising a policy itself, read that policy and any provisions elsewhere
affected by the revision.
## Baseline Validation
Use Go 1.26.0 or newer for source builds. The selected release toolchain is
documented in the [release procedure](release.md#prerequisites). From the
repository root:
```sh
go build -o ./bin/audita ./cmd/audita
go test ./...
```
Run targeted package tests for touched behavior and the complete suite for
substantial changes. Documentation-only work normally needs affected-link,
example, and whitespace checks; use `git diff --check`. Detailed component
validation belongs with the change recipes below.
## Task-Specific Reading Guide
| Task | Read |
| --- | --- |
| Locate components or change orchestration | [Internal overview](internal/overview.md), then [pipeline](internal/pipeline.md) |
| Change configuration or CLI behavior | [Configuration contract](config.md), [CLI contract](cli.md), and [configuration/CLI change recipes](internal/cli-config.md) |
| Change modules or validators | [Modules](internal/modules.md) or [validators](internal/validators.md); follow their prompt, registry, and test references |
| Change LLM transport or concurrency | [LLM integration contract](integrations/openai-compatible-llm.md), [LLM runtime](internal/llm-runtime.md), and [pipeline](internal/pipeline.md) |
| Change prompts | [Prompt registry](internal/prompts.md) and the consuming [module](internal/modules.md) or [validator](internal/validators.md) |
| Change input/output formats | [Input file contracts](integrations/transcript-glossary-files.md), [output-file contract](integrations/output-files.md), [encoder internals](internal/output-schemas.md), and [configuration](config.md) |
| Change reports or diagnostics | [Operations](operations.md), [output-file contract](integrations/output-files.md), [subprocess integration](integrations/subprocess.md), and [diagnostics/reporting internals](internal/diagnostics-reporting.md) |
| Change tests | [Testing policy](policy/testing.md) and the affected component's internal documentation |
| Change docs or examples | [Documentation policy](policy/documentation.md), the canonical topic owner, and [example validation](internal/cli-config.md#validating-examples) |
| Prepare a release | [Release policy](policy/release.md) and [release procedure](release.md) |
| Record a significant architectural decision | [ADR lifecycle](policy/documentation.md#architecture-decision-records) and [ADR index](adr/README.md) |

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
# OpenAI-Compatible LLM Integration
Audita uses the pinned [PromptKit](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit)
built-in OpenAI-compatible transport. PromptKit owns chat-completions wire framing,
provider envelope parsing, transient retries, per-generation timeouts, and JSON
Schema repair. A backend's configured base endpoint must support the selected
profile's model and structured JSON-schema responses; local configuration
inspection does not contact the provider.
Audita selects a role profile, supplies its registered backend credential, and
passes the embedded response schema as a complete per-call output contract. It
prepares each call once, checks that the prepared target still matches the
inspected backend and endpoint, then executes that same prepared request. A
profile cannot introduce a separate credential environment lookup. An absent
backend credential permits an unauthenticated local service.
`llm.transient_retries` counts additional attempts for eligible transient
failures; explicit zero makes one attempt. `llm.repair_attempts` counts
additional generations for schema-invalid model output. The operation timeout
covers preparation, capacity waiting, retries, generation, and repair. Caller
cancellation or an earlier deadline also applies. See [configuration](../config.md#settings)
for defaults and [PromptKit v0.14.0's consumer contract](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit/src/tag/v0.14.0/docs/consumers/pkg-promptkit.md)
for the pinned protocol and retry details.
A model operation that exhausts structural repair, a live-parent local operation
timeout, capacity rejection, transport failure, malformed provider response,
or provider HTTP failure is recoverable for that operation. Proposal generation
then contributes no candidates from that response; a failed validation batch
marks its candidates unavailable while other batches and later modules can
continue. Caller cancellation, broken assets or configuration, and unknown
internal failures remain fatal and cancel peers. Audita decodes into domain
types only after PromptKit validates the JSON. Ordinary reports use safe reason
codes and counts rather than provider messages. Full request/response content
is written only with `--debug`; see [operations](../operations.md#diagnostics-directory).

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
# Output Files and Reports
## Corrected Transcript
The corrected transcript uses the selected `output.schema`: `bare-segments`
or `audita-v1`. Its schema and text rules are unchanged by resilience
reporting. See [configuration](../config.md#settings) for selection and
[operations](../operations.md#required-output-files) for placement and writes.
With reporting enabled, Audita produces three ordinary files:
- `errors.yml`: affected work units and run-level failures;
- `recoveries.yml`: successful logical model operations with repair, service
retry, or response filtering;
- `report.md`: a concise overview and complete per-chunk matrices.
The YAML documents have Audita-owned schemas `audita-errors` and
`audita-recoveries`, each with integer `version: 1`. Both contain, in order,
`schema`, `version`, `run_id`, `status`, `started_at`, `completed_at`, `summary`,
and an always-present `errors` or `recoveries` sequence. Status is
`in_progress`, `completed`, or `failed`. Times are UTC RFC3339 strings;
`completed_at` is null until finalization. A recoverable model error can appear
with `status: completed`.
## Summary Counts
Both documents carry the same summary, in this order:
| Count | Meaning |
| --- | --- |
| `work_units_total` | Configured module instances × initial chunks. |
| `work_units_started`, `work_units_completed`, `work_units_interrupted`, `work_units_not_started` | Explicit processing states. |
| `work_units_with_errors` | Distinct units with recoverable operation failures. |
| `run_errors` | Fatal processing or output failures outside that unit count. |
| `corrections_applied` | Approved proposals applied, not replacement occurrences. |
| `llm_operations` | Structured-client invocations, including pre-dispatch failures. |
| `proposal_responses` | Structurally usable proposal responses. |
| `recoveries` | Successful operations with one or more recovery reasons. |
| `proposal_responses_with_filtering` | Proposal responses that filtered at least one defective proposal. |
Unknown counts before processing are `null`; completed empty counts are `0`.
Retries and repair generations are details of one operation, not additional
operations. Provider token usage, execution timing, and attempt-level evidence
remain in opt-in debug files.
## Error and Recovery Records
An `errors` record with `scope: work_unit` identifies zero-based `stage_index`
and `chunk_index`, module key/instance, initial segment range, applied-correction
count, and a `failures` sequence. Each failure identifies the operation
(`proposal`, `validation`, or `validation_input`), optional validator and
zero-based batch index, safe reason/message, sorted proposal indices when
known, and execution counts when available. Multiple failed batches in one
work unit form one error record. `scope: run` instead records phase, safe reason
and message, optional origin, and output path where relevant. It can describe
a fatal error or secondary output-write failure without inventing a failed
model work unit. Raw provider errors and transcript text are absent.
For `validation_decisions_invalid`, proposal indices identify only candidates
whose required decisions were unavailable. Other candidates in the same batch
may still be approved or rejected normally.
Each recovery identifies its work unit and successful operation, with sorted
`reasons`, a safe message, available execution counts, and sorted
`filtered_proposals` details. One recovery can contain `output_repaired`,
`service_recovered`, and `proposals_filtered` together. Filtering covers
defective response proposals; low confidence, protected-term rejection,
ordinary editorial rejection, and an apply-time conflict caused by an earlier
accepted correction are not filtering recoveries. Failed operations are errors,
not recoveries. The initial chunk identity remains stable even if earlier
modules change its text.
`validation_decisions_filtered` records unexpected validator decision indices
ignored from a successful validation batch. It may accompany repair or service
recovery reasons, but it does not add `filtered_proposals` or increment
`proposal_responses_with_filtering`. A batch with unavailable requested decisions
is an error even when unexpected indices were also ignored.
## Markdown Overview
`report.md` includes run ID, status, corrections, work coverage, error and
recovery totals, input/output paths, and full work-unit error and recovery
matrices. Rows show every initial chunk with 1-based chunk number and initial
segment range; columns follow configured module-instance order, including
repeats. Completed error cells are `0` or `1`; recovery cells are operation
counts. `—` means not started and `n*` means interrupted with n facts recorded.
An empty stage or chunk set is identified as having no work units. Short reason breakdowns count
records containing each reason; a recovery can have several reasons, so those
counts need not sum to the recovery total. The report refers to both YAML
files. It does not include transcript excerpts or correction lists.
## Debug-Only Files
With `--debug`, `correction-ledger.json` contains proposed candidates and
their application, rejection, or interruption details. `llm-execution.json`
holds logical calls and PromptKit execution events; `utilization-diagnostics.json`
groups backend capacity and timing observations while preserving known and
complete usage semantics. Interaction request/response artifacts, selected
profiles, configuration provenance, and input snapshots are also debug-only.
These files are diagnostic evidence, not an alternate ordinary report schema.
Each candidate-backed ledger entry includes `proposed_corrected_text`, the
literal replacement span, even when it is `""` for a deletion. Applied entries
also include `applied_corrected_text`, likewise `""` for an applied deletion.
Rejected, unavailable, skipped, and interrupted entries omit the applied field; a module
failure without a candidate omits both. These fields are replacement spans,
not full resulting-segment text. Deterministic decision records now identify
the blank-result guard as `non_empty_resulting_segment` (formerly
`non_empty_corrected_text`); its `empty_resulting_segment` reason is unchanged.
Validator decision records carry `disposition`: `approved`, `rejected`, or
`unavailable`. A missing or duplicate required decision is `unavailable`, not
an editorial rejection. The candidate ledger uses the same distinction in its
top-level disposition. Interaction response artifacts retain supplied model
decisions and the reconciliation result, including unavailable and ignored
indices; unexpected indices never create candidate ledger entries.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
# Subprocess Integration
This guide explains how a parent process can invoke Audita and consume its results.
The [CLI reference](../cli.md) owns command syntax, streams, and exit semantics;
[configuration](../config.md) owns discovery and precedence.
## Invocation
Use an argument array with the transcript path and required glossary argument,
following the [process examples](../cli.md#commands-and-help). For machine workflows,
select an explicit transcript file destination and a configuration path. Reports
go beside the transcript unless an explicit `--report-dir` selects another
directory. For stdout output, reports use the effective `reporting.stdout_dir`
(defaulting to the invocation working directory), including a `--report-dir`
override. A config-file or overlay value for `reporting.stdout_dir` alone does
not redirect file-output reports. `--work-dir` selects a debug root, while
configuration or `--debug` enables capture; the path flag alone does not.
Supplying a configuration path also makes file selection predictable; only
explicitly referenced credential variables are read from the environment.
Resolve the executable deliberately and set the child's working directory so
relative input/output paths and reported artifact paths have a known base.
Read stdout and stderr concurrently to avoid pipe blocking, and impose timeout
or cancellation in the parent process when needed.
## Result Handling
Interpret the exit result according to the
[CLI output and exit contract](../cli.md#streams-and-exit-status).
Consume transcript/report data through the
[output-file contract](output-files.md), and treat stderr as human-readable detail.
The three reports may be absent after early configuration or destination
failures. After initialization, failed reports can describe invalid input or
partial processing and use the same selected report directory as successful
runs. Exit `0` can include recoverable model errors and applied
corrections; inspect `errors.yml` and `recoveries.yml` for those outcomes. A
transcript may have been written before a later required report failure, so
the file alone does not prove completion.
If processing fails, preserve available evidence and follow
[operations recovery](../operations.md#failure-inspection-and-recovery).
Ordinary reports are independent of optional retained debug evidence. Parent
cancellation reaches the child through its context; Audita joins workers and
attempts failed-status report finalization before exiting. Uncatchable
termination can leave `in_progress` reports. Neither the existence of an output
file nor a debug directory alone establishes successful completion.
## Related Contracts
- [Transcript and glossary inputs](transcript-glossary-files.md)
- [LLM endpoint compatibility](openai-compatible-llm.md)
- [Configuration inspection commands](../cli.md#commands-and-help)

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
# Transcript and Glossary Input Files
This document owns accepted input formats. Use the [CLI reference](../cli.md) for
invocation and error exit semantics, [operations](../operations.md) for artifact
handling, and [output files](output-files.md) for corrected-transcript serialization.
## Transcript JSON Contract
Accepted top-level shapes are an array of segments or an object containing a
`segments` array. The array must contain at least one segment. Unknown object
fields are ignored by the current parser; an input envelope does not require a
schema/version marker.
| Segment field | Type and validation |
| --- | --- |
| `id` | Optional integer (or null). Supplied IDs must be unique; missing IDs are accepted. |
| `speaker` | Non-empty string |
| `start`, `end` | Numeric seconds, finite and non-negative; end must be at least start |
| `text` | Non-empty string |
| `categories` | Optional array of non-empty strings |
Supply explicit start and end times for meaningful timing. The current decoder
uses zero for missing or null timestamps rather than enforcing their presence.
String validation checks empty values, not whitespace trimming. Normalization can
merge segments and reassign IDs, so source IDs need not match output IDs.
The [tiny transcript](../../examples/tiny-transcript.json) is a complete copyable
input. Invalid JSON, unsupported top-level shapes, empty transcripts, invalid field
types, duplicate supplied IDs, and the validation failures above are rejected.
## Glossary YAML Contract
The top-level object contains a `glossary` list with at least one entry.
| Entry field | Type and validation |
| --- | --- |
| `name` | Non-empty string |
| `category` | Non-empty string |
| `summary` | Non-empty string |
| `aliases` | Optional list of non-empty strings |
| `plural` | Optional string |
The parser checks empty strings without trimming them. Unknown YAML fields are
ignored by the glossary parser, unlike the stricter
[configuration-file schema](../config.md#loading-and-precedence).
The [tiny glossary](../../examples/tiny-glossary.yaml) is a complete copyable input.
Malformed YAML, an empty/missing glossary, invalid shapes, missing required text,
and empty aliases are rejected. These formats describe input acceptance, not
additional vocabulary restrictions.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
# Configuration and CLI Change Recipes
This document owns contributor editing and validation steps for configuration,
CLI wiring, and maintained examples. Definitions of behavior belong to the
[configuration](../config.md) and [CLI](../cli.md) contracts.
## Changing Configuration
1. Update fields, defaults, loading, and validation in `internal/core/config`.
2. Update file, selected overlay, credential reference, and CLI mapping as
applicable. Preserve the precedence defined in the
[configuration contract](../config.md#loading-and-precedence), including the
distinct validation and effective-config commands.
3. Update redaction when secrets are involved.
4. Review configuration tests and related CLI tests for precedence, validation,
and source-specific behavior. Add or adjust tests for the changed contract
according to the [testing policy](../policy/testing.md).
5. Update the configuration reference and affected [examples](../../examples/).
## Changing CLI Behavior
1. Implement parsing and wiring in `internal/cli`.
2. Preserve [stream and exit contracts](../cli.md) unless a change is intentional
and documented. Review [subprocess integration](../integrations/subprocess.md)
when changing output, error, or report handling.
3. Review `internal/cli` tests and `cmd/audita` subprocess tests; update coverage
for the changed behavior.
4. Update the CLI reference and affected integration guidance.
The `version` route uses ReleaseKit's public `buildinfo.Version()` accessor and
stays independent of application runtime assembly. Preserve its behavior from
the [CLI contract](../cli.md#commands-and-help) when changing the command; the
adoption decision is recorded in [ADR 0001](../adr/0001-releasekit.md).
## Validating Examples
Keep complete copyable files in [examples](../../examples/) and link to them from
their canonical contract documentation. Keep them valid and secret-free.
From the repository root, validate the maintained configuration examples:
```sh
go run ./cmd/audita config validate --config examples/minimal-config.yml
go run ./cmd/audita config validate --config examples/configkit-inheritance.yml
AUDITA_SERVICE_KEY=synthetic-example go run ./cmd/audita config validate --config examples/production-config.yml
AUDITA_SERVICE_KEY=synthetic-example go run ./cmd/audita config validate --config examples/production-config.yml --overlay testing
go run ./cmd/audita config print-effective --config examples/minimal-config.yml --view profiles
go run ./cmd/audita config print-effective --config examples/configkit-inheritance.yml --view explain
```
The local and ConfigKit inheritance files select `profiles/local`; the service
file selects `profiles/service`, including the service testing profiles. Keep
these roots separate because PromptKit validates every final definition in a
selected root, including definitions that are not selected for a role.
Only referenced credentials read environment values; use a controlled synthetic
value when validating the service example. Check affected CLI examples against the
parser and use schema tests for maintained transcript/glossary inputs. Example
validation should not invoke a live LLM merely to check documentation.
## Runtime Change Checks
Select checks according to the [testing policy](../policy/testing.md):
- Configuration or CLI changes: inspect `internal/core/config` tests,
`internal/cli` tests, and `cmd/audita` integration tests.
- Process/output changes: verify stdout, stderr, exit, output-file, and report
behavior against the [CLI contract](../cli.md) and
[subprocess guidance](../integrations/subprocess.md), including failures.
- Report or diagnostics changes: review [report assembly tests and redaction
checks](diagnostics-reporting.md#key-tests), metadata fields, and artifact paths.
- Schema or serialization changes: review [output-schema tests](output-schemas.md#key-tests)
and `internal/core/schema` tests, including supported formats and rejection of
unsupported schemas.
- Changes affecting assembled output: inspect controlled HTTP subprocess workflows
and retained report/artifact assertions.
Use the [contributor guide](../development.md#baseline-validation) for baseline
commands. These recipes supplement, rather than duplicate, public contracts.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
# Diagnostics and Reporting Internals
The [output-file contract](../integrations/output-files.md) owns public
schemas and the [operations guide](../operations.md) owns physical placement.
`internal/framework/outcomes` contains processing-owned operation references,
counts, failure reasons, filtering details, and work states. It imports no
reporting, CLI, or provider package. The runner records those facts per initial
section and module instance. `internal/framework/processreport` maps them once
into `internal/core/reporting.Snapshot`, including nullable counts, grouped
work-unit errors, separate run errors, and one recovery per successful logical
operation. Reports order stages, sections, validators, and batches by semantic
identity, never concurrent completion time. The core reporting package owns
Audita's versioned YAML DTOs, fixed Markdown rendering, and brief CLI
completion formatter. YAML redaction walks serialized string nodes so numeric
and boolean values retain their types. Ordinary reports omit raw causes,
transcript text, complete decisions, and token/timing payloads.
Validation operations with unavailable decisions report only affected requested
indices, even when other candidates in the batch continue. Ignored extra
validator entries yield `validation_decisions_filtered` only for a successful
operation; they do not count as filtered correction proposals. Failed operations
retain their execution counts and never produce a recovery record.
`internal/core/diagnostics.OutputSession` owns active destination checks,
transcript preflight, report initialization, regular-file replacement, and direct
stream publication. Transcript input is protected from early report writes but
may be the final transcript destination. The LLM runtime records successful reads
through PromptKit's profile filesystem and supplies those source paths to CLI;
no second filename-based discovery rule is used.
CLI composes it after configuration/profile inspection and before reading
inputs or dispatching model work. It does not create ordinary report parents.
On a final write error it attempts other enabled reports and one failed-status
pass; a published transcript is never erased by a later report failure.
Debug is independent. Only `diagnostics.debug` creates a unique retained child
under `diagnostics.work_dir`. CLI passes empty diagnostics paths and nil writers
when debug is off. With debug on, source/normalized snapshots, invocation,
effective settings, origins, profiles, initial chunk summary, correction ledger,
indexed execution/utilization, and model interactions are written. Runner
candidate capture includes proposals later rejected or interrupted. Ledger
mapping uses optional string pointers so an empty proposed replacement is
serialized for every candidate and an empty applied replacement appears only
when that candidate applied; see the [public artifact contract](../integrations/output-files.md#debug-only-files).
Debug write failures reach the CLI through an explicit concurrency-safe diagnostic
callback and produce redacted stderr messages without aborting processing.
Completed validator decisions returned with a fatal batch error remain available
to the debug ledger; they never authorize applying an incompletely validated edit.
Runner decision records carry the validator's explicit approved, rejected, or
unavailable disposition into the ledger. Unavailable candidates have a distinct
top-level ledger disposition, while fatal interruptions remain interrupted when
no rejection or unavailable decision was returned. Successful validation
interaction payloads contain the full decoded response, final content, and
reconciliation outcomes; ignored indices do not become ledger candidates.
Every debug writer uses all configured backend secrets for redaction, including
unselected backend credentials and source snapshots. Debug can still contain
sensitive transcript and prompt content.
## Key Tests
Useful tests: `internal/core/reporting/*_test.go`,
`internal/core/diagnostics/*_test.go`,
`internal/framework/processreport/*_test.go`, and
`cmd/audita/main_integration_test.go`.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
# Audita LLM Runtime
## Client Boundary
`llm.NewRuntime` assembles one PromptKit engine for both roles. PromptKit's
catalogs and defaults are followed by Audita's embedded prompt and schema
inputs, operator documents from `profiles_dir`, and the highest-priority
application backend mapping. Audita owns backend endpoints, capacity settings,
and resolved credentials; native PromptKit layering owns profile inheritance,
prompt overrides, and provider-specific fields. Imports are disabled. The
runtime inspects both selected roles offline, requiring complete model and
endpoint values and rejecting competing profile credential lookups. A
role-bound `llm.RoleClient` implements `structuredoutput.Client`; proposal and
validator contracts alias that interface. Both roles share engine-local backend
capacity.
Successful construction captures the final definitions and referenced message
contents. The runtime does not reload operator documents or message files during
calls. If final engine construction fails, an embedded-only diagnostic
construction distinguishes shipped asset failures from invalid operator input.
An asset failure remains an asset error; when embedded construction succeeds,
the original failure remains a configuration error. The diagnostic engine
never replaces or executes the requested configuration, and caller cancellation
skips this path. The captured inspection also supplies an internal source
ledger: all loaded host YAML plus effective, source-relative host
`content_file` resources are tracked for output-collision checks.
For each logical call, the adapter starts an operation context and a diagnostic
record before preparation. It supplies the reserved hardening text, the selected
profile and resolved backend credential, and the complete embedded schema/repair
contract. `PrepareExecution` produces the exact messages and hashes retained in
an Audita snapshot. The adapter checks the prepared backend and endpoint before
`RunPrepared`. It records available final content, usage, model, and profile
metadata and decodes only a validated result. Call hooks expose logical
start/finish records and PromptKit execution events for debug utilization.
The [integration contract](../integrations/openai-compatible-llm.md) describes
wire ownership and failure behavior. `structuredoutput.Failure` has a safe
message, fixed reason code, typed cause, and recoverable/fatal/canceled class.
Counts distinguish provider attempts, transient retries, and structural
repairs, including on errors. Secrets from all configured backends, including unselected
ones, are available to the diagnostics redaction boundary.
CLI explain output and debug configuration origins share a value-free projection
of effective field origins. The [CLI contract](../cli.md) defines its optional
inheritance evidence fields.
## Orchestration
CLI processing supplies two role clients from the same engine to the runner.
PromptKit's per-backend admission applies to both roles and every generation,
retry, and repair. The runner still processes module instances in order,
collects concurrent section work deterministically, and cancels remaining
section work only on fatal failures. `llm.DiagnosticsWriter` remains the protected
request/response artifact writer. `llm.ObservationCollector` captures metadata
events under a short mutex and freezes them after runner work joins. Its logical
records include preparation failures; summary usage comes from terminal events
once per call and retains knownness and completeness for each field. Runner wall
and validator timings remain separate from provider attempts. Ordinary reports
derive compact runner outcomes; full observations are debug-only.

91
docs/internal/modules.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
# Audita Modules
## Scope
This document covers internal module contracts and packages. User-selectable keys
and the default sequence belong to [configuration](../config.md#settings).
## Module Contract
Modules implement `contracts.TranscriptModule`:
- `Key()`
- `ReplacementPolicy()`
- `Validators()`
- `Propose(ctx, req)`
Runner resolves configured module specs to module instances through `internal/framework/modules`.
## Built-In Modules
Current module packages:
- `internal/modules/glossary`
- `internal/modules/homophones`
- `internal/modules/spoken_word`
- `internal/modules/grammar`
Current replacement policies:
- `glossary`: `replace_all`
- `homophones`: `require_unique`
- `spoken_word`: `require_unique`
- `grammar`: `require_unique`
## Proposal Generation Ownership
Shared proposal-generation plumbing is centralized in:
- `internal/framework/proposal_generation`
Module packages own:
- prompt selection (`internal/prompts` prompt IDs).
`proposal_generation.BuildProposalVariables` encodes the glossary, selected
transcript section, and trimmed description once for all four modules. PromptKit
renders their embedded definitions from those variables and validates the
correction-set schema before Audita maps proposals. Domain validators still
check confidence, applicability, protected glossary terms, and replacement
policy. Model-facing segment IDs are one-based positions within the proposal
request. Generation maps returned references back to the current chunk's actual
segment IDs, preserving response order and multiple proposals per segment.
Unknown references become invalid-target candidates for the existing domain
checks; they are never interpreted as actual transcript IDs. Debug request
metadata records `segment_ids` in local-reference order (reference 1 is the
first entry). Shared context encoding lives in `internal/framework/promptcontext`.
An empty `corrected_text` deletes the identified span when the resulting segment
remains nonblank. Whitespace-only original spans can express spacing corrections;
matching stays literal under each module's replacement policy. No automatic
whitespace cleanup follows application.
## Validator Chain Ownership
Built-in chains are resolved in `internal/validators` per module key.
Module packages call the built-in chain resolver at construction.
## Failure and Outcome Behavior
Module construction failures are fatal. Recoverable proposal model failures
record an unsuccessful operation and yield no candidates for that section;
other sections and module instances continue. Fatal adapter or application
failures cancel peers and retain partial observations. Consumer-visible
outcomes are defined by the [report contract](../integrations/output-files.md).
## Changing Modules
1. Add or update the narrowly scoped package under `internal/modules/<module_key>`.
2. Keep module prompt selection in the module and its definition in
`internal/prompts`; see [prompt assets](prompts.md).
3. Wire module registration and catalog resolution through framework module
registration and the core module catalog. Update selectable keys in the
[configuration contract](../config.md) when they change.
4. Verify replacement policy and validator-chain selection against the
[architecture requirements](../policy/architecture.md#correction-and-concurrency-invariants).
5. Review module, prompt-variable, and proposal-generation tests. Inspect parity
and release fixtures when public output changes, choosing sufficient coverage
under the [testing policy](../policy/testing.md).
6. Update this document for implementation changes and the appropriate public
contract owner for externally visible changes.
## Key Tests
- `internal/modules/*/module_test.go`
- `internal/framework/modules/registry_test.go`
- `internal/framework/proposal_generation/*_test.go`
- `internal/cli/run_test.go` (pipeline/report integration)

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
# Output Encoding Internals
## Scope and Ownership
`internal/core/outputschema` owns encoder registration and resolution. External
JSON envelopes and segment fields are defined by the
[output-file contract](../integrations/output-files.md#corrected-transcript);
selectable values and defaults belong to
[configuration](../config.md#settings).
## Resolution and Encoding
Configuration validation checks registry support. CLI orchestration resolves the
selected encoder, passes the final transcript to it, and routes the encoded bytes
to the destination defined by the [CLI contract](../cli.md#streams-and-exit-status).
An unsupported key fails validation or resolution rather than selecting an
implicit fallback.
The registry delegates bare segment serialization to the transcript schema
package and uses an envelope encoder for the versioned form. Report construction
receives the selected key separately; see [report assembly](diagnostics-reporting.md).
## Changing an Encoder
Update registration, configuration validation, and serialization together. Inspect
round-trip and shape tests, then update the external output-file contract if the
serialized form changes. Keep internal helper changes separate from decisions
about externally visible compatibility.
## Key Tests
- `internal/core/outputschema/registry_test.go`
- `internal/core/config/config_test.go`
- `internal/cli/run_test.go`

97
docs/internal/overview.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
# Audita Internal Overview
## Scope
This document owns the implemented component map. For normative boundaries, see
[architecture policy](../policy/architecture.md); for task-specific reading and
baseline commands, see the [contributor guide](../development.md).
## Package Map
Executable and command orchestration:
- `cmd/audita`: executable entry point.
- `internal/cli`: argument parsing, config commands, streams, filesystem wiring, and process orchestration.
Core deterministic components:
- `internal/core/config`
- `internal/core/schema`
- `internal/core/normalization`
- `internal/core/chunking`
- `internal/core/outputschema`
- `internal/core/diagnostics`
- `internal/core/reporting`
- `internal/core/modulecatalog`
Framework orchestration and contracts:
- `internal/framework/contracts`
- `internal/framework/modules`
- `internal/framework/proposal_generation`
- `internal/framework/proposals`
- `internal/framework/runner`
- `internal/framework/validators`
- `internal/framework/llm`
- `internal/framework/responseschema`
- `internal/framework/structuredoutput`
- `internal/framework/processreport`
- `internal/framework/promptcontext`
- `internal/framework/stagename`
Domain implementations:
- `internal/modules/*`
- `internal/validators/*`
- `internal/prompts`
Supporting areas:
- `docs/`: canonical documentation.
- `examples/`: maintained copyable inputs and configuration.
## Current Scope
Runtime state is held in memory; optional debug artifacts are retained only
when requested. Audita does
not currently implement a plugin framework, generic workflow engine,
resume/checkpoint/manifest system, remote storage, or multi-process service mode.
Its role-bound PromptKit adapter implements the structured LLM client contract.
These are current implementation boundaries, not bans on future work.
## Main Execution Path (`audita process`)
The CLI inspects configuration and profiles, preflights and initializes active
outputs, optionally creates debug evidence, invokes the runner, and finalizes
transcript and reports.
The [pipeline](pipeline.md) owns detailed state transitions; the
[operations guide](../operations.md) owns the operator workflow and physical
artifact lifecycle.
## Component Responsibilities
Core components implement configuration defaults/loading/validation/redaction,
transcript and glossary schemas, normalization and chunking, output encoding,
diagnostics artifact helpers, and public report structures.
Framework components implement module and validator contracts, proposal
generation and application, prompt context, runner orchestration, PromptKit
execution and observation mapping, response schemas, and process-report/correction-ledger assembly.
Domain packages provide correction modules, built-in validator chains and
execution metadata, and embedded prompt assets.
These describe the implementation; dependency and ownership requirements belong
to the [architecture policy](../policy/architecture.md#ownership-and-dependency-direction).
## Change Recipes
- [Configuration, CLI, and example changes](cli-config.md)
- [Module changes](modules.md#changing-modules)
- [Validator changes](validators.md#changing-validators)
- Runtime orchestration changes: use [pipeline](pipeline.md), [LLM runtime](llm-runtime.md),
or [diagnostics/reporting](diagnostics-reporting.md) and their test references.
## Related Internal Docs
- [`docs/internal/pipeline.md`](pipeline.md)
- [`docs/internal/modules.md`](modules.md)
- [`docs/internal/validators.md`](validators.md)
- [`docs/internal/llm-runtime.md`](llm-runtime.md)
- [`docs/internal/diagnostics-reporting.md`](diagnostics-reporting.md)
- [`docs/internal/prompts.md`](prompts.md)
- [`docs/internal/output-schemas.md`](output-schemas.md)

45
docs/internal/pipeline.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
# Audita Internal Pipeline
The [input contract](../integrations/transcript-glossary-files.md) owns input
formats; [configuration](../config.md) owns settings; the
[output contract](../integrations/output-files.md) owns serialized results.
1. CLI filesystem adapters read transcript and glossary files. Schema parsing
produces source objects; transcript segments enter canonical normalization.
2. Normalization sorts and merges segments using configured time and token
limits, reassigning IDs where needed.
3. The runner partitions the normalized transcript exactly once before its
module loop. Initial section identity, segment membership, and token
estimates stay fixed while text evolves.
4. Module instances execute in configured order. Sections may propose
concurrently, but proposal indices follow section order and response order.
5. Deterministic validators precede LLM-backed validators. Every submitted
candidate receives one decision per validator on a normal return. Fatal returns
may preserve a checked subset of completed decisions as diagnostic evidence.
Recoverable failed batches mark their candidates unavailable; successful
survivors continue through all required validators.
6. Only fully approved proposals reach application. Corrections apply in
proposal-index order within their owning section. Existing replacement
policies and apply-time safety checks resolve stale conflicts.
7. CLI encodes the final transcript and publishes active files through the
output session. `framework/processreport` builds one snapshot for YAML,
Markdown, and CLI totals. Debug evidence is captured separately when enabled.
`runner.Run` returns the final working transcript, initial section inventory,
explicit `not_started`/`interrupted`/`completed` work units, compact model
operation outcomes, and per-module results. Candidate payloads are retained
in the returned output only when debug capture is requested. A work unit can
complete with model errors and applied corrections. Recoverable model failures
never trigger shared cancellation. Fatal setup, internal, application, or
parent-cancellation errors cancel peers, join workers, and preserve earlier
committed module text for partial reports; no completed transcript is published.
Required transcript/report write failures are fatal. Optional debug writes
report safely to stderr without changing decisions or exit status. See
[operations](../operations.md) for file placement and failure handling, and
[architecture policy](../policy/architecture.md#correction-and-concurrency-invariants)
for invariants.
Key tests: `internal/framework/runner/*_test.go`,
`internal/framework/validators/*_test.go`, and
`cmd/audita/main_integration_test.go`.

68
docs/internal/prompts.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
# Audita Prompt Registry
`internal/prompts` embeds seven PromptKit YAML definitions under
`assets/prompts`. The IDs and selected version remain:
- `modules.glossary.proposal` (`v1`)
- `modules.homophones.proposal` (`v1`)
- `modules.spoken_word.proposal` (`v1`)
- `modules.grammar.proposal` (`v1`)
- `validators.spoken_form_plausibility` (`v1`)
- `validators.meaning_reversal_review` (`v1`)
- `validators.editorial_review` (`v1`)
PromptKit reads the embedded definitions as shipped defaults and renders their
messages from named string variables. Operator documents in `profiles_dir` may
contribute native keyed prompt definitions and override an embedded
prompt/version, including its messages and definition-level output settings.
The effective operator text is captured when the runtime is constructed; the
embedded assets remain the source of Audita's shipped task instructions. The
role-bound adapter supplies
`HardeningPolicy` alongside `ProposalContract` and `ValidationContract` from
embedded fragments under `assets/shared`, after caller variables so callers
cannot replace those instructions. Common literal-span and identity guidance
lives in the proposal fragment; shared candidate-reference, context, and
confidence guidance lives in the validation fragment. Module-specific policies
and examples remain in YAML. Proposal prompts receive the section JSON, glossary
JSON where used, and transcript description block. Validator prompts receive
the correction payload and description block.
The embedded prompt assets retain the shipped task instructions and
output-schema association. An operator override controls which template
variables its messages reference: supplying a shared variable does not append
its text when the effective message omits that reference. The role-bound runtime
supplies the complete JSON Schema output contract and repair count; the
definition does not own an operator-facing repair default.
The correction-set schema requires a string replacement and accepts an empty
string. Proposal guidance uses it for eligible span deletion and permits literal
spacing edits; validator guidance evaluates the full before/after segment under
each validator's existing remit. A blank resulting segment remains a domain
rejection, not a structural schema error.
`internal/framework/responseschema` remains the only embedded source for
`correction_set.v1.json` and `validator_decision_set.v1.json`. It exposes that
filesystem to PromptKit and retains Audita's schema-key lookup. PromptKit's
prepared execution supplies definition and rendered hashes; Audita does not
recompute or promise equality with hashes from the removed template renderer.
The small Audita registry records only prompt ID, version, source, and embedded
path. Prepared runtime metadata belongs in diagnostics rather than the registry.
The structured-call contract carries prompt ID/version, string variables,
response-schema key, and logical-call attribution. Module and validator callers
pass these values through the role-bound adapter. See the
[LLM runtime](llm-runtime.md) for runtime assembly and
[configuration](../config.md) for operator-selected profiles.
Proposal instructions describe literal matching, each module's replacement policy,
source-based proposal identity, and confidence in whether an edit is warranted.
Proposal `id` and validator `correction_index` values are short, one-based
references scoped to each request, not internal transcript/proposal identities.
Mapping belongs to [proposal generation](modules.md) and
[validator reconciliation](validators.md). Validator instructions distinguish
confidence in the verdict from the verdict itself. Compact output examples
illustrate the supplied schema without requiring fixed JSON formatting or key
order. The grammar article exception and glossary mishearing exception apply
consistently across their instructions.
Only the three active validator definitions are retained. The unused internal
`grammar_review` and `spoken_word_review` definitions and type selections were
removed; built-in chains and operator configuration are unchanged.

156
docs/internal/validators.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
# Audita Validators
## Scope
This document describes internal validator composition, execution order, and
decision handling. These registry keys identify implementation components; they
are not independently selectable through [configuration](../config.md#settings).
## Ownership
Built-in validator keys and chains:
- `internal/validators`
Shared validator runtime mechanics:
- `internal/framework/validators`
Execution-class metadata:
- `internal/validators/metadata`
## Built-In Validator Keys
Deterministic:
- `proposal_shape`
- `confidence_threshold`
- `original_text_presence`
- `non_empty_resulting_segment` — rejects edits that would leave the segment
blank, regardless of replacement-span length.
- `no_effect`
- `protected_terms`
LLM-backed:
- `spoken_form_plausibility`
- `meaning_reversal_review`
- `editorial_review`
## Built-In Chains
Module chains are defined in `internal/validators/chains.go`.
Glossary, homophones, spoken_word, and grammar each resolve a fixed ordered chain.
## Runtime Execution
For each module section:
1. run deterministic validators;
2. run LLM-backed validators;
3. record decisions and compact operation outcomes;
4. carry only approved proposals forward.
Decision cardinality is enforced inside Audita: each candidate proposal must
receive exactly one outcome per validator it reaches. The runner still rejects
duplicate, missing, or unknown identities in an internal validator result.
## LLM Validator Batching
LLM validators:
- build canonical validation request payloads;
- batch using `validation.max_prompt_tokens` and the existing domain token estimator;
- select an embedded prompt ID and pass payload/description variables to the
role-bound structured client with the validator-decision schema.
Oversized single inputs are rejected with a consolidated
`validation_input_too_large` operation, without a provider call. Recoverable
model failures make only their batch candidates unavailable while other
batches continue. PromptKit validates each complete response against the
validator-decision JSON Schema and performs configured structural repair before
Audita receives decoded decisions. Each actual batch presents candidates
numbered from 1, independent of their internal proposal indices. Audita then
reconciles those local references: one usable entry keeps its
approval or editorial rejection; a missing or duplicate requested entry makes
only that candidate unavailable; unexpected indices are ignored. An empty list
makes all requested candidates unavailable. Decisions and unavailable indices
map back to internal proposal identities; results are ordered by request identity
and satisfy strict internal cardinality before the runner advances
approved candidates. An unavailable candidate never advances as approved.
Invalid confidence in a decoded test double also makes only its candidate
unavailable; production schema validation still rejects out-of-range confidence
before reconciliation. A partially unavailable batch records one failed
operation with only those requested indices, while a successful batch with
ignored extras records a decision-filtering recovery. Fatal errors stop the
chain without returning unchecked candidates as approved. A local result builder
retains already-collected decisions and operations on early returns; full
cardinality checks and final sorting remain explicit on completed paths.
Reconciliation makes no semantic retry or extra model call; guided recovery remains
[deferred](../roadmap/future.md#domain-aware-response-recovery).
Debug request metadata records `proposal_indices` in local-reference order
(reference 1 is the first entry). Raw decoded responses and ignored indices use
local references; reconciled decisions and unavailable indices use internal
proposal indices. Batch token estimates use the same locally numbered payload
as prompt encoding.
## Decision and Rejection Reporting
Runner collects decisions, rejected candidates, and operation outcomes. Ledger
assembly groups decisions by deterministic versus LLM-backed execution metadata.
The serialized names and fields belong to the
[report and ledger contract](../integrations/output-files.md); implementation mapping
is covered by [report assembly](diagnostics-reporting.md).
## Changing Validators
1. Implement validator behavior under `internal/validators/<validator_key>`;
update registry and chain wiring in `internal/validators`.
2. Put shared runtime mechanics in `internal/framework/validators` only when
needed. Keep deterministic versus LLM-backed execution metadata explicit.
3. Preserve exposed identities and decision semantics under the
[architecture policy](../policy/architecture.md#correction-and-concurrency-invariants).
4. Review validator, registry, chain, batching, malformed-output, diagnostics,
and decision-cardinality tests; update meaningful coverage under the
[testing policy](../policy/testing.md).
5. Update implementation guidance here and any affected external contract in its
[canonical owner](../policy/documentation.md#canonical-ownership).
## Key Tests
- `internal/validators/*_test.go`
- `internal/framework/validators/*_test.go`
- `internal/framework/processreport/correction_ledger_test.go`
- `internal/cli/run_test.go`
## Supplemental Validation Context
Request construction prepares one segment-position lookup and protected vocabulary
for all candidates. Glossary selection remains candidate-specific, including the
proposed replacement text.
Each candidate includes the immediately preceding and following source segments
available within its fixed chunk, labeled `preceding` or `following` with speaker,
text, and categories, plus glossary entries whose names, aliases, or
recognized plurals appear in its original/resulting text or those neighbors.
Glossary matching reuses the protected vocabulary; entries retain glossary order.
Model-facing candidate and neighboring context omit internal segment IDs.
This supplies evidence such as a troupe definition for a proposed `Jesters`
correction or an adjacent speaker turn explaining deliberate repetition. A correction
already clear from its own segment does not require such evidence. No audio,
out-of-chunk context, or complete transcript is implied.
Context is serialized inside the validation item and included in the existing
payload token estimate. If one enriched item exceeds the configured limit, optional
neighbors are removed from the end first, then glossary entries from the end,
until it fits or only required candidate data remains. Required before/after text
is never truncated. Existing oversized-candidate handling still applies if that
required data does not fit. Context is supplemental, not a promise that every
relevant definition or neighboring utterance always fits. This uses the existing
payload estimator, not a new guarantee about the provider's full context window.
## Protected-Name Repetition
Spoken-word cleanup may reduce repeated protected-name occurrences when every
original protected identity still appears in the resulting segment and surviving
spellings satisfy existing capitalization checks. Full-segment preview supports
both a replacement of the repeated phrase and deletion of a redundant span. This
exception only relaxes the deterministic count guard; editorial and meaning-reversal
validation still decide whether the repetition was accidental and the edit preserves
meaning. Intentional emphasis and substantive references remain protected by those
reviews. Other modules retain their existing protection rules.

135
docs/migrations/v2.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
# Migrating to Audita v2
Audita v2 adopts ConfigKit for configuration and PromptKit for LLM execution.
Version-1 configuration files, environment overlays, and retired flags are not
accepted. Copy a maintained [local](../../examples/minimal-config.yml) or
[service](../../examples/production-config.yml) example, then select real models
in the accompanying `examples/profiles/` files. A testing overlay is shown at
`examples/overlays/testing.yml`; its model choice carries no cost, speed, or
quality guarantee.
## Configuration and invocation
Use `version: 2` in a YAML main file. `--config` selects that file; otherwise
`process` and `config print-effective` look at
`/usr/local/etc/audita/config.yml`, then `/etc/audita/config.yml`.
`config validate` requires `--config`. `AUDITA_CONFIG` no longer selects a file.
Settings resolve from defaults, main file, optional `--overlay <name>` in
`overlays/<name>.yml`, then explicitly supplied setting flags. General `AUDITA_*`
environment overlays no longer apply. Unknown fields and version-1 files fail;
there is no automatic converter.
Keep transcript as the positional path and `--glossary` and `--output` as
invocation paths. The former `--report-json` output has been replaced by the
default `errors.yml`, `recoveries.yml`, and `report.md` bundle; use
`--reporting=false` to disable it or `--report-dir` for stdout output. Keep
`pipeline.modules` / `--modules` and
`output.schema` / `--output-schema`. An explicit `pipeline.modules: []` or
`--modules ''` runs no correction modules; omission uses the default sequence.
Ordered repetitions still matter.
Move `llm.proposal.base_url` and `llm.validation.base_url` to a shared
`backends.<id>.endpoint` when both roles use one service. Move old role models to
PromptKit profile files and select them with `llm.proposal_profile` and
`llm.validation_profile`, or `--proposal-profile` and
`--validation-profile`. Omitted validation selection inherits the final proposal
selection; explicit empty or null is invalid. `profiles_dir` defaults to
`profiles` beside the main config. Complete profiles name a registered backend
and model. Per-role `--base-url`, `--validation-base-url`, `--model`, and
`--validation-model` are retired.
Move old `llm.*.api_key_env` to `backends.<id>.credential`, a scalar name of a
nonempty environment variable, such as `credential: AUDITA_SERVICE_KEY`.
Credentials on every surviving backend must resolve, including unselected
backends. Omit or set null for an unauthenticated local backend. Profiles cannot
perform another key lookup. `--llm-api-key` and `--validation-llm-api-key` are
retired. `AUDITA_LLM_API_KEY`, `OPENROUTER_API_KEY`, and
`AUDITA_VALIDATION_LLM_API_KEY` have no implicit meaning, though any of those
names can be used explicitly as a credential reference.
Replace `concurrency.total_llm`, `.proposal_llm`, and `.validation_llm` plus
`--total-llm-concurrency`, `--llm-concurrency`,
`--proposal-llm-concurrency`, and `--validation-llm-concurrency` with
`backends.<id>.concurrency` (default 1) and optional `queue_capacity` (default
1024; zero means no waiting admission). One backend capacity is shared by both
roles and all retry/repair attempts within this Audita process. It does not
coordinate other processes.
Move old role `timeout` values and `--llm-timeout-seconds` /
`--validation-llm-timeout-seconds` to profile `timeout_seconds`, a per-attempt
limit, and `llm.operation_timeout`, a Go duration such as `15m` covering the
whole logical call. Replace old `max_retries` and `--max-retries` /
`--validation-max-retries` with common `llm.transient_retries` (additional
eligible attempts per generation) and `llm.repair_attempts` (additional
generations for structurally invalid JSON). Explicit zero disables either
feature. Cancellation and the operation deadline cover capacity waiting,
backoff, generation, and repairs. PromptKit owns which failures can retry or
repair; Audita does not retry semantic rejections.
The following domain settings and explicit flags retain their meaning:
| File field | Explicit flag |
| --- | --- |
| `validation.max_prompt_tokens` | `--validation-max-prompt-tokens` |
| `chunking.target_sections` | `--target-sections` |
| `chunking.max_section_tokens`, `.min_section_tokens` | `--max-section-tokens`, `--min-section-tokens` |
| `normalization.max_segment_gap`, `.ellipsis_gap`, `.max_segment_duration`, `.max_segment_tokens` | `--normalize-max-segment-gap`, `--normalize-ellipsis-gap`, `--normalize-max-segment-duration`, `--normalize-max-segment-tokens` |
| `thresholds.glossary`, `.homophones`, `.spoken_word`, `.grammar` | `--glossary-confidence-threshold`, `--homophones-confidence-threshold`, `--spoken-word-confidence-threshold`, `--grammar-confidence-threshold` |
| `context.description` | `--transcript-description` |
| `reporting.enabled`, `.stdout_dir` | `--reporting[=true\|false]`, `--report-dir` |
| `diagnostics.debug`, `.work_dir` | `--debug[=true\|false]`, `--work-dir` |
Normalization gaps and durations are **numeric seconds**, so replace `4s`,
`3.5s`, and `60s` with `4.0`, `3.5`, and `60.0`. The operation timeout remains a
Go duration string. `chunking.target_sections` may be omitted or null for
automatic chunking; zero is invalid. Null is not a general synonym for omission:
nonoptional scalar settings reject it. Empty `context.description` clears
context. Legacy `diagnostics.retention` and `--work-dir-retention` are removed.
Debug is off by default and its directory is retained whenever enabled.
Remove old implicit variables `AUDITA_MODULES`, `AUDITA_MODEL`,
`AUDITA_VALIDATION_MODEL`, `AUDITA_BASE_URL`, `AUDITA_VALIDATION_BASE_URL`,
`AUDITA_LLM_TIMEOUT_SECONDS`, `AUDITA_VALIDATION_LLM_TIMEOUT_SECONDS`,
`AUDITA_MAX_RETRIES`, `AUDITA_VALIDATION_MAX_RETRIES`,
`AUDITA_TOTAL_LLM_CONCURRENCY`, `AUDITA_LLM_CONCURRENCY`,
`AUDITA_PROPOSAL_LLM_CONCURRENCY`, `AUDITA_VALIDATION_LLM_CONCURRENCY`,
`AUDITA_VALIDATION_MAX_PROMPT_TOKENS`, `AUDITA_TARGET_SECTIONS`,
`AUDITA_MAX_SECTION_TOKENS`, `AUDITA_MIN_SECTION_TOKENS`,
`AUDITA_NORMALIZE_MAX_SEGMENT_GAP`, `AUDITA_NORMALIZE_ELLIPSIS_GAP`,
`AUDITA_NORMALIZE_MAX_SEGMENT_DURATION`, `AUDITA_NORMALIZE_MAX_SEGMENT_TOKENS`,
`AUDITA_GLOSSARY_CONFIDENCE_THRESHOLD`,
`AUDITA_HOMOPHONES_CONFIDENCE_THRESHOLD`,
`AUDITA_SPOKEN_WORD_CONFIDENCE_THRESHOLD`,
`AUDITA_GRAMMAR_CONFIDENCE_THRESHOLD`, `AUDITA_WORK_DIR`, and
`AUDITA_WORK_DIR_RETENTION`. Put those values in the named fields above or pass
their surviving explicit flags.
## Inspecting and operating
Run `audita config validate --config <file>` before processing. Use
`audita config print-effective --config <file> --view settings|profiles|explain`
to inspect redacted ConfigKit YAML, selected PromptKit profile controls, or
field origins and derivations. Each view resolves both roles offline without
calling a provider. `--overlay testing` selects the same overlay for validation,
inspection, and processing. The old effective-config JSON format is replaced by
YAML; settings YAML alone does not show profile-owned model controls.
The [ordinary output contract](../integrations/output-files.md) now uses
version-1 `audita-errors` and `audita-recoveries` YAML documents plus a fixed
Markdown overview. Compact outcomes distinguish logical operations from
provider attempts. With debug enabled, utilization remains grouped by backend
capacity and usage fields retain known/complete flags. Debug runs write
`effective-config.redacted.yaml`, `selected-profiles.yaml`,
`config-origins.yaml`, `utilization-diagnostics.json`, and
`llm-execution.json`. Request and response artifacts remain redacted debugging
material. See [operations](../operations.md#diagnostics-directory) for placement
and paths, [configuration](../config.md) for all settings, and the
[CLI reference](../cli.md) for current flags.
Debug ledger consumers should recognize the deterministic validator key
`non_empty_resulting_segment` in place of `non_empty_corrected_text`. The
`empty_resulting_segment` reason is unchanged. Candidate-backed ledger entries
now include `proposed_corrected_text: ""` for an empty replacement, and applied
deletions also include `applied_corrected_text: ""`; omitted fields still mean
there was no candidate or no applied edit, respectively. See the
[debug artifact contract](../integrations/output-files.md#debug-only-files).

94
docs/operations.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
# Audita Operations
This guide owns physical output placement and failure handling. The
[CLI reference](cli.md) owns flags and streams, [configuration](config.md) owns
settings, and the [output contract](integrations/output-files.md) owns schemas.
## Normal Workflow
1. Validate a version-2 configuration and its selected profiles with
`audita config validate --config config.yml`.
2. Prepare a transcript and glossary following the [input contract](integrations/transcript-glossary-files.md).
3. Run `audita process input.json --config config.yml --glossary glossary.yaml --output corrected.json`.
4. Check the exit status, stderr summary, corrected transcript, and reports.
A completed run can contain recoverable model errors and still apply
corrections that passed every required validator.
## Required Output Files
Reporting is enabled by default. For file transcript output, `errors.yml`,
`recoveries.yml`, and `report.md` go in the transcript output's parent directory
unless `--report-dir` is explicitly supplied. For stdout transcript output, they
go in the effective `reporting.stdout_dir` (default `.`), including a
`--report-dir` override. A config-file or overlay value for
`reporting.stdout_dir` alone does not redirect file-output reports. An active
selected report directory must be nonblank. `--reporting=false` suppresses all
three reports and leaves their destination inactive, so it is not probed merely
because `--report-dir` was supplied. It does not suppress the stderr summary or
fatal errors. Stdout contains only transcript JSON; file output leaves it empty.
Existing report directories and parents for regular transcript files must be
writable. Audita prevents report writes from overwriting transcript, glossary,
loaded application configuration, host YAML discovered under `profiles_dir`,
or host message files referenced by effective PromptKit `content_file` fields,
and rejects conflicting output destinations. Source paths come from the
runtime's captured configuration; unrelated files in the selected directory
remain eligible output destinations. The final transcript may intentionally
replace its own input after successful processing; other input/configuration/
profile sources remain protected.
Preparation never truncates an existing transcript. Device and pipe destinations
(such as `/dev/null` and named pipes) receive ordinary writes at publication time;
they are not opened during preflight or replaced with regular files. A pipe write
can wait for its reader, and stream write errors are fatal. With reporting enabled,
reports still use the output path's parent unless an explicit `--report-dir`
selects another directory; disable reporting when that placement is unsuitable
for a stream destination.
With reporting enabled, all three reports are initialized as `in_progress` before
input processing. Output is encoded fully before publication. Each regular output
file is replaced through a temporary file on its destination filesystem:
transcript first, then `errors.yml`,
`recoveries.yml`, and `report.md`. This is per-file replacement, not a
multi-file transaction. New files honor the process umask; replacing an existing
file preserves its permission bits. A late report error may leave the transcript
published; the process exits nonzero and attempts failed-status reports. On fatal processing
or cancellation, no completed transcript is published, but partial reports are
finalized where possible. An uncatchable termination can leave `in_progress`.
## Diagnostics Directory
`--debug` or `diagnostics.debug` enables detailed evidence independently of
reporting. One directory named `run-<id>` is created under
`diagnostics.work_dir` (default `/tmp/audita`), which `--work-dir` can override,
and retained on success or failure. Selecting `--work-dir` alone does not enable
capture. Without debug, no directory or payload files are created. The parent
is created when needed only for debug. Failure to
write optional debug evidence prints a redacted stderr diagnostic but does not
change correction decisions or the exit status.
Debug evidence includes invocation and effective settings, configuration
origins, selected profiles, redacted source and normalized snapshots,
normalization and initial chunk summaries, all captured proposed candidates
and validator decisions in `correction-ledger.json`, execution/utilization
records, and model interaction files. Individual artifact writes can fail; a
directory's existence does not prove every file was written. These files can
contain transcript text and prompt/response payloads. Configured backend
credentials are redacted, but the transcript itself is not anonymized. Protect
and retain the directory according to the sensitivity of the input.
## Failure Inspection and Recovery
Exit `0` means processing and every enabled required output completed. Exit
`1` means cancellation, fatal processing, or required-output failure. Exit `2`
identifies usage or configuration/destination selection errors. Recoverable
model-operation failures appear in `errors.yml` as one record per affected
work unit; they do not automatically make the run fail. `recoveries.yml`
records successful operations that needed retry, repair, or proposal filtering.
`report.md` shows every initial chunk and configured module instance, including
interrupted and unattempted work. Ordinary reports omit transcript excerpts and
full decision ledgers; enable debug when those are needed.
Read stderr and report status first. If a required output failed after a
transcript was published, do not treat the file alone as proof of a completed
run. Fix the input, service, or destination problem and rerun. Audita has no
resume/checkpoint API.

226
docs/oss/attribution.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
# Open Source Attribution Notices
## Standard Repository Policies
Material: All documents under `docs/policy/`, root `AGENTS.md`, and the Policy
Reading Guide in `docs/development.md`, adapted for this repository.
`docs/policy/release.md` incorporates revision
`e833faddf120c789a9b45348edaf75720de16348`; the remaining listed material
incorporates revision `d84a38ebab26f048cafbe59a2246700c35d29843`.
Copyright (C) 2026 Eric Rakestraw
SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-4.0
License and notices: [CC BY-SA 4.0](licenses/CC-BY-SA-4.0.txt) |
[COPYRIGHT](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/d84a38ebab26f048cafbe59a2246700c35d29843/COPYRIGHT) |
[LICENSE](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/d84a38ebab26f048cafbe59a2246700c35d29843/LICENSE) |
[COPYRIGHT](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/e833faddf120c789a9b45348edaf75720de16348/COPYRIGHT) |
[LICENSE](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/e833faddf120c789a9b45348edaf75720de16348/LICENSE).
[Source](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/d84a38ebab26f048cafbe59a2246700c35d29843).
[Source](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/e833faddf120c789a9b45348edaf75720de16348).
## ConfigKit
Selected module: `gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ConfigKit` at `v0.7.1`.
Copyright (C) 2026 Eric Rakestraw
SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
License and notices: [LGPL v3](licenses/LGPL-3.0.txt) |
[GPL v3](licenses/GPL-3.0.txt) |
[COPYRIGHT](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ConfigKit/src/commit/6fffde4af8f31f99d3ee295c426eb3234cb0fb77/COPYRIGHT).
[Source](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ConfigKit/src/commit/6fffde4af8f31f99d3ee295c426eb3234cb0fb77).
## ReleaseKit
Selected module: `gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ReleaseKit` at `v0.4.1`.
Copyright (C) 2026 Eric Rakestraw
SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
License and notices: [LGPL v3](licenses/LGPL-3.0.txt) |
[GPL v3](licenses/GPL-3.0.txt) |
[COPYRIGHT](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ReleaseKit/src/commit/2d5a8110c61e31daf8698766114ae305d0e0e469/COPYRIGHT).
[Source](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ReleaseKit/src/commit/2d5a8110c61e31daf8698766114ae305d0e0e469).
## Go runtime and standard library
Selected toolchain: Go 1.26.8 for the distributed Linux binaries.
Copyright 2009 The Go Authors.
SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
License and notices: [BSD 3-Clause](licenses/BSD-3-Clause-Go.txt) |
[LICENSE](https://github.com/golang/go/blob/c293dd49cbe25e1fe8d97d94a5cb618e7b6d831e/LICENSE) |
[PATENTS](https://github.com/golang/go/blob/c293dd49cbe25e1fe8d97d94a5cb618e7b6d831e/PATENTS).
[Source](https://github.com/golang/go/commit/c293dd49cbe25e1fe8d97d94a5cb618e7b6d831e).
## Go vendored golang.org/x/crypto
Material: `golang.org/x/crypto` at `v0.46.1-0.20251210140736-7dacc380ba00` in the Go 1.26.8 standard library.
Copyright 2009 The Go Authors.
SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
License and notices: [BSD 3-Clause](licenses/BSD-3-Clause-Go.txt) |
[LICENSE](https://github.com/golang/go/blob/c293dd49cbe25e1fe8d97d94a5cb618e7b6d831e/src/vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/LICENSE) |
[PATENTS](https://github.com/golang/go/blob/c293dd49cbe25e1fe8d97d94a5cb618e7b6d831e/src/vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/PATENTS).
[Source](https://github.com/golang/go/commit/c293dd49cbe25e1fe8d97d94a5cb618e7b6d831e).
## Go vendored golang.org/x/net
Material: `golang.org/x/net` at `v0.47.1-0.20260731170545-cb1d721f7fb3` in the Go 1.26.8 standard library.
Copyright 2009 The Go Authors.
SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
License and notices: [BSD 3-Clause](licenses/BSD-3-Clause-Go.txt) |
[LICENSE](https://github.com/golang/go/blob/c293dd49cbe25e1fe8d97d94a5cb618e7b6d831e/src/vendor/golang.org/x/net/LICENSE) |
[PATENTS](https://github.com/golang/go/blob/c293dd49cbe25e1fe8d97d94a5cb618e7b6d831e/src/vendor/golang.org/x/net/PATENTS).
[Source](https://github.com/golang/go/commit/c293dd49cbe25e1fe8d97d94a5cb618e7b6d831e).
## Go vendored golang.org/x/sys
Material: `golang.org/x/sys` at `v0.39.0` in the Go 1.26.8 standard library.
Copyright 2009 The Go Authors.
SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
License and notices: [BSD 3-Clause](licenses/BSD-3-Clause-Go.txt) |
[LICENSE](https://github.com/golang/go/blob/c293dd49cbe25e1fe8d97d94a5cb618e7b6d831e/src/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/LICENSE) |
[PATENTS](https://github.com/golang/go/blob/c293dd49cbe25e1fe8d97d94a5cb618e7b6d831e/src/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/PATENTS).
[Source](https://github.com/golang/go/commit/c293dd49cbe25e1fe8d97d94a5cb618e7b6d831e).
## Go vendored golang.org/x/text
Material: `golang.org/x/text` at `v0.32.0` in the Go 1.26.8 standard library.
Copyright 2009 The Go Authors.
SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
License and notices: [BSD 3-Clause](licenses/BSD-3-Clause-Go.txt) |
[LICENSE](https://github.com/golang/go/blob/c293dd49cbe25e1fe8d97d94a5cb618e7b6d831e/src/vendor/golang.org/x/text/LICENSE) |
[PATENTS](https://github.com/golang/go/blob/c293dd49cbe25e1fe8d97d94a5cb618e7b6d831e/src/vendor/golang.org/x/text/PATENTS).
[Source](https://github.com/golang/go/commit/c293dd49cbe25e1fe8d97d94a5cb618e7b6d831e).
## go-yaml v4
Selected module: `go.yaml.in/yaml/v4` at `v4.0.0-rc.6`.
Copyright 2006-2010 Kirill Simonov
Copyright 2011-2019 Canonical Ltd
Copyright 2025 The go-yaml Project Contributors
SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 AND MIT
License and notices: [Apache 2.0](licenses/Apache-2.0.txt) |
[MIT](licenses/MIT-libyaml-v4.txt) |
[NOTICE](https://github.com/yaml/go-yaml/blob/1c17b9cee72bf81ae73a8be50fbd7dd3a9985125/NOTICE).
[Source](https://github.com/yaml/go-yaml/commit/1c17b9cee72bf81ae73a8be50fbd7dd3a9985125).
## golang.org/x/text
Selected module: `golang.org/x/text` at `v0.14.0`.
Copyright (c) 2009 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
License and notices: [BSD 3-Clause](licenses/BSD-3-Clause-x-text.txt) |
[LICENSE](https://github.com/golang/text/blob/6c97a165dd661335ff7bce6104a008558123c353/LICENSE) |
[PATENTS](https://github.com/golang/text/blob/6c97a165dd661335ff7bce6104a008558123c353/PATENTS).
[Source](https://github.com/golang/text/commit/6c97a165dd661335ff7bce6104a008558123c353).
## jsonschema/v6
Selected module: `github.com/santhosh-tekuri/jsonschema/v6` at `v6.0.2`.
SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
License and notices: [Apache 2.0](licenses/Apache-2.0.txt).
[Source](https://github.com/santhosh-tekuri/jsonschema/commit/29cbed948d24a04700eb94436416b18a07953b71).
## PromptKit
Selected module: `gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit` at `v0.14.0`.
Copyright (C) 2026 Eric Rakestraw
SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
License and notices: [LGPL v3](licenses/LGPL-3.0.txt) |
[GPL v3](licenses/GPL-3.0.txt) |
[COPYRIGHT](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit/src/commit/143c6e9b3a675872117b0471e2ff8bcb25055a54/COPYRIGHT).
[Source](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit/src/commit/143c6e9b3a675872117b0471e2ff8bcb25055a54).
## Promptkit OpenRouter Catalog
Selected module: `gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit-backend-openrouter/v3` at `v3.20260930.0`.
Copyright (C) 2026 Eric Rakestraw
SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
License and notices: [MIT](licenses/MIT-Catalogs.txt) |
[COPYRIGHT](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit-backend-openrouter/src/commit/f17d208cb7ad1fb043cda2266cd3011d11b40aa0/COPYRIGHT) |
[LICENSE](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit-backend-openrouter/src/commit/f17d208cb7ad1fb043cda2266cd3011d11b40aa0/LICENSE).
[Source](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit-backend-openrouter/src/commit/f17d208cb7ad1fb043cda2266cd3011d11b40aa0).
## Promptkit Rakestrawhome Catalog
Selected module: `gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit-backend-rakestrawhome/v3` at `v3.20260930.0`.
Copyright (C) 2026 Eric Rakestraw
SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
License and notices: [MIT](licenses/MIT-Catalogs.txt) |
[COPYRIGHT](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit-backend-rakestrawhome/src/commit/993443d88c451901f4c917fa00c204fd3b54d28d/COPYRIGHT) |
[LICENSE](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit-backend-rakestrawhome/src/commit/993443d88c451901f4c917fa00c204fd3b54d28d/LICENSE).
[Source](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit-backend-rakestrawhome/src/commit/993443d88c451901f4c917fa00c204fd3b54d28d).
## yaml.v3
Selected module: `gopkg.in/yaml.v3` at `v3.0.1`.
Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Kirill Simonov
Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Kirill Simonov
Copyright (c) 2011-2019 Canonical Ltd
Copyright 2011-2016 Canonical Ltd.
SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 AND MIT
License and notices: [Apache 2.0](licenses/Apache-2.0.txt) |
[MIT](licenses/MIT-libyaml.txt) |
[LICENSE](https://github.com/go-yaml/yaml/blob/f6f7691b1fdeb513f56608cd2c32c51f8194bf51/LICENSE) |
[NOTICE](https://github.com/go-yaml/yaml/blob/f6f7691b1fdeb513f56608cd2c32c51f8194bf51/NOTICE).
[Source](https://github.com/go-yaml/yaml/commit/f6f7691b1fdeb513f56608cd2c32c51f8194bf51).

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
including but not limited to software source code, documentation
source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
(an example is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
(except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
identification within third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
Copyright 2009 The Go Authors.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
* Neither the name of Google LLC nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
Copyright (c) 2009 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
* Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International
Creative Commons Corporation (“Creative Commons”) is not a law firm and does not provide legal services or legal advice. Distribution of Creative Commons public licenses does not create a lawyer-client or other relationship. Creative Commons makes its licenses and related information available on an “as-is” basis. Creative Commons gives no warranties regarding its licenses, any material licensed under their terms and conditions, or any related information. Creative Commons disclaims all liability for damages resulting from their use to the fullest extent possible.
Using Creative Commons Public Licenses
Creative Commons public licenses provide a standard set of terms and conditions that creators and other rights holders may use to share original works of authorship and other material subject to copyright and certain other rights specified in the public license below. The following considerations are for informational purposes only, are not exhaustive, and do not form part of our licenses.
Considerations for licensors: Our public licenses are intended for use by those authorized to give the public permission to use material in ways otherwise restricted by copyright and certain other rights. Our licenses are irrevocable. Licensors should read and understand the terms and conditions of the license they choose before applying it. Licensors should also secure all rights necessary before applying our licenses so that the public can reuse the material as expected. Licensors should clearly mark any material not subject to the license. This includes other CC-licensed material, or material used under an exception or limitation to copyright. More considerations for licensors.
Considerations for the public: By using one of our public licenses, a licensor grants the public permission to use the licensed material under specified terms and conditions. If the licensor’s permission is not necessary for any reason–for example, because of any applicable exception or limitation to copyright–then that use is not regulated by the license. Our licenses grant only permissions under copyright and certain other rights that a licensor has authority to grant. Use of the licensed material may still be restricted for other reasons, including because others have copyright or other rights in the material. A licensor may make special requests, such as asking that all changes be marked or described.
Although not required by our licenses, you are encouraged to respect those requests where reasonable. More considerations for the public.
Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International Public License
By exercising the Licensed Rights (defined below), You accept and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International Public License ("Public License"). To the extent this Public License may be interpreted as a contract, You are granted the Licensed Rights in consideration of Your acceptance of these terms and conditions, and the Licensor grants You such rights in consideration of benefits the Licensor receives from making the Licensed Material available under these terms and conditions.
Section 1 – Definitions.
a. Adapted Material means material subject to Copyright and Similar Rights that is derived from or based upon the Licensed Material and in which the Licensed Material is translated, altered, arranged, transformed, or otherwise modified in a manner requiring permission under the Copyright and Similar Rights held by the Licensor. For purposes of this Public License, where the Licensed Material is a musical work, performance, or sound recording, Adapted Material is always produced where the Licensed Material is synched in timed relation with a moving image.
b. Adapter's License means the license You apply to Your Copyright and Similar Rights in Your contributions to Adapted Material in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Public License.
c. BY-SA Compatible License means a license listed at creativecommons.org/compatiblelicenses, approved by Creative Commons as essentially the equivalent of this Public License.
d. Copyright and Similar Rights means copyright and/or similar rights closely related to copyright including, without limitation, performance, broadcast, sound recording, and Sui Generis Database Rights, without regard to how the rights are labeled or categorized. For purposes of this Public License, the rights specified in Section 2(b)(1)-(2) are not Copyright and Similar Rights.
e. Effective Technological Measures means those measures that, in the absence of proper authority, may not be circumvented under laws fulfilling obligations under Article 11 of the WIPO Copyright Treaty adopted on December 20, 1996, and/or similar international agreements.
f. Exceptions and Limitations means fair use, fair dealing, and/or any other exception or limitation to Copyright and Similar Rights that applies to Your use of the Licensed Material.
g. License Elements means the license attributes listed in the name of a Creative Commons Public License. The License Elements of this Public License are Attribution and ShareAlike.
h. Licensed Material means the artistic or literary work, database, or other material to which the Licensor applied this Public License.
i. Licensed Rights means the rights granted to You subject to the terms and conditions of this Public License, which are limited to all Copyright and Similar Rights that apply to Your use of the Licensed Material and that the Licensor has authority to license.
j. Licensor means the individual(s) or entity(ies) granting rights under this Public License.
k. Share means to provide material to the public by any means or process that requires permission under the Licensed Rights, such as reproduction, public display, public performance, distribution, dissemination, communication, or importation, and to make material available to the public including in ways that members of the public may access the material from a place and at a time individually chosen by them.
l. Sui Generis Database Rights means rights other than copyright resulting from Directive 96/9/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 March 1996 on the legal protection of databases, as amended and/or succeeded, as well as other essentially equivalent rights anywhere in the world.
m. You means the individual or entity exercising the Licensed Rights under this Public License. Your has a corresponding meaning.
Section 2 – Scope.
a. License grant.
1. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Public License, the Licensor hereby grants You a worldwide, royalty-free, non-sublicensable, non-exclusive, irrevocable license to exercise the Licensed Rights in the Licensed Material to:
A. reproduce and Share the Licensed Material, in whole or in part; and
B. produce, reproduce, and Share Adapted Material.
2. Exceptions and Limitations. For the avoidance of doubt, where Exceptions and Limitations apply to Your use, this Public License does not apply, and You do not need to comply with its terms and conditions.
3. Term. The term of this Public License is specified in Section 6(a).
4. Media and formats; technical modifications allowed. The Licensor authorizes You to exercise the Licensed Rights in all media and formats whether now known or hereafter created, and to make technical modifications necessary to do so. The Licensor waives and/or agrees not to assert any right or authority to forbid You from making technical modifications necessary to exercise the Licensed Rights, including technical modifications necessary to circumvent Effective Technological Measures. For purposes of this Public License, simply making modifications authorized by this Section 2(a)(4) never produces Adapted Material.
5. Downstream recipients.
A. Offer from the Licensor – Licensed Material. Every recipient of the Licensed Material automatically receives an offer from the Licensor to exercise the Licensed Rights under the terms and conditions of this Public License.
B. Additional offer from the Licensor – Adapted Material. Every recipient of Adapted Material from You automatically receives an offer from the Licensor to exercise the Licensed Rights in the Adapted Material under the conditions of the Adapter’s License You apply.
C. No downstream restrictions. You may not offer or impose any additional or different terms or conditions on, or apply any Effective Technological Measures to, the Licensed Material if doing so restricts exercise of the Licensed Rights by any recipient of the Licensed Material.
6. No endorsement. Nothing in this Public License constitutes or may be construed as permission to assert or imply that You are, or that Your use of the Licensed Material is, connected with, or sponsored, endorsed, or granted official status by, the Licensor or others designated to receive attribution as provided in Section 3(a)(1)(A)(i).
b. Other rights.
1. Moral rights, such as the right of integrity, are not licensed under this Public License, nor are publicity, privacy, and/or other similar personality rights; however, to the extent possible, the Licensor waives and/or agrees not to assert any such rights held by the Licensor to the limited extent necessary to allow You to exercise the Licensed Rights, but not otherwise.
2. Patent and trademark rights are not licensed under this Public License.
3. To the extent possible, the Licensor waives any right to collect royalties from You for the exercise of the Licensed Rights, whether directly or through a collecting society under any voluntary or waivable statutory or compulsory licensing scheme. In all other cases the Licensor expressly reserves any right to collect such royalties.
Section 3 – License Conditions.
Your exercise of the Licensed Rights is expressly made subject to the following conditions.
a. Attribution.
1. If You Share the Licensed Material (including in modified form), You must:
A. retain the following if it is supplied by the Licensor with the Licensed Material:
i. identification of the creator(s) of the Licensed Material and any others designated to receive attribution, in any reasonable manner requested by the Licensor (including by pseudonym if designated);
ii. a copyright notice;
iii. a notice that refers to this Public License;
iv. a notice that refers to the disclaimer of warranties;
v. a URI or hyperlink to the Licensed Material to the extent reasonably practicable;
B. indicate if You modified the Licensed Material and retain an indication of any previous modifications; and
C. indicate the Licensed Material is licensed under this Public License, and include the text of, or the URI or hyperlink to, this Public License.
2. You may satisfy the conditions in Section 3(a)(1) in any reasonable manner based on the medium, means, and context in which You Share the Licensed Material. For example, it may be reasonable to satisfy the conditions by providing a URI or hyperlink to a resource that includes the required information.
3. If requested by the Licensor, You must remove any of the information required by Section 3(a)(1)(A) to the extent reasonably practicable.
b. ShareAlike.In addition to the conditions in Section 3(a), if You Share Adapted Material You produce, the following conditions also apply.
1. The Adapter’s License You apply must be a Creative Commons license with the same License Elements, this version or later, or a BY-SA Compatible License.
2. You must include the text of, or the URI or hyperlink to, the Adapter's License You apply. You may satisfy this condition in any reasonable manner based on the medium, means, and context in which You Share Adapted Material.
3. You may not offer or impose any additional or different terms or conditions on, or apply any Effective Technological Measures to, Adapted Material that restrict exercise of the rights granted under the Adapter's License You apply.
Section 4 – Sui Generis Database Rights.
Where the Licensed Rights include Sui Generis Database Rights that apply to Your use of the Licensed Material:
a. for the avoidance of doubt, Section 2(a)(1) grants You the right to extract, reuse, reproduce, and Share all or a substantial portion of the contents of the database;
b. if You include all or a substantial portion of the database contents in a database in which You have Sui Generis Database Rights, then the database in which You have Sui Generis Database Rights (but not its individual contents) is Adapted Material, including for purposes of Section 3(b); and
c. You must comply with the conditions in Section 3(a) if You Share all or a substantial portion of the contents of the database.
For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4 supplements and does not replace Your obligations under this Public License where the Licensed Rights include other Copyright and Similar Rights.
Section 5 – Disclaimer of Warranties and Limitation of Liability.
a. Unless otherwise separately undertaken by the Licensor, to the extent possible, the Licensor offers the Licensed Material as-is and as-available, and makes no representations or warranties of any kind concerning the Licensed Material, whether express, implied, statutory, or other. This includes, without limitation, warranties of title, merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, absence of latent or other defects, accuracy, or the presence or absence of errors, whether or not known or discoverable. Where disclaimers of warranties are not allowed in full or in part, this disclaimer may not apply to You.
b. To the extent possible, in no event will the Licensor be liable to You on any legal theory (including, without limitation, negligence) or otherwise for any direct, special, indirect, incidental, consequential, punitive, exemplary, or other losses, costs, expenses, or damages arising out of this Public License or use of the Licensed Material, even if the Licensor has been advised of the possibility of such losses, costs, expenses, or damages. Where a limitation of liability is not allowed in full or in part, this limitation may not apply to You.
c. The disclaimer of warranties and limitation of liability provided above shall be interpreted in a manner that, to the extent possible, most closely approximates an absolute disclaimer and waiver of all liability.
Section 6 – Term and Termination.
a. This Public License applies for the term of the Copyright and Similar Rights licensed here. However, if You fail to comply with this Public License, then Your rights under this Public License terminate automatically.
b. Where Your right to use the Licensed Material has terminated under Section 6(a), it reinstates:
1. automatically as of the date the violation is cured, provided it is cured within 30 days of Your discovery of the violation; or
2. upon express reinstatement by the Licensor.
c. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6(b) does not affect any right the Licensor may have to seek remedies for Your violations of this Public License.
d. For the avoidance of doubt, the Licensor may also offer the Licensed Material under separate terms or conditions or stop distributing the Licensed Material at any time; however, doing so will not terminate this Public License.
e. Sections 1, 5, 6, 7, and 8 survive termination of this Public License.
Section 7 – Other Terms and Conditions.
a. The Licensor shall not be bound by any additional or different terms or conditions communicated by You unless expressly agreed.
b. Any arrangements, understandings, or agreements regarding the Licensed Material not stated herein are separate from and independent of the terms and conditions of this Public License.
Section 8 – Interpretation.
a. For the avoidance of doubt, this Public License does not, and shall not be interpreted to, reduce, limit, restrict, or impose conditions on any use of the Licensed Material that could lawfully be made without permission under this Public License.
b. To the extent possible, if any provision of this Public License is deemed unenforceable, it shall be automatically reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable. If the provision cannot be reformed, it shall be severed from this Public License without affecting the enforceability of the remaining terms and conditions.
c. No term or condition of this Public License will be waived and no failure to comply consented to unless expressly agreed to by the Licensor.
d. Nothing in this Public License constitutes or may be interpreted as a limitation upon, or waiver of, any privileges and immunities that apply to the Licensor or You, including from the legal processes of any jurisdiction or authority.
Creative Commons is not a party to its public licenses. Notwithstanding, Creative Commons may elect to apply one of its public licenses to material it publishes and in those instances will be considered the “Licensor.” Except for the limited purpose of indicating that material is shared under a Creative Commons public license or as otherwise permitted by the Creative Commons policies published at creativecommons.org/policies, Creative Commons does not authorize the use of the trademark “Creative Commons” or any other trademark or logo of Creative Commons without its prior written consent including, without limitation, in connection with any unauthorized modifications to any of its public licenses or any other arrangements, understandings, or agreements concerning use of licensed material. For the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph does not form part of the public licenses.
Creative Commons may be contacted at creativecommons.org.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <https://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/why-not-lgpl.html>.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <https://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
0. Additional Definitions.
As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
General Public License.
"The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
of using an interface provided by the Library.
A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library
with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
Version".
The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
2. Conveying Modified Versions.
If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
version:
a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
this License applicable to that copy.
3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object
code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
covered by this License.
b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
document.
4. Combined Works.
You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
the following:
a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
covered by this License.
b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
document.
c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
d) Do one of the following:
0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
Corresponding Source.
1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
Version.
e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
for conveying Corresponding Source.)
5. Combined Libraries.
You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side by side in a single library together with other library
facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
choice, if you do both of the following:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
conveyed under the terms of this License.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that published version or of any later version
published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
Library.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
MIT License
Copyright (c) 2026 Eric Rakestraw
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Kirill Simonov
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do
so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Kirill Simonov
Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Kirill Simonov
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do
so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.

101
docs/policy/agents.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
# Agent Policy
**Base Policy Version:** 1.3
**Last Updated**: 2026-09-28
**Upstream Source:** [Standard Repository Policies agents](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/d84a38ebab26f048cafbe59a2246700c35d29843/docs/policy/agents.md)
## Purpose
Agents must read and follow these rules.
## Implementation Discipline
**KEY PRINCIPLES:** Write the simplest idiomatic code that satisfies the user's
request. Do not implicitly strengthen requirements, restrictions, or guarantees
beyond what the user actually requested.
**Keep implementation machinery proportionate.** Use straightforward,
idiomatic code and introduce only the machinery needed to support the requested
behavior and flexibility. Optimize for conceptual simplicity and
maintainability, not for the fewest lines, fewest options, or narrowest product
surface.
**Do not invent restrictions.** Do not reject, prohibit, constrain, cap,
harden, or otherwise narrow behavior unless required by the user, an explicit
repository contract, or an unavoidable correctness constraint. Preserve
operator and caller choice where policy has not been established. If an
additional restriction appears advisable, present it as a decision rather than
silently implementing it.
**Do not invent guarantees.** Do not strengthen public contracts, guarantees,
or invariants beyond those expressly requested by the user.
**Use the standard library.** For example: in almost every case, the best
approach to copying files is to use the standard library. Writing custom code to
implement power-loss protection at the application level, or to guard against
bad actors with privileged and concurrent access to the host's filesystem,
is wasteful, unnecessary, and not idiomatic. Stick to the simple, standard, and
idiomatic approach unless another path is expressly requested by the user.
**An implementation detail is not repository policy.** Tests and documentation
must not elevate incidental behavior into a durable guarantee or restriction
unless that behavior was expressly selected as part of the contract.
## Codebase Discovery
This project uses codebase-memory-mcp to maintain a knowledge graph of the
codebase. Always prefer its graph tools over grep, glob, or file search for code discovery.
If the project is not indexed, run `index_repository` first.
Use this order:
1. `search_graph` to find functions, classes, routes, and variables by pattern.
2. `trace_path` to trace callers and callees.
3. `get_code_snippet` to read a specific function or class.
4. `query_graph` for complex graph queries.
5. `get_architecture` for the high-level project summary.
Fall back to grep or glob for string literals, error messages, configuration
values, non-code files, or when the graph tools return insufficient results.
Examples:
- Find a handler: `search_graph(name_pattern=".*OrderHandler.*")`.
- Find callers: `trace_path(function_name="OrderHandler", direction="inbound")`.
- Read source: `get_code_snippet(qualified_name="pkg/orders.OrderHandler")`.
## Git Commit Policy
By default, commit each completed, nonempty unit of work using a
concise, plain-English message describing what changed. This policy is standing
authorization to create those local commits; a separate user request is not
required. An explicit user instruction to leave work uncommitted takes precedence.
A unit of work is a focused, reviewable outcome, including its relevant tests and
documentation.
Complete the appropriate validation before committing. If work is incomplete or
validation is blocked, report that state accurately.
Before committing:
1. Run `git status --short` and review the relevant diff, including any staged
changes. Identify changes that predate the current unit of work.
2. Exclude secrets, local environment files, generated junk, and unrelated changes.
3. Stage only the files or hunks belonging to the completed unit. Use `git add .`
only when every included change belongs to that unit. Preserve unrelated
staged and unstaged work.
4. Review `git diff --staged` and run appropriate checks for the change. Reuse
successful checks for unchanged content.
5. Review `git log --oneline -n 10` and use
`git commit -m "<concise plain-English commit message>"`.
6. Report the commit identifier and any remaining uncommitted work.
If the unit cannot be safely separated from pre-existing work, leave it uncommitted
and explain the overlap rather than silently including that work. If a commit
fails, preserve the changes and report the failure; do not bypass hooks.
Default commit authorization does not authorize pushing, publishing, amending,
resetting, reverting, or rewriting history. Those actions require a separate user
instruction. Do not use `git commit -a` or `git commit --no-verify` to bypass the
staging and validation discipline above.

143
docs/policy/architecture.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
# Architecture Policy
**Base Policy Version:** 1.3
**Last Updated**: 2026-09-28
**Upstream Source:** [Standard Repository Policies architecture](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/d84a38ebab26f048cafbe59a2246700c35d29843/docs/policy/architecture.md)
## Purpose And Ownership
The adopted policy defines the application's purpose and the architectural
constraints contributors must follow. It owns system boundaries, responsibility
and dependency rules, established invariants, and explicit non-goals.
Describe the concrete package inventory and implementation mechanics in internal
documentation. Link to canonical public contracts for their exact behavior and
to ADRs for decision rationale.
## Architectural Approach
Hexagonal architecture is strongly recommended, including encapsulating external
integrations and APIs within internal adapters. Keep domain and application
logic independent of external integration details, and make dependency direction
clear in the adopted policy.
Implement that separation with proportionate, idiomatic code. Choose interfaces
and package layout to serve the application's actual boundaries. Use adapters
for collaborators with external integration responsibilities.
## Adopted Constraints And Implemented Structure
Architectural constraints govern current and future development. Record
implemented structure accurately, proposals and implementation status in the
roadmap, and significant decisions and rationale in ADRs. Describe a target
structure as implemented when its changes land.
Constraints must reflect deliberately selected requirements and decisions.
Do not promote incidental implementation choices into architectural invariants.
## Application-Specific Topics
Audita is a single-process Go CLI for transcript polishing. Its architecture
separates deterministic transcript processing from external LLM effects through
narrow contracts and adapters. Correction modules and validators remain explicit,
composable components in an ordered processing pipeline.
This policy owns architectural requirements. The [internal overview](../internal/overview.md)
owns the implemented component inventory and links to runtime mechanics.
[CLI](../cli.md), [configuration](../config.md), [operations](../operations.md),
and [integration documentation](../integrations/subprocess.md) own external contracts.
## Ownership and Dependency Direction
- **Core:** owns domain data handling and reusable configuration, schema,
normalization, chunking, output, diagnostics, and reporting contracts. Domain
behavior must not require CLI or provider-transport knowledge.
- **Framework:** owns orchestration contracts and shared runtime mechanics for
modules, validators, proposals, LLM adapters, and report assembly.
It composes domain operations through explicit inputs and outputs.
- **Modules:** own narrowly scoped correction behavior and module-specific prompt
choices. Keep module packages separate rather than collapsing their distinct
responsibilities into a broad generic stage abstraction.
- **Validators:** own validation behavior and composition. Deterministic and
LLM-backed validators remain explicit, independently composable elements.
- **Prompts:** own embedded prompt assets and metadata used by the runtime.
- **CLI and adapters:** own command parsing, streams, filesystem wiring, and
transport. Keep these concerns outside module, validator, and schema logic.
LLM transport belongs behind `StructuredLLMClient` and framework adapter
boundaries. Prefer small shared helpers over broad rewrites. Keep module and
validator inputs, outputs, and configuration dependencies explicit, without
hidden global state.
## Correction and Concurrency Invariants
- Treat LLM responses as nondeterministic inputs. Preserve deterministic proposal
indexing, validator ordering, transcript mutation, reports, and serialization.
- Validate corrections before final mutation, including local proposal checks,
decision cardinality, and apply-time safety. Provider-side schema enforcement
does not replace these checks.
- Keep LLM concurrency bounded and context-aware through PromptKit's engine-local
per-backend admission. Proposal and validation calls selecting the same backend
share that capacity, including retries and repairs. Preserve deterministic
collection order. Recoverable model-operation failures stay local to their
proposal response or validation batch; fatal invariant/application failure
and parent cancellation stop peers and join them.
- Keep module and validator identities, reason codes, and execution-class
distinctions stable where exposed as contracts.
The [pipeline](../internal/pipeline.md), [modules](../internal/modules.md),
[validators](../internal/validators.md), and [LLM runtime](../internal/llm-runtime.md)
describe how these requirements are implemented.
## State and Compatibility
Keep transcript mutation and output handling deterministic around external
calls. Reports and correction ledgers are derived from processing results.
Preserve the separation between transient processing state and filesystem
adapters; physical report placement and optional debug retention belong to
[operations](../operations.md).
Public CLI, configuration, output-schema, diagnostics, report, prompt, module,
and validator contracts should remain stable unless a change is deliberate and
tested. The resilience work intentionally replaced the earlier JSON process
report with versioned errors/recoveries YAML and a fixed Markdown overview;
future changes should treat those current contracts deliberately. Current implementation
limits are documented in the [internal overview](../internal/overview.md#current-scope);
they are not additional prohibitions on future development.
## Trust Boundaries And Threat Scope
Errors should identify the failed processing phase sufficiently for users and
subprocess callers. Preserve the stream and exit behavior defined by the
[CLI contract](../cli.md) and the artifact handling defined by
[operations](../operations.md).
Diagnostics, reports, and surfaced errors must not leak configured LLM secrets.
Configuration redaction and LLM payload/error redaction have separate
responsibilities and should remain separate. Implementation details belong in
[diagnostics and reporting](../internal/diagnostics-reporting.md).
## Dependencies
Keep Audita dependency-light and prefer the Go standard library for CLI parsing,
filesystems, synchronization, and tests. ConfigKit owns configuration loading,
presence, provenance, and secret resolution; PromptKit owns prompt/profile
loading, OpenAI-compatible transport, retries, repairs, and backend admission.
Audita owns domain meaning, role selection, and deterministic processing.
Do not introduce broad CLI, dependency-injection, workflow, logging, or plugin
frameworks without a concrete implemented need and focused tests.
## Testing and Documentation
Follow the [testing policy](testing.md) for risk-based sufficiency and stable test
boundaries. Keep tests close to the behavior they protect; shared helpers should
remove duplication without obscuring component-specific behavior. Relevant
internal docs identify component tests and change recipes; the
[contributor guide](../development.md) provides baseline validation commands.
Follow the [documentation policy](documentation.md) for ownership, current versus
future behavior, and the ADR lifecycle. Keep architecture concise and normative;
use the roadmap for implementation plans rather than maintaining a changelog or
future-feature specification here.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
# Documentation Policy
**Base Policy Version:** 1.11
**Last Updated**: 2026-09-28
**Upstream Source:** [Standard Repository Policies documentation](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/d84a38ebab26f048cafbe59a2246700c35d29843/docs/policy/documentation.md)
## Purpose
This policy assigns each documentation topic to one canonical owner. Its goal is
to keep this application's documentation accurate, concise, discoverable, and resistant
to drift for users, operators, developers, integrators, and LLM coding agents.
## Core Rules
### One Canonical Owner
Each authoritative fact belongs in one document. A non-owning document may give
a short, stable summary for orientation, but it must link to the canonical owner
for volatile details.
Volatile details include commands, flags, configuration fields and defaults,
module keys, schemas, file names, paths, status codes, retry behavior, and
runtime guarantees. If readers could reasonably treat a statement as a
contract, maintain it only in the owning document.
### Current And Future Behavior
Outside `docs/roadmap/`, documentation describes implemented behavior only.
Partial features may be described only to their implemented boundary.
Architectural constraints may govern future changes. Describe current structure
from implemented behavior.
ADRs may record an accepted architectural decision before implementation. The
roadmap owns implementation status and sequencing until the decision is
implemented. Current architecture, user, operator, integration, and internal
documentation are updated when the behavior lands.
### Audience And Detail
Write for the document's stated audience and include only the detail needed for
its owned topic. Keep user and operator docs focused on using and operating the
application. Developer docs should link to user-facing and external contracts
for their definitions.
### Examples
Complete copyable files belong in `examples/`. Documentation may use the
smallest illustrative snippet needed to explain its owned topic, but should link
to maintained examples for complete copyable files.
Examples must be valid, secret-free, and tested where practical. Commands and
configuration used in documentation should match the application.
### Security And Privacy
Documentation and examples must not contain real credentials, private keys,
private environment dumps, sensitive source material, or private infrastructure
details unless intentionally public. Document secret-handling mechanisms, not
secret values.
## Canonical Ownership
| Topic | Canonical owner | Owned content | Content owned elsewhere |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Product orientation and minimal end-to-end quickstart | `README.md` | Purpose, value, shortest successful invocation, and navigation, including licensing and attribution. | Complete command reference, configuration reference, operational procedures, implementation detail. |
| Contributor entry point | `docs/development.md` | Task-oriented reading guide, contributor orientation, baseline validation commands, and canonical links. | Package inventory, architecture rules, subsystem behavior, detailed change recipes. |
| Application architecture policy | `docs/policy/architecture.md` | System shape, normative ownership, dependency direction, boundaries, invariants, safety properties, and non-goals. | Concrete package inventory, implementation mechanics, contributor procedures, decision history, future work. |
| Policy-set provenance and upstream navigation | `docs/policy/meta.md` | Policy-set origin, local authority, adoption baselines, and upstream adoption and update links. | Task-specific reading triggers, detailed adoption procedures, and formal attribution notices. |
| Agent policy | `docs/policy/agents.md` | Proportionate, idiomatic implementation; graph-first code discovery, commit discipline, and rules against inventing requirements, restrictions, guarantees, or policy. | Application contracts, architecture, testing policy, and contributor procedures. |
| Documentation policy | `docs/policy/documentation.md` | Documentation ownership, audience boundaries, maintenance rules, and ADR/document lifecycle. | Application architecture or product behavior. |
| Testing policy | `docs/policy/testing.md` | Test philosophy, risk sufficiency, boundaries, doubles, coverage, regressions, and test maintenance. | Subsystem behavior, application contracts, subsystem-specific test inventories, and implementation plans. |
| Release policy | `docs/policy/release.md` | Versioning, compatibility, release integrity and immutability, release documentation, proportionate gates, publication controls, completion, and required versus optional checks. | Repository-specific commands, product installation guidance, CLI version semantics, historical release summaries, and CI implementation detail. |
| Open source licensing and attribution policy | `docs/policy/oss.md` | License defaults and author choices, COPYRIGHT and attribution formats, license/notice links, discoverability, maintenance, and concrete exceptions. | Component entries, license texts, release commands, and dependency security review. |
| Project copyright and license grant | `COPYRIGHT` | Project identity, copyright holders and years, SPDX expression, grant, warranty disclaimer, and third-party statement. | Complete license texts and upstream component attribution. |
| Project license texts | `LICENSE` | Complete project and incorporated companion license texts, with required project-specific fields. | General licensing policy and upstream component attribution. |
| Upstream component attribution | `docs/oss/attribution.md` | House Format component entries: identity, material scope and modifications where applicable, copyright, license, required notices, and license, notice, and source links. | General attribution policy, exception reasoning, research narratives, compliance commentary, and complete standard license texts. |
| Standard dependency license texts | `docs/oss/licenses/` | Complete, verbatim standard license texts shared by applicable entries. | Project-specific upstream notices, attribution prose, and policy interpretation. |
| Repository-specific release procedure | `docs/release.md` | Maintainer prerequisites, candidate preparation, validation and publication commands and automated guards, asynchronous deliverables, delivery status, optional consumer verification, and recovery. | General release requirements, product installation guidance, historical release summaries, and current compatibility contracts. |
| CLI contract (if applicable) | `docs/cli.md` | Commands, arguments, flags, invocation semantics, and exit codes. | End-to-end operating procedures, configuration field definitions, runtime filesystem layout, module implementation details. |
| Configuration contract (if applicable) | `docs/config.md` | Discovery, precedence, schema, fields, defaults, environment overrides, validation, and selectable module and validator keys. | Complete example files, CLI syntax, runtime state lifecycle, module implementation details. |
| Operations (if applicable) | `docs/operations.md` | Runtime workflows, physical filesystem and state layout, output, cache and debug handling, resume, cleanup, permissions, recovery, and limits. | CLI flag syntax, configuration field definitions, logical output schemas, implementation mechanics. |
| Integration contracts for external components (if applicable) | `docs/integrations/`, including `docs/integrations/output-files.md` for serialized outputs | External formats and protocols, upstream and downstream contracts, logical output paths and schemas, media types, and compatibility. | Physical runtime placement and lifecycle, internal transformations, CLI syntax, configuration defaults. |
| Inventory of implemented internal packages | `docs/internal/overview.md` | Implemented packages and components, responsibilities, and links to focused internal docs. | Normative architecture, contributor reading policy, external contracts. |
| Behavior and architecture of internal packages | Other files under `docs/internal/` | Implementation flow, collaborators, state transitions, package-local guarantees and failures, and relevant tests. | Global architecture invariants, configuration definitions and defaults, external schemas, operator procedures. |
| Contributor change recipes | Relevant files under `docs/internal/`, including `docs/internal/cli-config.md`, `docs/internal/modules.md`, and `docs/internal/validators.md` | Concrete editing and validation steps for each component. | Contributor orientation, global policy, and definitions of external contracts. |
| Architectural decision records | `docs/adr/` | Significant decisions, context, alternatives, rationale, consequences, and supersession history. | Current behavior reference, implementation status, task sequencing. |
| Future work and implementation status | `docs/roadmap/` | Proposed, accepted, deferred, or rejected work; implementation status, sequencing, and task breakdowns. | Implemented behavior reference and architectural decision rationale. |
| Release-note history | `docs/releases/` | One checked-in summary per source release under the procedure; the note at its immutable tag is the release record. | Current commands, behavior, contracts, and compatibility definitions. |
| Complete copyable artifacts | `examples/` | Maintained configuration, inputs, and other copyable or runnable files. | Field-by-field reference, command reference, prose explanation. |
Create supporting documents for existing interfaces and responsibilities when
substantive content is available.
Audita has retired its standalone troubleshooting guide; concrete operating and
recovery procedures belong in `docs/operations.md`.
## Boundary Rules
### Orientation
Link among orientation, architecture, and internal documents; maintain each
package or behavior description in its canonical owner.
### Commands, Configuration, And Operations
CLI documentation answers how to invoke the application. Configuration
documentation answers what settings mean. Operations answers what happens to
runtime state and how to operate or recover the application. When a workflow
crosses these topics, choose the document that owns the task and link to the
other contracts.
### Releases
The release policy defines requirements and invariants that every release must
satisfy. The repository-specific release procedure defines the commands and
workflow maintainers use to satisfy that policy. Release notes record history
at immutable tags. Maintain current behavior in its canonical documentation,
update it with the corresponding behavior changes, and keep release procedures
consistent with adopted policy.
### Project Licensing And Upstream Attribution
README and release documents link to the canonical licensing and attribution
materials under the [OSS policy](oss.md). The release procedure owns URL
construction and publication mechanics.
### Contracts And Implementation
Integration and API documents define externally observable shapes and
semantics. Internal documents explain how this application implements or consumes those
contracts. Internal docs may name a field, file, or protocol to identify a
dependency, but must link to its canonical contract for the definition.
### Security Topics
This policy owns what documentation and examples may contain. Architecture owns
application security invariants. Configuration owns credential-supply
mechanisms. Operations owns permissions and handling of sensitive runtime
artifacts. Internal docs own implementation mechanisms only.
## Architecture Decision Records
Use sequentially numbered ADR filenames such as
`0001-record-architecture-decisions.md`. Follow the lightweight Nygard format:
1. title;
2. status;
3. date;
4. context;
5. decision;
6. alternatives considered;
7. consequences.
Treat the decision content of an accepted ADR as immutable. When a decision
changes, create a new ADR and update the earlier ADR's status to superseded.
Rejected architectural alternatives belong in the ADR; rejected product ideas
belong in the roadmap.
## Maintenance
When behavior changes, update its canonical owner in the same change. If
ownership moves, remove the old definition and replace it with a link where
navigation remains useful.
Before completing documentation work:
- verify affected behavior and examples;
- check commands, flags, fields, defaults, schemas, and paths against their
implementation;
- keep unimplemented behavior in the roadmap, subject to the ADR exception;
- remove stale references and validate links;
- confirm that non-owning documents summarize and link rather than redefine;
- confirm that no secrets or sensitive private data were added.

26
docs/policy/meta.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
# Policy Set Provenance
**Base Policy Version:** 1.0
**Last Updated**: 2026-09-28
**Upstream Source:** [Standard Repository Policies meta](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/d84a38ebab26f048cafbe59a2246700c35d29843/docs/policy/meta.md)
## Origin And Local Authority
This repository's policy set is adapted from
[Standard Repository Policies](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy).
The adopted local policies govern work in this repository. Upstream revisions
become local policy through deliberate adoption, preserving local decisions.
Each policy's `Upstream Source` identifies its adopted baseline.
## Adoption And Updates
For policy adoption, upstream revision reviews, and updates, consult the
[upstream adoption and update guide](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/branch/main/docs/adoption.md).
That guide and the reference example collection are maintained upstream and
accessed through links. Keep discovery links pointed at the current upstream
project and guide; keep adopted-source and example links pinned to commits.
The local [developer guide](../development.md) routes tasks to applicable
policies. Formal credit and licensing notices for the copied policy material
belong in the local [attribution document](../oss/attribution.md).

219
docs/policy/oss.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
# Open Source Licensing And Attribution Policy
**Base Policy Version:** 1.8
**Last Updated**: 2026-09-28
**Upstream Source:** [Standard Repository Policies oss](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/d84a38ebab26f048cafbe59a2246700c35d29843/docs/policy/oss.md)
## Purpose And Scope
This policy defines project licensing conventions and a repeatable House Format
for upstream attribution and license notices. It covers the project's own code
and upstream components incorporated into or distributed with the application
or library, including relevant transitive dependencies and copied code,
documentation, or assets.
Determine treatment from the component's terms and actual use.
Consulting development guidance or using tooling alone does not require an
attribution entry. Copying or adapting documentation for inclusion in the
repository is different: preserve its applicable attribution and license terms.
A material's role as development guidance does not exempt copied documents.
Apply any express permissions for attribution-free reuse of example formatting.
The baseline is a publicly available source repository with releases published
alongside it. The format is independent of language, forge, and build system.
It does not require attribution for every development tool, establish license
compatibility, or resolve every obligation arising from use or distribution.
Audita uses the existing GPL-3.0-or-later application grant in
[`COPYRIGHT`](../../COPYRIGHT). The Gitea distribution and publication procedure
are documented in the [release runbook](../release.md).
## Canonical Locations
The [documentation policy](documentation.md) assigns ownership:
- `COPYRIGHT`: project name, copyright statements, SPDX expression, grant,
warranty disclaimer, and third-party statement.
- `LICENSE` contains the complete, unmodified project license text, including
incorporated companion text. Dependency attribution does not relicense the project.
- `docs/oss/attribution.md`: canonical component entries.
- `docs/oss/licenses/`: complete, verbatim standard and applicable companion texts.
Use recognizable license filenames, such as `Apache-2.0.txt` or `LGPL-3.0.txt`.
A shared standard text may serve multiple entries. Keep explanations outside
license texts and preserve distinct versions and exceptions.
## Upstream Reference Examples
Use the commit-pinned upstream examples to create actual project notices.
Retain their links and keep the example collection upstream; keep applicable
license texts locally as specified above.
## Project Licensing
Unless the author specifies otherwise, use **GPL version 3 or later**
(`GPL-3.0-or-later`) for applications and **LGPL version 3 or later**
(`LGPL-3.0-or-later`) for libraries. An author's explicit choice takes precedence:
for example, a one-off script may use MIT. Such a choice requires no exception
rationale, additional approval, or compensating controls under this policy.
These defaults guide new license selection. Adopting this policy does not
relicense existing code or override third-party terms. Preserve an existing
license unless the author deliberately changes it. For mixed-purpose projects,
follow the author's selected scope rather than inferring different licenses for
individual packages.
Use the upstream [application COPYRIGHT example](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/d84a38ebab26f048cafbe59a2246700c35d29843/examples/licensing/application/COPYRIGHT)
or [library COPYRIGHT example](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/d84a38ebab26f048cafbe59a2246700c35d29843/examples/licensing/library/COPYRIGHT)
to create the project’s root `COPYRIGHT` file.
Use verified project names, contribution years, and copyright holders.
For another selected license, adapt the grant, SPDX expression, disclaimer, and
text references together to reflect the author's selected grant.
For GPLv3 projects, copy the complete GPLv3 text into `LICENSE`. For LGPLv3
projects, place the complete LGPLv3 text followed by the complete GPLv3 text in
`LICENSE`; the LGPL incorporates the GPL terms. Keep the texts unmodified and
place project-specific statements in `COPYRIGHT`. For the default grants, the
grant and SPDX expression in `COPYRIGHT` must expressly identify `or-later`;
follow the author’s choice if a different grant is selected.
For other licenses, provide their complete text and any required project-specific
fields; the standard reference collection remains unchanged. Keep `COPYRIGHT`,
`LICENSE`, SPDX expressions, and README descriptions consistent with the actual
grant. This convention introduces no blanket requirement for per-file headers;
preserve notices or add them where the applicable terms require them.
Identify separately licensed documentation or assets in the project grant, with
links to their attribution and license information. An application's default
code license does not override the terms of incorporated documentation.
## Upstream Attribution House Format
Begin `docs/oss/attribution.md` with `# Open Source Attribution Notices`,
followed directly by component entries. These comprise the complete document.
Each entry presents these five fields in order, with blank lines between them:
1. **Project name** as a level-two heading. An optional identification paragraph
may follow, such as `Selected module: MODULE at VERSION.` with the module and
version in backticks. For copied documentation, a concise `Material:` sentence
may identify the affected files and whether they were adapted or copied
without modification. A factual qualifier such as `(transitive dependency)`
is permitted. Limit optional identification prose to factual component and
material scope.
2. **Upstream copyright statement or statements**, preserving their wording.
Put multiple statements in separate paragraphs. Include this field when the
selected upstream source supplies an applicable statement; otherwise, omit it.
3. **SPDX license identifier or expression**, when applicable, using
`SPDX-License-Identifier: EXPRESSION`.
4. **License and notice links**, beginning `License and notices:`, separated
by ` | `, and ending with a period. Label local standard texts by license
name, such as `MIT` or `Apache 2.0`. Label upstream files by their actual
filenames, such as `COPYRIGHT`, `LICENSE`, `NOTICE`, or `PATENTS`.
5. **Source repository link**, rendered exactly as `[Source](COMMIT_URL).`.
Use the upstream [attribution example](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/d84a38ebab26f048cafbe59a2246700c35d29843/examples/licensing/attribution.md)
to create the project’s `docs/oss/attribution.md`.
The example illustrates omitted fields and multiple copyrights and licenses.
Replace the uppercase placeholders and illustrative URLs with actual component
information. Local license links are relative to the destination
`docs/oss/attribution.md`; copy the applicable texts into its `licenses/`
directory. Do not copy example entries for components the project does not use.
These are five fields, not a line limit. Omit the SPDX field when no applicable
identifier exists; identify nonstandard terms through the linked text. Preserve
licensing alternatives and exceptions, and record a selected option when
relevant through the factual license identification. Do not invent an identifier
or silently resolve an unsettled licensing choice.
Keep entries factual. Do not add agent-authored explanations of license
expressions, file-level license scope, research performed, retained source
notices, or compliance conclusions. Avoid filler such as "none is invented
here" and embellished link labels such as "upstream LICENSE", "additional
patent grant", or "at the imported commit". Preserve actual required upstream
content; this rule excludes editorial additions, not required notices. Policy
interpretation and exception reasoning belong in the adopted OSS policy or an
appropriate decision record, not the attribution document.
## License Texts And Upstream Links
Link standard license texts to their local copies. Link project-specific
notices to their upstream copies. Every upstream repository or notice link must
identify the exact commit corresponding to the
imported version, including the selected source revision for copied material.
Classify material according to its contents. An upstream `LICENSE`,
`COPYING`, or similar file may contain project-specific notices or exceptions
in addition to standard wording. Link both the local standard text and the
commit-specific upstream file when needed. Make companion license texts directly
reachable from the entry.
For project-specific license and attribution material, this policy accepts
direct links to the applicable upstream texts as satisfying reproduction,
inclusion, or copy requirements. This is the adopted house interpretation.
Agents must apply it without adding local-copy requirements or seeking repeated
approval solely because a license uses those terms.
This interpretation concerns notice reproduction. Concrete obligations such as
marking modified files or supplying corresponding source receive their own
applicable treatment. Preserve required notices already present in incorporated
source files; the central attribution entry does not authorize stripping them.
## Discoverability
End the project's README with two friendly statements linking to its actual
grant in `COPYRIGHT` and the attribution document. For example, for a project
with the stated license:
```markdown
PROJECT_NAME is licensed under the [LGPL v3.0 or later](COPYRIGHT).
[Open Source attribution notices](docs/oss/attribution.md) are available.
```
Each new checked-in release document and its hosted download page must end
with links whose visible text is `COPYRIGHT | LICENSE | ATTRIBUTION`. Use absolute
URLs to those files at the release's immutable tag or corresponding immutable source
revision so the links work in both locations. This release navigation is distinct
from upstream component links, which must use the imported commit.
Reuse the checked-in release document as the hosted release body where supported.
The release procedure owns concrete URLs and publication mechanics for delivering
the links through the selected channel. Do not maintain duplicate notice lists.
These conventions do not by themselves require separate downloadable license
assets, source bundles, or a different binary package format.
## Maintenance And Exceptions
Update project licensing statements together when the author changes the grant
or its scope. Update upstream notices in the change that adds, removes, upgrades,
copies, or changes the distribution of a relevant component. Check the selected source's license
and notices rather than assuming they are unchanged. Update affected entries,
commit links, and texts; retain historical versions through Git.
When the toolchain used for distributed binaries changes, check the Go runtime
and standard-library entries against that toolchain's exact source revision,
including any vendored packages incorporated into those binaries.
Check affected statements, faithful standard-text copies, and link destinations
as part of ordinary change review. For a future release tag, check intended file
paths against the candidate source; the tag need not resolve remotely before
publication. Do not add publication-time network checks, CI polling, recurring
legal sign-offs, mandatory scanners, or a full software bill of materials merely
to implement this policy.
Use the House Format routinely. Raise an exception only for a concrete obligation
or unresolved rights question it does not address, including any arising from a
particular distribution channel. Record the issue and selected treatment in the
adopted OSS policy or an appropriate decision record. Attribution entries
contain the resulting factual identification and required material, without
repeating that reasoning. Resolve the issue before the affected use or
distribution without reopening settled choices.
Common ownership of projects is neither required nor a blanket exception.
Apply the formatting convention prospectively. Do not rewrite published tags,
notes, binaries, or checksums to retrofit it. Address actual omissions deliberately
under the applicable terms and the [release correction policy](release.md#immutability-and-failure-recovery).
Ordinary attribution maintenance and release links are preparation work, not new
release approval gates.

251
docs/policy/release.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
# Release Policy
**Base Policy Version:** 1.6
**Last Updated**: 2026-10-08
**Upstream Source:** [Standard Repository Policies release](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/e833faddf120c789a9b45348edaf75720de16348/docs/policy/release.md)
## Purpose
This policy defines a proportionate workflow for validating and publishing an
intended source revision under a fresh version. Releases should require little
routine intervention, avoid repeated work, and preserve published contents.
Adopt stronger verification or reproducibility requirements through an explicit
project-specific decision justified by the intended audience and support needs.
The repository-specific commands belong in `docs/release.md`. Historical release
summaries belong in `docs/releases/`. The procedure must agree with the adopted
policy and link to it rather than introduce additional release requirements.
## Release Model And Completion
A source release identifies one exact committed source revision through an
immutable version tag and a version-matched, checked-in release note. The
primary release branch is `main` unless the adopted policy specifies otherwise.
The procedure must name the authoritative publication remote.
A successful push of the intended tag, with its source commit available on the
authoritative primary branch, completes the release. The source commit may be
pushed before the tag or published together with it through an atomic push.
The procedure must choose and document the supported approach.
Release commands must finish at successful publication. They must not wait for
or poll CI, require successful CI status, inspect downloadable artifacts, or
check consumer installation or Go module availability as completion gates.
A failed or ambiguous push requires resolving the authoritative remote state
before declaring success or retrying; successful pushes do not require a
separate remote read-back gate.
Repositories may publish source only. Additional binaries, images, packages,
checksums, or other declared deliverables may be published asynchronously from
the tagged source. The procedure must identify those deliverables and the
responsibility of their automation. Published deliverables must be traceable
to that source and identify the same version.
Track source-release completion and artifact delivery separately. Report delivery
failures and optional investigations under artifact-delivery status.
## Supported Platforms
| Platform | Support |
| --- | --- |
| Linux amd64 | Required production target |
| Linux arm64 | Required production target |
| macOS arm64 | Best effort for local development; development failures do not block a release or Linux artifact publication |
Windows and macOS amd64 are unsupported. Neither their builds nor tests are
release requirements. Native macOS testing and access to a Mac are not release
prerequisites.
Linux amd64 and arm64 remain the required production targets. Publication from
a host outside the selected target set must pass ReleaseKit's temporary native
version check. This check does not require access to a Mac or native tests on
every delivery target.
## Versioning And Compatibility
Stable releases use Semantic Versioning in the form `vMAJOR.MINOR.PATCH`, with
no leading zeroes. Prereleases require an explicit adopted policy defining
their format and use.
The selected version must be unused locally and on the authoritative remote.
Do not require queries to every configured remote or publication service.
A version known to have already been published must not be reused, even if the
normal guards do not inspect that channel. Adding a distribution channel
requires a deliberate update to the policy and procedure where needed.
For releases at or after `v1.0.0`:
- a major release may make intentional incompatible changes;
- a minor release may add backward-compatible behavior or raise the Go consumer
minimum as described below; and
- a patch release may make backward-compatible fixes.
Before `v1.0.0`, a minor release may change a documented public, operational,
configuration, data, integration, or compatibility contract when the release
note explains the impact and required consumer action. A patch release must
not intentionally break those contracts within its minor line.
Additional compatibility promises and deliberate exceptions belong in the
adopted policy or canonical contract documentation. Release notes explain
changes; they do not redefine current compatibility contracts.
## Consumer Minimum And Release Toolchain
Distinguish the minimum toolchain supported for consumers from the toolchain
maintainers use to build and validate a release. Record the consumer minimum in
the language's standard metadata and explain its support meaning in canonical
documentation. Define the selected release toolchain and its setup commands in
`docs/release.md`. Toolchain selection and upgrade cadence are repository-specific
choices.
For Go repositories, normally declare the initial stable release of the selected
series as the consumer minimum, such as `go 1.26.0`. Use a higher patch minimum
when a dependency or an identified correctness fix requires it, and document
the reason.
For release-policy purposes, successful build and release validation on the
selected Go patch release are sufficient to presume support across that Go
series, subject to the declared consumer minimum and concrete evidence of
incompatibility. Investigate specific compatibility concerns as they arise.
Use the selected release toolchain for candidate validation and release builds,
including CI jobs performing those tasks. A newer validation patch version alone
leaves the consumer minimum unchanged.
A minor release may raise the Go consumer minimum, including from one Go series
to the next, both before and after `v1.0.0`. This is an explicit exception to the
backward-compatibility requirement for minor releases. Patch releases preserve
the consumer minimum. Explain an increase's impact and required consumer action
in the release note. Other incompatible changes remain subject to the versioning
rules above.
## Release Documentation And Preparation
Every new release must include `docs/releases/<version>.md` in the tagged
source tree. Use the complete version tag as the filename and begin with a
title containing the product name and that exact version.
Include a short summary and any relevant compatibility impact or upgrade
instructions. Choose sections suited to the release and keep the note
proportionate to the change.
Keep exact current contracts in their canonical documents and update affected
documentation with the behavior change. Link to those documents from the note
where useful. If annotated tags are used, derive their summary from the
checked-in note.
Include the release footer defined by the [OSS policy](oss.md#discoverability)
in each new release document and preserve it on the hosted download page. The
release procedure defines the concrete URLs and publication mechanics. Prepare
these links with the release note; they do not add a network check or approval
gate.
Handle version selection, release-note content, and retirement of completed
roadmaps during preparation. Preserve planned and deferred work and repair
affected links when retiring roadmaps. Reuse ordinary change review for
unintended files, credentials, and private data. Scope release-content review
to the tagged source.
## Candidate Validation
Provide one publication command that validates the final committed candidate,
checks publication state, and publishes the intended refs. A validation-only
mode or command may be provided for diagnosis, but must not be a required step
before publication repeats the same checks.
Run the complete deterministic, offline default test suite once for the final
candidate, following the [testing policy](testing.md). For repositories that
publish builds, verify the required build targets. Select those targets for
the application's actual support commitments; native testing on each platform
and access to particular hardware are not default release prerequisites.
Additional gates must address a concrete risk that the existing checks do not
adequately cover. Do not automatically require linting, race testing, module
hygiene audits, documentation audits, credential scans, example validation, or
expanded platform matrices solely because they are possible. Retain such
checks when their distinct protection justifies their cost. A one-time migration
check must not silently become a permanent release requirement.
Release tests must not require real credentials, mutable application services,
paid APIs, provider probes, or inference calls. The procedure may describe dependency
preparation separately from offline validation.
Avoid duplicate validation across release phases. Successful checks for the
same final candidate need not be repeated solely to satisfy another phase;
any reuse must clearly apply to that exact candidate. Persistent validation
caches are not required. If the candidate changes, validate the new candidate.
Cheap publication-state checks may be repeated immediately before pushing
because local or remote state may have changed during validation.
Automate mechanical guards. Human review gates are strongly disfavored: add one
only through an explicit project-specific policy decision explaining the
concrete risk and why ordinary change review or automation is insufficient.
Do not add routine confirmations for checks the command can perform itself.
## Publication Guards
Automate the checks needed to publish the intended source under a fresh version:
- the version has the adopted format and is unused locally and on the
authoritative remote;
- the worktree and index are clean on the primary release branch;
- the source being published is the exact candidate that passed validation,
including its matching release note;
- the remote primary branch already identifies that candidate, or an atomic
source/tag push will advance it to that candidate without discarding remote
history; and
- the tag identifies the validated candidate and only the intended refs are
published.
Fetch the authoritative branch and tag state as needed for these checks.
Do not force branch or tag updates to bypass a failed guard. Publish explicit
refs rather than all local tags. Do not require CI success, publication-service
availability checks, or a separate manual confirmation for each guard.
## Immutability And Failure Recovery
Published version tags and published contents are immutable. Do not move,
overwrite, recreate, or delete a published tag, or replace a published artifact,
checksum, signature, provenance statement, or release note under that version.
The checked-in note at the immutable tag is that release's historical record.
If validation fails before publication, correct and commit the candidate and
rerun the publication command. If a push fails or its outcome is ambiguous,
inspect the authoritative remote before retrying. Remove an unpublished local
tag only after confirming it was never published or used by a release channel.
An unavailable remote leaves publication status unknown; do not overwrite a tag
to resolve uncertainty.
Transient network, authentication, CI, or consumer-availability failures do not
by themselves require a new version. Asynchronous delivery may be retried from
the same immutable tag. Missing artifacts may be published later, provided
existing published contents are not replaced and the additions remain consistent
with the tagged source and any already-published checksum manifest. If that
cannot be achieved, publish a new version.
A defect requiring changes to published source or contents requires a corrected
commit, a new semantically appropriate version, a matching release note, and
the release procedure again. Leave the original release intact. A channel's
yank, deprecation, or advisory mechanism may warn consumers away from a defective
release without replacing its contents or reusing its version.
## Repository Release Procedure
Maintain `docs/release.md` as a short, executable maintainer runbook. It must
identify:
1. prerequisites, selected release toolchain, primary branch, and authoritative
remote;
2. version and release-note preparation;
3. one publication command with its selected local checks and automated guards;
4. declared deliverables, required build targets, and automation responsibilities;
5. the successful-push completion point and separately reported delivery status;
and
6. failure handling, ambiguous-push recovery, and asynchronous delivery retries.
Use copyable commands where practical. Keep optional diagnostics and consumer
verification clearly optional. The procedure must not turn preparation work,
ordinary change review, or post-publication investigation into additional
release gates.

263
docs/policy/testing.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
# Testing Policy
**Base Policy Version:** 1.3
**Last Updated**: 2026-09-28
**Upstream Source:** [Standard Repository Policies testing](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/policy/src/commit/d84a38ebab26f048cafbe59a2246700c35d29843/docs/policy/testing.md)
## Purpose
Our tests exist to make **incorrect changes expensive and correct changes cheap**.
We optimize for sufficient confidence in important behavior while minimizing friction on future development.
## Every test has a cost
Every test has an immediate and continuing cost: writing, review, execution,
diagnosis, fixture maintenance, and updates when legitimate behavior changes.
Tests can also constrain refactoring, duplicate policy, and add failure noise.
A test is warranted only when the confidence it provides justifies these costs.
Evaluate that tradeoff at two levels:
1. **Per test:** What realistic defect does this test detect, how consequential would that defect be, and is that protection worth the test's lifetime cost?
2. **Across the suite:** Does this collection provide materially more confidence than a smaller, simpler suite would?
Some friction is intentional. Tests should make dangerous changes—such as breaking compatibility, corrupting data, violating security boundaries, or reintroducing subtle bugs—require deliberate review. Keep ordinary internal changes inexpensive.
Evaluate maintenance cost against the specific failure being protected. When omitting a plausible test, be able to state why the protected failure is low-risk, already covered, obvious, reversible, or cheaper to detect elsewhere. For consequential, subtle, or difficult-to-observe behavior, the presumption should favor testing.
## Default testing style
Use a **classical/Detroit-style** approach:
- Test observable behavior, resulting state, contracts, and invariants.
- Use real internal collaborators when they are fast and deterministic.
- Use fakes, stubs, or mocks primarily at expensive, nondeterministic, destructive, or external boundaries.
- Prefer package-level behavioral tests over tests coupled to private helpers or internal call sequences.
- Treat exact collaborator interactions as testable behavior only when the interaction itself is a requirement.
Examples of appropriate seams include clocks, randomness, subprocesses, remote APIs, object storage, email, and paid LLM calls.
## Test execution requirements
Tests in the default suite must be deterministic, offline, and independent of real credentials. They must not invoke paid APIs or depend on mutable external services. Tests that require live infrastructure must be explicitly opt-in and clearly separated from the default suite.
Control clocks, randomness, environment variables, and other process-global or machine-specific state when they affect behavior. Tests should be safe to run repeatedly and alongside other tests without depending on execution order or state left by an earlier test.
## What deserves tests
To the extent the following features are present in the application, prioritize tests for:
1. Public and package-level contracts.
2. Domain rules and important invariants.
3. Boundary conditions and malformed input.
4. Failure handling, cancellation, retries, recovery, and partial success.
5. Serialization, schemas, compatibility, and round trips.
6. Previously observed or plausible regressions.
7. Representative integration and end-to-end workflows.
A package-level contract comprises behavior relied upon by another package or major collaborator.
Choose tests for requested behavior and established contracts. Tests must not
introduce new restrictions, guarantees, or threat scenarios merely because they
could be asserted. Follow the [agent policy](agents.md) when deciding whether a
behavior belongs to the contract; current implementation behavior alone is not
sufficient authority.
For established behavior involving **data integrity, destructive operations,
compatibility, security, concurrency, idempotency, or recovery**, favor durable
tests for realistic failures whose consequences warrant protection. Identify
the failure and the existing contract it would violate. These categories call
for attention, not an automatic test inventory or permission to strengthen the
application's guarantees. Account for protection already provided at other layers.
Do not add tests merely because a function, branch, or line exists. Do not add a test when the same meaningful risk is already adequately protected elsewhere.
## Choose the right test boundary
Choose the narrowest stable boundary that expresses the behavior clearly and
provides durable confidence with minimal incidental coupling.
This is often the package API, but it may instead be:
- a smaller pure function when dense domain logic is most clearly isolated there;
- a package-level operation when several internal collaborators jointly produce the behavior; or
- a larger integration boundary when correctness emerges from interaction with a real dependency.
## Test behavior, not implementation
A test should protect a selected decision, contract, or invariant.
A test is suspect when it primarily detects changes to private constants or
helpers, equivalent operation ordering, incidental formatting, equivalent
algorithms, or internal structure that preserves behavior.
Behavioral tests should normally remain stable through internal refactoring that preserves the contract.
## Expected effects of different changes
Use the following expectations when evaluating test failures and test maintenance:
| Change | Expected effect on tests |
|---|---|
| Internal refactor that preserves behavior | Existing tests should normally remain unchanged and continue to pass. |
| Change to an internal default with no contractual significance | Behavioral tests should normally remain unchanged; tests should derive expectations from configuration or relationships rather than duplicate the old value. |
| Intentional change to public behavior, policy, schema, or compatibility guarantees | The relevant tests should be reviewed and changed deliberately. |
| Accidental violation of a contract or invariant | Tests should fail; fix the production code rather than rewriting the tests to accept the defect. |
A test failing is not the same as a test needing to be edited. Many tests may correctly fail because of one production defect. The maintenance smell is a correct internal change that requires unrelated expectation updates throughout the suite.
## Separate mechanism from policy
Derive expectations from test-controlled configuration and relationships.
For this example, assume the selected contract rejects a request to start more
processes than a configured limit. Do not encode its production default indirectly:
```go
// Production default:
const maxConcurrency = 4
// Brittle test:
err := startProcesses(5)
require.Error(t, err)
```
Instead, test the mechanism relationally:
```go
const limit = 2
runner := NewRunner(limit)
require.NoError(t, runner.Start(limit))
require.ErrorIs(t, runner.Start(limit+1), ErrTooMuchConcurrency)
```
For this selected contract, the test should prove:
- the configured limit is accepted; and
- one beyond the configured limit is rejected.
Rejection is not a general requirement for concurrency control. If the selected
contract queues excess work or limits active workers while accepting larger
batches, test that behavior instead. Do not add rejection or a configurable
limit solely to reproduce this example.
The production default should be tested exactly only when its literal value is itself a public, operational, safety, protocol, or compatibility requirement.
Apply the same rule to limits, timeouts, capacities, retry counts, and ranges: test relationships and behavior.
For established concurrency limits, distinguish these behaviors where the contract requires them:
1. **Configuration handling:** values are accepted or rejected according to the selected contract.
2. **Runtime enforcement:** observed peak concurrency never exceeds the configured limit.
Use a test-controlled limit and measure the behavior relative to that limit.
## Assign each behavior a test owner
Where these layers exist, assign ownership as follows:
- Parser tests own parsing cases.
- Validator tests own validation rules.
- Domain tests own transformations and invariants.
- Adapter tests own external integration behavior.
- Orchestrator tests own coordination and failure propagation.
- CLI tests own argument and configuration mapping.
- End-to-end tests prove that representative assembled workflows work.
Give each layer its distinct responsibility and keep expectation updates localized to the contract being changed.
## Use test doubles deliberately
Choose the least elaborate test double that provides the required control or observation.
As a default:
1. Prefer real collaborators when they are fast and deterministic.
2. Use small in-memory fakes when realistic stateful behavior is helpful.
3. Use stubs when a dependency only needs to provide controlled responses.
4. Use mocks when the interaction itself is contractual.
Mocks are appropriate when the contract includes facts such as:
- a notification is sent exactly once;
- a transaction is committed only after successful writes;
- cancellation reaches a subprocess;
- an expensive API is called no more than once; or
- a security audit event is emitted.
## Go-specific guidance
Select techniques by behavior and risk:
- table-driven tests for meaningful behavioral categories and boundaries;
- `t.TempDir()` for real filesystem behavior;
- `httptest.Server` for realistic HTTP interactions;
- fuzz tests when exploring broad input spaces, such as parsers or path handling, adds useful protection beyond representative cases;
- golden files only when the complete output is intentionally stable;
- integration tests where correctness depends on component interaction; and
- a small number of representative end-to-end tests when assembled workflows expose meaningful risks not adequately covered at narrower boundaries.
Prefer `errors.Is`, `errors.As`, typed errors, or structured error fields. Use exact error-wording assertions only when the wording is contractual.
At CLI boundaries, prefer exit classifications, structured output, and the smallest stable semantic fragment needed to identify the error. Use complete diagnostic snapshots only when the wording is contractual.
Golden-file updates must require an explicit local flag. CI must not update golden files automatically, and reviewers must inspect the semantic diff before accepting an update.
Keep tests readable and direct. Size test helpers and fixture frameworks to the maintenance benefit they provide.
## Coverage
Use coverage to locate untested critical branches and unexpectedly weak packages. Evaluate test quality through meaningful behavioral protection and choose coverage according to risk.
Pure domain logic will often warrant higher coverage than CLI wiring or external adapters. Uneven coverage is acceptable when it reflects risk.
## Regression tests
A bug fix should normally include a regression test that fails before the fix and passes afterward.
Retain the test when the defect could realistically recur and its consequences justify the ongoing cost. Prefer the narrowest durable test of the violated contract or invariant.
Remove or consolidate a test when the underlying design has made recurrence impossible, its protection is redundant, or a stronger invariant test subsumes it.
## Deleting or rewriting tests
Delete or rewrite tests when maintenance cost exceeds their continuing
protective value.
Strong candidates include tests that:
- require updates after harmless internal changes;
- assert incidental private constants or snapshot large amounts of incidental output;
- verify mock choreography rather than outcomes;
- duplicate policy across layers, retest trivial helpers covered by package
behavior, or protect risks covered more effectively elsewhere;
- are flaky, misleading, obsolete, or disproportionately expensive to diagnose; or
- no longer correspond to a plausible failure mode.
Several brittle tests may encode one genuine requirement. Consolidate them into one durable behavior-level or invariant test.
## Reviewing a proposed test
Use the following questions when a proposed test needs closer evaluation. Significant test additions should be reviewable against them; written answers are optional for routine tests.
1. Which requested behavior or established contract does it protect, and what realistic defect would violate it?
2. How likely and consequential is that defect, and is it already protected elsewhere?
3. What is the narrowest stable boundary that can test it clearly?
4. Would a correct internal refactor or a change to an incidental default require test edits?
5. Does its confidence justify its maintenance, execution, and diagnostic cost, or would a smaller test suffice?
## Definition of sufficient
A test suite is sufficient when:
- important requested behavior and established contracts are protected against realistic, consequential failures;
- boundaries and component interactions have coverage where they introduce meaningful risks not protected elsewhere;
- failures provide useful, distinct signals;
- tests usually remain stable through legitimate internal changes; and
- additional tests would mostly repeat existing protection or preserve inconsequential implementation details.
Reassess sufficiency as the application, its users, and the consequences of
failure evolve.

157
docs/release.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
# Releasing Audita
The [release policy](policy/release.md) owns release requirements. This runbook
uses the native commands in [scripts/release.sh](../scripts/release.sh), which
invokes the module-selected ReleaseKit tool. A confirmed source tag completes
the release; Woodpecker reports binary delivery separately.
## Prerequisites
Use Bash and Git. The authoritative remote is `origin`,
which must point to `https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita.git`; the
primary branch is `main`. Source publication needs no delivery credential.
Woodpecker uses the existing `GITEA_RELEASE_TOKEN` secret for delivery.
The source-build minimum is Go 1.26.0, declared in [go.mod](../go.mod).
This minimum is required by the selected ReleaseKit dependency.
Distributed executables do not require a Go installation. The selected release
toolchain is Go 1.26.8, matching the current Woodpecker image and distributed
runtime notices. Use that local installation for tool bootstrap, candidate
validation, and release builds. Replace the installation path below with its
actual directory:
```sh
export PATH="/path/to/go1.26.8/bin:$PATH"
export GOTOOLCHAIN=local
go version
```
Record the reported toolchain with the validation results. The
[release policy](policy/release.md#consumer-minimum-and-release-toolchain)
governs the distinction between the consumer minimum and release toolchain,
support across a Go series, and versioning of minimum increases. When selecting
a different release toolchain, update the CI image and applicable runtime
attribution together; a newer build patch alone need not raise the minimum.
Prepare dependencies before offline candidate validation:
```sh
GOWORK=off GOTOOLCHAIN=local go mod download
```
If dependency preparation changes `go.mod` or `go.sum`, include those changes in
the committed candidate. ReleaseKit's CLI is registered as a Go tool dependency;
`go mod tidy` retains its dependencies and checksums. The release wrapper changes
to the repository root and invokes `go tool releasekit` with workspace discovery
and automatic toolchain downloads disabled. Go builds or reuses the selected
tool from its normal build cache. Tool preparation precedes offline candidate
validation.
## Prepare and publish the candidate
Choose an unused version under the [release policy](policy/release.md), write
`docs/releases/<version>.md`, and begin it with `# Audita <version>`. Include a
short summary, relevant compatibility or upgrade instructions, and the required
`COPYRIGHT | LICENSE | ATTRIBUTION` footer with links for the selected version.
Update affected canonical documentation with behavior changes.
End each note with this footer, substituting its complete tag for `<version>`:
```markdown
[COPYRIGHT](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/<version>/COPYRIGHT) | [LICENSE](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/<version>/LICENSE) | [ATTRIBUTION](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/<version>/docs/oss/attribution.md)
```
Commit the complete candidate on `main`, including the release note, then push
the branch first:
```sh
git push origin main
```
Record the candidate commit. Before publication, remote `main` must identify
that exact commit. ReleaseKit checks this along with the clean candidate, note,
version, and remote tag state.
Publish from the repository root, substituting the selected version:
```sh
bash scripts/release.sh publish VERSION
```
The command runs `go test -mod=readonly -count=1 ./...` once with module and
toolchain network access disabled, builds the profile's Linux amd64 and arm64
targets, and checks the native version output. It creates an annotated tag whose
message comes from the committed note, then pushes the exact tag object. A
successful publication completes the source release without waiting for CI or
checking artifact availability.
`bash scripts/release.sh check VERSION` is an optional local diagnostic. It
does not inspect remote availability or publish a tag, and it is not a required
step before `publish`, which performs its own candidate validation.
The wrapper preserves ReleaseKit's exit status: `0` means confirmed publication;
`1` means a known validation or publication failure/conflict; `2` means usage,
profile, or version input error; and `3` means the push outcome remains unknown.
## Binary delivery
Woodpecker runs ReleaseKit's `ci-deliver` command for tags under
`refs/tags/v*`. The tagged `go.mod` selects the ReleaseKit version, and
`releasekit.json` supplies Audita's build and delivery settings:
- `audita-<version>-linux-amd64`
- `audita-<version>-linux-arm64`
- `SHA256SUMS`
Before running Go, the workflow fetches and verifies the event tag, checks it
out detached, and confirms the source tree is clean. It peels the event object
ID to its commit before comparing it with the tag's commit, accepting both
annotated tag objects and commit IDs from Woodpecker. It copies the tagged
`go.mod` and `go.sum` into temporary module metadata outside the checkout. Go
confirms that this configuration selects ReleaseKit, then builds its CLI using
an alternate `-modfile`. The bootstrap executable and temporary files remain
outside the tagged source. The workflow runs with the selected Go 1.26.8 image,
`GOWORK=off`, and `GOTOOLCHAIN=local`.
Delivery uses prepared-checkout mode to verify the existing tag, HEAD, and clean
worktree without repeating the bootstrap's fetch and checkout.
The resulting executable receives:
```sh
"$${bootstrap_dir}/releasekit" ci-deliver \
--repo "$${CI_WORKSPACE}" \
--prepared \
--commit "$${expected_commit}" \
"$${CI_COMMIT_TAG}"
```
The workflow maps the existing `GITEA_RELEASE_TOKEN` secret to
`RELEASEKIT_GITEA_TOKEN`. The complete checked-in release note, including its
licensing footer, supplies the hosted release body. Delivery runs independently
after source publication; its status and logs report delivery progress or
failure.
ReleaseKit handles content-aware retries and retained-artifact recovery. See
the pinned [publication recovery guide](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ReleaseKit/src/tag/v0.4.1/docs/consumers/publish.md)
and [delivery guide](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ReleaseKit/src/tag/v0.4.1/docs/consumers/delivery.md)
for those mechanics. A delivery failure does not undo a confirmed source
release. Retry the same immutable tag after resolving the reported state; do not
replace published files or a checksum manifest.
## Failure and recovery
Fix validation failures in a new committed candidate, then rerun `publish`.
After a failed push, ReleaseKit retains the local annotated tag and reports the
captured authoritative endpoint and publication state. Resolve the result
against that endpoint before retrying. An exact remote tag-object match, with
its source available on remote `main`, can confirm publication. If the remote
state cannot be read, the result remains unknown; do not remove or replace the
tag while uncertain. Follow the pinned [publication recovery guide](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ReleaseKit/src/tag/v0.4.1/docs/consumers/publish.md)
for object-level recovery details.
A source-release success and artifact-delivery status are separate. For a
partial or uncertain delivery, inspect the job output and follow the pinned
[delivery recovery guidance](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ReleaseKit/src/tag/v0.4.1/docs/consumers/delivery.md).
A source or published-content correction requires a new appropriate version;
leave the original tag and its contents intact.

14
docs/releases/README.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
# Release Notes
- [Audita v3.1.1](v3.1.1.md)
- [Audita v3.1.0](v3.1.0.md)
- [Audita v3.0.1](v3.0.1.md)
- [Audita v3.0.0](v3.0.0.md)
- [Audita v2.0.1](v2.0.1.md)
- [Audita v2.0.0](v2.0.0.md)
- [Audita v1.1.0](v1.1.0.md)
See the [release documentation requirements](../policy/release.md#release-documentation-and-preparation).
Use the [release procedure](../release.md) to prepare and publish new releases.
This index does not reconstruct or replace records for existing tags.

22
docs/releases/v1.1.0.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
# Audita v1.1.0
This release refreshes Audita's documentation and repository policies and adds a
small, automated release workflow. Transcript-processing behavior, CLI syntax,
configuration, and serialized output formats are unchanged from v1.0.0.
- Consolidated CLI, configuration, operations, and integration references, including
a dedicated reference for output files and reports.
- Added contributor navigation and agent, testing, and release policies; retired
speculative troubleshooting documentation and the completed migration roadmap.
- Added local release validation and publication scripts, with publication complete
after the source and version tag are pushed. CI delivers binaries asynchronously.
- Isolated CLI tests from host configuration for a reliable local test baseline.
Release binaries are now provided only for Linux amd64 and Linux arm64. Windows
and Intel macOS are no longer supported. macOS arm64 remains a best-effort local
build/development environment; macOS binaries are no longer published.
Linux users need no configuration or data migration. Users of previously published
Windows or macOS binaries should account for the distribution changes above before
upgrading. See the [release procedure](../release.md) for artifact delivery and the
[contributor guide](../development.md) for local build instructions.

38
docs/releases/v2.0.0.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
# Audita v2.0.0
Audita v2 adopts ConfigKit for configuration and PromptKit for LLM execution,
adds resilient processing and focused reports, and improves correction prompts
and validation. This is an intentional breaking release; existing installations
must migrate their configuration and invocation settings.
- Configuration uses `version: 2` YAML, named backends, PromptKit model profiles,
and optional named overlays. Offline configuration validation and inspection
expose effective settings, selected profiles, and provenance.
- Proposal and validation calls share per-backend capacity. PromptKit handles
transport retries and structural response repair within bounded operation
timeouts.
- Transcript chunks remain fixed through the LLM stages. Recoverable model
failures preserve progress and allow other work to continue. If every LLM
operation fails recoverably, processing still produces the deterministically
normalized transcript without LLM corrections. Cancellation, application
failures, and required output failures remain fatal.
- Ordinary output includes `errors.yml`, `recoveries.yml`, and `report.md`, plus
a brief completion summary. Detailed correction and LLM diagnostics are opt-in
with `--debug`; `--reporting=false` suppresses all three ordinary reports.
- Empty replacement text supports validated span deletion while preserving a
nonblank segment. Validator responses retain usable decisions despite missing,
duplicate, or extraneous entries; unavailable decisions never approve an edit.
- Prompts use short request-local references, consistent shared instructions,
and relevant neighboring/glossary context for validation. Spoken-word cleanup
can reduce accidental protected-name repetition subject to validation.
Follow the [v2 migration guide](../migrations/v2.md) before upgrading. Version-1
configuration, implicit environment-setting overlays, retired model/credential/
concurrency flags, and the former JSON report interface have no compatibility
shim. Start from the maintained examples linked in that guide, configure profiles
and credential references, and validate the new configuration. Update report and
debug consumers for the [current output contract](../integrations/output-files.md).
Linux amd64 and arm64 remain the production targets; macOS arm64 is best effort
for development. Binary and checksum delivery runs asynchronously after source/tag
publication, as described in the [release procedure](../release.md).

15
docs/releases/v2.0.1.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
# Audita v2.0.1
This patch release updates the selected ConfigKit and PromptKit libraries and
adds complete licensing and attribution information to the source tree. Release
notes are now used as the body of new hosted releases.
- ConfigKit is updated to v0.4.2 and PromptKit to v0.11.2. The selected
OpenRouter and Rakestrawhome catalogs are updated to v2.20260926.0.
- The [project grant](../../COPYRIGHT) and [upstream attribution](../oss/attribution.md)
now identify the application's license, incorporated components, and the
separately licensed policy material.
- The [release procedure](../release.md) describes the source release and
asynchronous Linux binary delivery. Existing release records remain intact.
[COPYRIGHT](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/v2.0.1/COPYRIGHT) | [LICENSE](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/v2.0.1/LICENSE) | [ATTRIBUTION](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/v2.0.1/docs/oss/attribution.md)

59
docs/releases/v3.0.0.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
# Audita v3.0.0
Audita v3 adopts native configuration inheritance and layered PromptKit
definitions, and allows transcript and report destinations to be selected
independently. This is an intentional breaking release: existing PromptKit
profile files require migration from the v2 release format.
## Changes
- ConfigKit is updated from v0.4.2 to v0.5.0. Application configuration supports
native sibling inheritance, and configuration explanations include value-free
inheritance provenance.
- PromptKit is updated from v0.11.2 to v0.12.0, with both backend catalogs at
`v3.20260930.0`. Native keyed definitions support profile inheritance and
operator prompt overrides. The selected `profiles_dir` can contain profiles,
backends, and prompts; application backend endpoints, capacity, and credentials
remain authoritative.
- Effective definitions and referenced prompt message contents are captured at
runtime construction. Consumed host configuration and message files are
protected from output collisions. Audita retains its per-call schemas, domain
validators, retry and repair budgets, and resilient processing behavior.
- An explicit `--report-dir` now selects reports for either file or stdout
transcript output. File output without that flag still places reports beside
the transcript. This supports Narratio's independent output destinations;
debug capture remains independently selectable.
## Upgrading from v2
1. Convert each old PromptKit profile to a keyed definition under
`profiles: {<profile-id>: ...}`, remove its inner `id`, and replace
`base_profile` with `extends`. Profile IDs come from mapping keys rather than
filenames. No compatibility loader or automatic conversion is provided.
2. Review explicit zero, omitted, and null generation controls. For example,
`temperature: 0` now sends an explicit zero, omission leaves the control
unspecified, and null suppresses an inherited control. A zero profile timeout
disables PromptKit's generation deadline; Audita's operation deadline still
applies.
3. Select a configuration root whose final definitions are valid. PromptKit now
validates unused definitions too, including backend references, and conflicting
values within a directory source group are errors. The maintained examples
use separate [local](../../examples/profiles/local/) and
[service](../../examples/profiles/service/) roots. Runtime source edits take
effect on the next invocation.
4. Rename any application backend literally named `extends` and update its
profile references. ConfigKit now reserves that key for inheritance.
5. Validate the migrated installation with
`audita config validate --config /path/to/config.yml`, including any selected
testing overlay. Application configuration continues to use `version: 2`.
The [configuration reference](../config.md#promptkit-profiles-and-operator-prompts)
contains the migrated format and presence rules. Start from the maintained
[local](../../examples/minimal-config.yml),
[service](../../examples/production-config.yml), or
[application inheritance](../../examples/configkit-inheritance.yml) examples.
The [CLI reference](../cli.md) describes report selection, and the
[release procedure](../release.md) describes source publication and asynchronous
Linux binary delivery.
[COPYRIGHT](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/v3.0.0/COPYRIGHT) | [LICENSE](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/v3.0.0/LICENSE) | [ATTRIBUTION](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/v3.0.0/docs/oss/attribution.md)

14
docs/releases/v3.0.1.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
# Audita v3.0.1
This patch release adds a configuration-free version command and adopts
ReleaseKit for source publication and Linux binary delivery. Transcript
processing, configuration, and LLM behavior are unchanged.
## Changes
- `audita version` prints the application version without loading application
configuration or contacting an LLM provider.
- Release publication and Linux artifact delivery now use ReleaseKit v0.1.0.
The release runbook describes the maintainer workflow and delivery recovery.
[COPYRIGHT](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/v3.0.1/COPYRIGHT) | [LICENSE](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/v3.0.1/LICENSE) | [ATTRIBUTION](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/v3.0.1/docs/oss/attribution.md)

42
docs/releases/v3.1.0.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
# Audita v3.1.0
This minor release updates Audita's configuration, LLM, and release libraries
and raises the minimum Go version for source builds to 1.26.0. Existing Audita
configuration files, PromptKit profiles, and command behavior require no
migration.
## Changes
- ConfigKit is updated from v0.5.0 to v0.7.1, with improvements to configuration
loading, resolution, provenance, and inspection efficiency.
- PromptKit is updated from v0.12.0 to v0.14.0, reducing avoidable allocations in
preparation, rendering, and execution. Audita retains its existing schemas,
validation, retry and repair budgets, and resilient processing behavior.
The libraries' new discovery and configuration-comparison APIs remain unused
by Audita.
- ReleaseKit is updated from v0.1.0 to v0.4.1. The local release launcher now
invokes the module-selected Go tool, and CI selects the tool from the tagged
module metadata. Prepared-checkout delivery reuses the tag checkout already
verified during CI bootstrap. Source publication still completes at a
successful tag push; Linux binary delivery remains asynchronous.
- Release builds and CI use Go 1.26.8, with corresponding runtime attribution
updated. The source-build minimum is tracked separately from that build
toolchain patch version.
## Upgrading from v3.0.1
Source builders must upgrade from the previous Go 1.25.5 minimum to **Go 1.26.0
or newer**, including any build environments still using Go 1.25. Maintainers
should follow the updated [release procedure](../release.md) for toolchain setup,
publication, and delivery recovery.
Go module consumers must use the v3 module path. For example:
`go install gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/cmd/audita@v3.1.0`. This
aligns the module path with the v3 release line. Downloaded binaries and
commands run from a source checkout are unaffected.
Users of distributed Linux binaries need no Go installation. No configuration,
profile, transcript-format, or command-behavior migration is required for this
release.
[COPYRIGHT](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/v3.1.0/COPYRIGHT) | [LICENSE](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/v3.1.0/LICENSE) | [ATTRIBUTION](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/v3.1.0/docs/oss/attribution.md)

20
docs/releases/v3.1.1.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
# Audita v3.1.1
This patch fixes the Woodpecker bootstrap failure that prevented Linux binary
delivery for v3.1.0. Audita's transcript processing and configuration are unchanged.
## Changes
- Resolve Woodpecker's tag-event object ID to its source commit before checking
the tagged checkout and invoking ReleaseKit. Annotated tag events previously
failed a comparison between the tag object and commit, stopping the workflow
before binary builds began.
- Add offline regression coverage for annotated and lightweight tag events,
including rejection of an unrelated source commit.
No configuration, profile, transcript-format, or command-behavior migration is
required from v3.1.0. The Go source-build minimum remains 1.26.0. Linux amd64 and
arm64 binary delivery follows the existing asynchronous
[release procedure](../release.md#binary-delivery).
[COPYRIGHT](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/v3.1.1/COPYRIGHT) | [LICENSE](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/v3.1.1/LICENSE) | [ATTRIBUTION](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/tag/v3.1.1/docs/oss/attribution.md)

96
docs/roadmap/future.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
# Deferred Feature Work
**Last updated:** 2026-10-11
**Status:** Deferred or exploratory work; not implemented or scheduled. These
entries preserve work beyond completed feature and library upgrades.
Each entry states its intent; inclusion does not commit us to
implementing every capability.
## Domain-Aware Response Recovery
The implemented [partial-success decision reconciliation](../internal/validators.md#llm-validator-batching)
preserves usable decisions without another model call. Guided recovery remains
deferred pending evidence from failures that remain. General per-entry
salvage from structurally invalid responses is also a separate design question;
the accepted reconciliation feature retains whole-response structural validation.
Consider bounded feedback and regeneration for model responses that satisfy the
structural schema but leave requested decisions unavailable after reconciliation.
The goal would be to recover more usable work before excluding affected
candidates, when doing so materially improves outcomes.
This capability is explicitly deferred. Current behavior retains PromptKit
structural repair and per-candidate reconciliation; unavailable requested
decisions produce errors while other candidates can succeed.
Before implementation, define the Audita/PromptKit ownership boundary, which
checks are eligible for feedback, how feedback identifies defects without exposing
secrets, and how regeneration fits bounded budgets and operation deadlines. Reuse
shared library capabilities where appropriate; do not introduce an uncoordinated
outer retry loop that multiplies existing retry/repair budgets.
Ordinary editorial rejection is a valid decision, not a reason to regenerate until
an edit is approved. Recovery must preserve required validation, candidate identity,
partial-success safety, and truthful error/recovery reporting. Validate with
controlled responses that distinguish recoverable protocol defects from valid
negative decisions. Exact APIs, budgets, and sequencing remain undecided.
## Independent Whole-Pipeline Traversal by Chunk
Explore allowing each fixed chunk to advance through its ordered stages without
waiting for other chunks to finish the current stage. This could reduce waiting
behind a slow chunk and improve utilization while preserving stage order within
each chunk and deterministic final recombination.
The resilience feature deliberately retains stage barriers: finish a stage across
chunks before advancing to the next stage. Fixed boundaries alone do not authorize
independent traversal.
A future design must establish that stages do not depend on other chunks' evolving
state, preserve stable identities and partial-success rules, and continue to share
PromptKit's per-backend capacity across all roles and stages. Reporting must remain
deterministic despite different completion orders, and fatal cancellation must
still stop and join active work. Assess whether the scheduling change materially
improves real workloads before introducing additional orchestration machinery.
No new scheduler, global limiter, or execution mode is selected by this entry.
## Whole-Segment Removal
Potential future work, subject first to evaluating whether it is worth implementing
at all. Empty replacement text and deletion of a span within a surviving segment
are covered by the implemented [span-deletion behavior](../internal/modules.md#proposal-generation-ownership).
That feature does not remove segment records or permit blank resulting segments.
Before designing segment removal, review representative production examples to
establish whether whole-segment deletion is a meaningful unmet need. An empty
replacement alone does not establish that intent: it can express ordinary filler
or punctuation deletion within a larger segment. Assess how often genuinely
expendable whole segments occur after deterministic normalization, the transcript
quality benefit of removing them, and the risk of losing substantive speech.
Compare those benefits with the implementation and ongoing maintenance costs.
Retaining the segment and declining the edit is a valid outcome if the benefit is
small or uncertain. No numerical adoption threshold is selected.
Only if that evaluation supports proceeding should a separate feature design
choose a representation, authorization and validation rules, and reporting
semantics. It must address meaning preservation and the effects on segment
identity, timestamps, fixed chunks, subsequent stages, recombination, and output
consumers. Do not infer authorization to remove a segment from an empty string
or introduce segment-removal machinery as part of span-deletion consistency.
## Library Inspection and Configuration Comparison
ConfigKit and PromptKit provide effective-configuration comparison; PromptKit
also provides prompt/profile listings and contextual prompt requirement
inspection. Exposing these capabilities in Audita is deferred until a concrete
operator or development need arises. The dependency upgrade did not select new
inspection commands.
If a need emerges, define command ownership, selection syntax, report scope, and
disclosure before implementation. Reuse the libraries' public APIs and consider
shared CLI conventions alongside any separately selected CommandKit adoption.
Requirement discovery is advisory evidence rather than proof of execution
readiness; an empty configuration diff does not prove equivalent execution.
The library-upgrade review remains available in
[Git history](https://gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/src/commit/4c5536ab78c72dea58d03b3c51834138d429a59a/docs/roadmap/imports.md).

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
version: 2
profiles_dir: profiles/local
backends:
local-base:
endpoint: http://127.0.0.1:11434/v1
concurrency: 4
queue_capacity: 0
local:
extends: local-base
concurrency: 2
llm:
proposal_profile: local-proposal
validation_profile: local-validation
pipeline:
modules: [grammar]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
version: 2
profiles_dir: profiles/local
backends:
local:
endpoint: http://127.0.0.1:11434/v1
concurrency: 1
llm:
proposal_profile: local-proposal
validation_profile: local-validation
pipeline:
modules: [grammar]
output:
schema: bare-segments

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
llm:
proposal_profile: service-proposal-testing
validation_profile: service-validation-testing

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
version: 2
profiles_dir: profiles/service
backends:
service:
endpoint: https://openrouter.ai/api/v1
credential: AUDITA_SERVICE_KEY
concurrency: 2
queue_capacity: 1024
llm:
proposal_profile: service-proposal
validation_profile: service-validation
transient_retries: 2
repair_attempts: 2
operation_timeout: 15m
pipeline:
modules: [glossary, homophones, glossary, spoken_word, grammar]
output:
schema: audita-v1
chunking:
# Requires at least this many normalized segments; omit for automatic chunking.
target_sections: 8
max_section_tokens: 8192
min_section_tokens: 2048
normalization:
max_segment_gap: 4.0
ellipsis_gap: 3.5
max_segment_duration: 60.0
max_segment_tokens: 2048
thresholds:
glossary: 0.8
homophones: 0.8
spoken_word: 0.8
grammar: 0.8
context:
description: "General context for domain vocabulary and speaker names."
reporting:
enabled: true
stdout_dir: .
diagnostics:
debug: false
work_dir: /tmp/audita

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
profiles:
local-proposal:
backend: local
model: replace-with-local-model
temperature: 0
max_tokens: 2048
top_p: 1
timeout_seconds: 120

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
profiles:
local-validation:
backend: local
model: replace-with-local-model
temperature: 0
max_tokens: 1024
top_p: 1
timeout_seconds: 120

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
profiles:
service-proposal-testing:
backend: service
model: replace-with-testing-model
temperature: 0
max_tokens: 2048
top_p: 1
timeout_seconds: 120

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
profiles:
service-proposal:
backend: service
model: replace-with-provider-model
temperature: 0
max_tokens: 2048
top_p: 1
timeout_seconds: 120

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
profiles:
service-validation-testing:
backend: service
model: replace-with-testing-model
temperature: 0
max_tokens: 1024
top_p: 1
timeout_seconds: 120

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
profiles:
service-validation:
backend: service
model: replace-with-provider-model
temperature: 0
max_tokens: 1024
top_p: 1
timeout_seconds: 120

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
glossary:
- name: Audita
aliases:
- audita
category: product
summary: The Audita transcript correction CLI.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
[
{
"id": 1,
"speaker": "A",
"start": 0.0,
"end": 1.2,
"text": "hello world"
}
]

25
go.mod Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
module gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3
go 1.26.0
require (
gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ConfigKit v0.7.1
gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ReleaseKit v0.4.1
gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit v0.14.0
golang.org/x/mod v0.40.0
gopkg.in/yaml.v3 v3.0.1
)
require (
gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit-backend-openrouter/v3 v3.20260930.0 // indirect
gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit-backend-rakestrawhome/v3 v3.20260930.0 // indirect
github.com/kr/pretty v0.3.1 // indirect
github.com/rogpeppe/go-internal v1.14.1 // indirect
github.com/santhosh-tekuri/jsonschema/v6 v6.0.2 // indirect
github.com/yuin/goldmark/v2 v2.1.6 // indirect
go.yaml.in/yaml/v4 v4.0.0-rc.6 // indirect
golang.org/x/text v0.14.0 // indirect
gopkg.in/check.v1 v1.0.0-20201130134442-10cb98267c6c // indirect
)
tool gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ReleaseKit/cmd/releasekit

39
go.sum Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ConfigKit v0.7.1 h1:q3HrX4WWCPt1WfMydqFEaAmCf9s6Dq+vknJj0C/mdcI=
gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ConfigKit v0.7.1/go.mod h1:C82sbyKHYMV1OwaD2GJanFrwTfcZfjlW2JsGze5b0kA=
gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ReleaseKit v0.4.1 h1:Qn+mdebYOzCVCEXgCbuGSO/WHmJtItwaQ8e3XwY3qtI=
gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ReleaseKit v0.4.1/go.mod h1:LVodqNQ3OIKv9NBq+fFeyMByd1lHY25YOmmpah/NaNI=
gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit v0.14.0 h1:HUzlcrFk18dNGPBgnHqjAw87O0c9Wl/IC1xc/VmzL10=
gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit v0.14.0/go.mod h1:2YGvNca3bNXZP+e+pJeGzsNUcxwkHvzvuoc+LNNiT3E=
gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit-backend-openrouter/v3 v3.20260930.0 h1:lzfCDbzJQRGzIlRPRprnAV9hVVL5zUQy80VMQ0kbYa0=
gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit-backend-openrouter/v3 v3.20260930.0/go.mod h1:HjS0f+3q0IdHCTEz+VVAEgIwIWJFAZUjuKdAtvtqKdg=
gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit-backend-rakestrawhome/v3 v3.20260930.0 h1:h12ZTRldAmpLAomj0oQRGteFxHLN1LPE6XDl9zJNbm8=
gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/promptkit-backend-rakestrawhome/v3 v3.20260930.0/go.mod h1:OEFBeKdjTsLzqJwLmXI2O5gG3r64FktcVJVb3mBrRfg=
github.com/creack/pty v1.1.9/go.mod h1:oKZEueFk5CKHvIhNR5MUki03XCEU+Q6VDXinZuGJ33E=
github.com/dlclark/regexp2 v1.11.0 h1:G/nrcoOa7ZXlpoa/91N3X7mM3r8eIlMBBJZvsz/mxKI=
github.com/dlclark/regexp2 v1.11.0/go.mod h1:DHkYz0B9wPfa6wondMfaivmHpzrQ3v9q8cnmRbL6yW8=
github.com/kr/pretty v0.2.1/go.mod h1:ipq/a2n7PKx3OHsz4KJII5eveXtPO4qwEXGdVfWzfnI=
github.com/kr/pretty v0.3.1 h1:flRD4NNwYAUpkphVc1HcthR4KEIFJ65n8Mw5qdRn3LE=
github.com/kr/pretty v0.3.1/go.mod h1:hoEshYVHaxMs3cyo3Yncou5ZscifuDolrwPKZanG3xk=
github.com/kr/pty v1.1.1/go.mod h1:pFQYn66WHrOpPYNljwOMqo10TkYh1fy3cYio2l3bCsQ=
github.com/kr/text v0.1.0/go.mod h1:4Jbv+DJW3UT/LiOwJeYQe1efqtUx/iVham/4vfdArNI=
github.com/kr/text v0.2.0 h1:5Nx0Ya0ZqY2ygV366QzturHI13Jq95ApcVaJBhpS+AY=
github.com/kr/text v0.2.0/go.mod h1:eLer722TekiGuMkidMxC/pM04lWEeraHUUmBw8l2grE=
github.com/pkg/diff v0.0.0-20210226163009-20ebb0f2a09e/go.mod h1:pJLUxLENpZxwdsKMEsNbx1VGcRFpLqf3715MtcvvzbA=
github.com/rogpeppe/go-internal v1.9.0/go.mod h1:WtVeX8xhTBvf0smdhujwtBcq4Qrzq/fJaraNFVN+nFs=
github.com/rogpeppe/go-internal v1.14.1 h1:UQB4HGPB6osV0SQTLymcB4TgvyWu6ZyliaW0tI/otEQ=
github.com/rogpeppe/go-internal v1.14.1/go.mod h1:MaRKkUm5W0goXpeCfT7UZI6fk/L7L7so1lCWt35ZSgc=
github.com/santhosh-tekuri/jsonschema/v6 v6.0.2 h1:KRzFb2m7YtdldCEkzs6KqmJw4nqEVZGK7IN2kJkjTuQ=
github.com/santhosh-tekuri/jsonschema/v6 v6.0.2/go.mod h1:JXeL+ps8p7/KNMjDQk3TCwPpBy0wYklyWTfbkIzdIFU=
github.com/yuin/goldmark/v2 v2.1.6 h1:igy0q9JcqovoFXFx/XjtU8sHVhcUHavPj2sA3EoKJUE=
github.com/yuin/goldmark/v2 v2.1.6/go.mod h1:G6M4/qOFtfn01/o14BU1UR2Lo5N3S9Qo7xCuz/sHjGQ=
go.yaml.in/yaml/v4 v4.0.0-rc.6 h1:1h7H1ohdUh93/FyE4YaDa1Zh64K6VVbjF4K6WUxMtH4=
go.yaml.in/yaml/v4 v4.0.0-rc.6/go.mod h1:aZqd9kCMsGL7AuUv/m/PvWLdg5sjJsZ4oHDEnfPPfY0=
golang.org/x/mod v0.40.0 h1:hUv+3cXcdRHz08UmSiOob7sadHig73uo5bkXxQ/tvUs=
golang.org/x/mod v0.40.0/go.mod h1:0/weTWkPWGBikyTWAX3dkjVztMmBA5hM0DH6BElSupE=
golang.org/x/text v0.14.0 h1:ScX5w1eTa3QqT8oi6+ziP7dTV1S2+ALU0bI+0zXKWiQ=
golang.org/x/text v0.14.0/go.mod h1:18ZOQIKpY8NJVqYksKHtTdi31H5itFRjB5/qKTNYzSU=
gopkg.in/check.v1 v0.0.0-20161208181325-20d25e280405/go.mod h1:Co6ibVJAznAaIkqp8huTwlJQCZ016jof/cbN4VW5Yz0=
gopkg.in/check.v1 v1.0.0-20201130134442-10cb98267c6c h1:Hei/4ADfdWqJk1ZMxUNpqntNwaWcugrBjAiHlqqRiVk=
gopkg.in/check.v1 v1.0.0-20201130134442-10cb98267c6c/go.mod h1:JHkPIbrfpd72SG/EVd6muEfDQjcINNoR0C8j2r3qZ4Q=
gopkg.in/yaml.v3 v3.0.1 h1:fxVm/GzAzEWqLHuvctI91KS9hhNmmWOoWu0XTYJS7CA=
gopkg.in/yaml.v3 v3.0.1/go.mod h1:K4uyk7z7BCEPqu6E+C64Yfv1cQ7kz7rIZviUmN+EgEM=

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
package cli
import (
"errors"
"flag"
"fmt"
"io"
"os"
"path/filepath"
"strconv"
"strings"
ck "gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ConfigKit"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/config"
)
var systemConfigPaths = []string{"/usr/local/etc/audita/config.yml", "/etc/audita/config.yml"}
type configInput struct {
ConfigPath string
ConfigPathSet bool
Overlay string
View string
TranscriptPath string
GlossaryPath string
OutputPath string
ReportDirSet bool
Overrides []ck.Override
}
type selectedConfig struct {
Path string
Source string
Result *ck.Result[config.Config]
}
// parseConfigInput owns the common setting flags and process-only path flags.
// A transcript before flags and one after flags are both accepted.
func parseConfigInput(command string, args []string, output io.Writer) (configInput, bool, error) {
var input configInput
fs := flag.NewFlagSet(command, flag.ContinueOnError)
fs.SetOutput(output)
configPath := fs.String("config", "", "Main configuration YAML file")
overlay := fs.String("overlay", "", "Selected configuration overlay")
if command == "print-effective" {
fs.String("view", "settings", "Effective view: settings, profiles, or explain")
}
settingPaths := map[string]ck.Path{
"proposal-profile": ck.Keys("llm", "proposal_profile"),
"validation-profile": ck.Keys("llm", "validation_profile"),
"output-schema": ck.Keys("output", "schema"),
"validation-max-prompt-tokens": ck.Keys("validation", "max_prompt_tokens"),
"target-sections": ck.Keys("chunking", "target_sections"),
"max-section-tokens": ck.Keys("chunking", "max_section_tokens"),
"min-section-tokens": ck.Keys("chunking", "min_section_tokens"),
"normalize-max-segment-gap": ck.Keys("normalization", "max_segment_gap"),
"normalize-ellipsis-gap": ck.Keys("normalization", "ellipsis_gap"),
"normalize-max-segment-duration": ck.Keys("normalization", "max_segment_duration"),
"normalize-max-segment-tokens": ck.Keys("normalization", "max_segment_tokens"),
"glossary-confidence-threshold": ck.Keys("thresholds", "glossary"),
"homophones-confidence-threshold": ck.Keys("thresholds", "homophones"),
"spoken-word-confidence-threshold": ck.Keys("thresholds", "spoken_word"),
"grammar-confidence-threshold": ck.Keys("thresholds", "grammar"),
"transcript-description": ck.Keys("context", "description"),
"reporting": ck.Keys("reporting", "enabled"),
"report-dir": ck.Keys("reporting", "stdout_dir"),
"debug": ck.Keys("diagnostics", "debug"),
"work-dir": ck.Keys("diagnostics", "work_dir"),
"modules": ck.Keys("pipeline", "modules"),
}
for name := range settingPaths {
switch name {
case "reporting", "debug":
fs.Bool(name, false, "Setting override")
case "validation-max-prompt-tokens", "target-sections", "max-section-tokens", "min-section-tokens", "normalize-max-segment-tokens":
fs.Int(name, 0, "Setting override")
case "normalize-max-segment-gap", "normalize-ellipsis-gap", "normalize-max-segment-duration", "glossary-confidence-threshold", "homophones-confidence-threshold", "spoken-word-confidence-threshold", "grammar-confidence-threshold":
fs.Float64(name, 0, "Setting override")
default:
fs.String(name, "", "Setting override")
}
}
if command == "process" {
fs.String("glossary", "", "Glossary YAML file")
fs.String("output", "", "Corrected transcript output file")
}
parseArgs := args
front := ""
if command == "process" && len(args) > 0 && !strings.HasPrefix(args[0], "-") {
front, parseArgs = args[0], args[1:]
}
if err := fs.Parse(parseArgs); err != nil {
if errors.Is(err, flag.ErrHelp) {
return configInput{}, true, nil
}
return configInput{}, false, err
}
positions := fs.Args()
if front != "" {
positions = append([]string{front}, positions...)
}
if command == "process" {
if len(positions) != 1 {
return configInput{}, false, fmt.Errorf("expected exactly one transcript JSON path")
}
input.TranscriptPath = positions[0]
input.GlossaryPath = fs.Lookup("glossary").Value.String()
input.OutputPath = fs.Lookup("output").Value.String()
if strings.TrimSpace(input.GlossaryPath) == "" {
return configInput{}, false, fmt.Errorf("--glossary is required")
}
} else if len(positions) != 0 {
return configInput{}, false, fmt.Errorf("unexpected positional arguments")
}
input.ConfigPath, input.Overlay = *configPath, *overlay
if command == "print-effective" {
input.View = fs.Lookup("view").Value.String()
switch input.View {
case "settings", "profiles", "explain":
default:
return configInput{}, false, fmt.Errorf("unknown effective view %q", input.View)
}
}
fs.Visit(func(f *flag.Flag) {
if f.Name == "config" {
input.ConfigPathSet = true
}
if f.Name == "report-dir" {
input.ReportDirSet = true
}
path, ok := settingPaths[f.Name]
if !ok {
return
}
var value any = f.Value.String()
switch f.Name {
case "reporting", "debug":
value, _ = strconv.ParseBool(f.Value.String())
case "modules":
modules, err := config.ParseModulesCSV(f.Value.String())
if err != nil {
value = err
} else {
values := make([]any, len(modules))
for i, module := range modules {
values[i] = module
}
value = values
}
case "validation-max-prompt-tokens", "target-sections", "max-section-tokens", "min-section-tokens", "normalize-max-segment-tokens":
value, _ = strconv.Atoi(f.Value.String())
case "normalize-max-segment-gap", "normalize-ellipsis-gap", "normalize-max-segment-duration", "glossary-confidence-threshold", "homophones-confidence-threshold", "spoken-word-confidence-threshold", "grammar-confidence-threshold":
value, _ = strconv.ParseFloat(f.Value.String(), 64)
}
input.Overrides = append(input.Overrides, ck.Override{Path: path, Value: value, Flag: "--" + f.Name})
})
for _, override := range input.Overrides {
if err, ok := override.Value.(error); ok {
return configInput{}, false, fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", override.Flag, err)
}
}
return input, false, nil
}
func selectConfigPath(explicit string, set bool, stat func(string) (os.FileInfo, error), candidates []string) (string, string, error) {
if set {
if strings.TrimSpace(explicit) == "" {
return "", "", fmt.Errorf("--config requires a nonempty path")
}
if _, err := stat(explicit); err != nil {
return "", "", fmt.Errorf("config file %q: %w", explicit, err)
}
return explicit, "flag", nil
}
for _, path := range candidates {
if _, err := stat(path); err == nil {
return path, "default", nil
} else if !os.IsNotExist(err) {
return "", "", fmt.Errorf("config file %q: %w", path, err)
}
}
return "", "", fmt.Errorf("no configuration file found; select a config with backend and profile settings")
}
func loadConfigInput(input configInput, command string) (selectedConfig, error) {
if command == "validate" && (!input.ConfigPathSet || strings.TrimSpace(input.ConfigPath) == "") {
return selectedConfig{}, fmt.Errorf("--config is required")
}
path, source, err := selectConfigPath(input.ConfigPath, input.ConfigPathSet, os.Stat, systemConfigPaths)
if err != nil {
return selectedConfig{}, err
}
loaded, err := config.Load(ck.File(path), input.Overlay, input.Overrides...)
if err != nil {
return selectedConfig{}, err
}
return selectedConfig{Path: path, Source: source, Result: loaded}, nil
}
func configInputError(err error) string {
var loadErr *ck.LoadError
if !errors.As(err, &loadErr) {
return err.Error()
}
var messages []string
for _, diagnostic := range loadErr.Diagnostics() {
messages = append(messages, diagnostic.Message)
}
if len(messages) == 0 {
return err.Error()
}
return strings.Join(messages, "; ")
}
func selectedReportDir(cfg config.Config, outputPath string, reportDirSet bool) (string, error) {
if !cfg.Reporting.Enabled {
return "", nil
}
var reportDir string
if outputPath != "" {
if reportDirSet {
reportDir = cfg.Reporting.StdoutDir
} else {
reportDir = filepath.Dir(outputPath)
}
} else {
reportDir = cfg.Reporting.StdoutDir
}
if strings.TrimSpace(reportDir) == "" {
return "", fmt.Errorf("report directory is required when reporting is enabled for the selected destination")
}
return reportDir, nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
package cli
import (
"errors"
"io"
"os"
"path/filepath"
"strings"
"testing"
ck "gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ConfigKit"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/config"
)
func TestSharedConfigInput(t *testing.T) {
for _, command := range []string{"process", "validate", "print-effective"} {
t.Run(command, func(t *testing.T) {
args := []string{"--config", "main.yml", "--overlay", "testing", "--proposal-profile", "economy", "--modules", "", "--target-sections", "0"}
if command == "process" {
args = append([]string{"transcript.json", "--glossary", "glossary.yml"}, args...)
}
input, help, err := parseConfigInput(command, args, io.Discard)
if err != nil || help {
t.Fatalf("parse: %+v %v %v", input, help, err)
}
if !input.ConfigPathSet || input.ConfigPath != "main.yml" || input.Overlay != "testing" || len(input.Overrides) != 3 {
t.Fatalf("selection: %+v", input)
}
for _, override := range input.Overrides {
switch override.Path.String() {
case ck.Keys("pipeline", "modules").String():
if values, ok := override.Value.([]any); !ok || len(values) != 0 {
t.Fatalf("empty modules: %#v", override.Value)
}
case ck.Keys("chunking", "target_sections").String():
if override.Value != 0 {
t.Fatalf("zero target: %#v", override.Value)
}
}
}
})
}
}
func TestConfigInputRejectsRemovedAndProcessOnlyFlags(t *testing.T) {
for _, command := range []string{"process", "validate", "print-effective"} {
for _, flag := range []string{"--model", "--llm-api-key", "--max-retries", "--llm-concurrency", "--report-json", "--work-dir-retention"} {
args := []string{flag, "value"}
if command == "process" {
args = append([]string{"transcript.json", "--glossary", "glossary.yml"}, args...)
}
if _, _, err := parseConfigInput(command, args, io.Discard); err == nil {
t.Fatalf("%s accepted %s", command, flag)
}
}
}
for _, command := range []string{"validate", "print-effective"} {
if _, _, err := parseConfigInput(command, []string{"--glossary", "glossary.yml"}, io.Discard); err == nil {
t.Fatalf("%s accepted process path", command)
}
if _, _, err := parseConfigInput(command, []string{"transcript.json"}, io.Discard); err == nil {
t.Fatalf("%s accepted positional", command)
}
}
for _, command := range []string{"process", "validate", "print-effective"} {
_, help, err := parseConfigInput(command, []string{"--help"}, io.Discard)
if err != nil || !help {
t.Fatalf("%s help: %v %v", command, help, err)
}
}
}
func TestConfigSelection(t *testing.T) {
dir := t.TempDir()
first, second := filepath.Join(dir, "first.yml"), filepath.Join(dir, "second.yml")
if err := os.WriteFile(second, []byte("version: 2\n"), 0600); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
path, source, err := selectConfigPath("", false, os.Stat, []string{first, second})
if err != nil || path != second || source != "default" {
t.Fatalf("discovery: %q %q %v", path, source, err)
}
for _, tc := range []struct {
explicit string
set bool
candidates []string
}{
{"", true, []string{second}}, {first, true, []string{second}}, {"", false, []string{first}},
} {
if _, _, err := selectConfigPath(tc.explicit, tc.set, os.Stat, tc.candidates); err == nil {
t.Fatalf("accepted unavailable selection: %+v", tc)
}
}
statDenied := func(string) (os.FileInfo, error) { return nil, os.ErrPermission }
if _, _, err := selectConfigPath("", false, statDenied, []string{first}); !errors.Is(err, os.ErrPermission) {
t.Fatalf("inaccessible candidate: %v", err)
}
path, source, err = selectConfigPath(second, true, os.Stat, []string{first})
if err != nil || path != second || source != "flag" {
t.Fatalf("explicit path: %q %q %v", path, source, err)
}
}
func TestLegacyEnvironmentDoesNotSelectConfig(t *testing.T) {
t.Setenv("AUDITA_CONFIG", filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "legacy.yml"))
_, _, err := selectConfigPath("", false, os.Stat, []string{filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "missing.yml")})
if err == nil || !strings.Contains(err.Error(), "no configuration file") {
t.Fatalf("legacy environment changed discovery: %v", err)
}
}
func TestEffectiveViewParsing(t *testing.T) {
for _, view := range []string{"settings", "profiles", "explain"} {
input, _, err := parseConfigInput("print-effective", []string{"--view", view}, io.Discard)
if err != nil || input.View != view {
t.Fatalf("%q: %+v %v", view, input, err)
}
}
if _, _, err := parseConfigInput("print-effective", []string{"--view", "raw"}, io.Discard); err == nil {
t.Fatal("unknown view accepted")
}
if _, _, err := parseConfigInput("validate", []string{"--view", "profiles"}, io.Discard); err == nil {
t.Fatal("validate accepted inspection-only flag")
}
}
func TestSharedLoadingUsesSelectedFileOverlayAndVisitedOverrides(t *testing.T) {
dir := t.TempDir()
if err := os.Mkdir(filepath.Join(dir, "overlays"), 0700); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
main := filepath.Join(dir, "config.yml")
base := "version: 2\nbackends:\n local:\n endpoint: https://local.invalid/v1\nllm:\n proposal_profile: base\nchunking:\n max_section_tokens: 900\n"
if err := os.WriteFile(main, []byte(base), 0600); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if err := os.WriteFile(filepath.Join(dir, "overlays", "testing.yml"), []byte("llm:\n proposal_profile: testing\n"), 0600); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
for _, command := range []string{"process", "validate", "print-effective"} {
args := []string{"--config", main, "--overlay", "testing", "--min-section-tokens", "500"}
if command == "process" {
args = append([]string{"input.json", "--glossary", "glossary.yml"}, args...)
}
input, _, err := parseConfigInput(command, args, io.Discard)
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
selected, err := loadConfigInput(input, command)
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
c := selected.Result.Config
if c.LLM.ProposalProfile != "testing" || c.LLM.ValidationProfile != "testing" || c.Chunking.MinSectionTokens != 500 || c.Chunking.MaxSectionTokens != 900 {
t.Fatalf("%s resolved %+v", command, c)
}
}
input, _, err := parseConfigInput("validate", []string{"--overlay", "testing"}, io.Discard)
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if _, err := loadConfigInput(input, "validate"); err == nil {
t.Fatal("validate accepted discovery")
}
input, _, err = parseConfigInput("validate", []string{"--config", main}, io.Discard)
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if _, err := loadConfigInput(input, "validate"); err == nil {
t.Fatal("unmodified invalid lower-precedence section relation accepted")
}
}
func TestReportingAndDebugOverridesRemainIndependent(t *testing.T) {
dir := t.TempDir()
if err := os.Mkdir(filepath.Join(dir, "overlays"), 0700); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
main := filepath.Join(dir, "config.yml")
base := "version: 2\nbackends:\n local:\n endpoint: https://local.invalid/v1\nllm:\n proposal_profile: base\n"
if err := os.WriteFile(main, []byte(base), 0600); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if err := os.WriteFile(filepath.Join(dir, "overlays", "testing.yml"), []byte("reporting:\n enabled: true\n stdout_dir: reports\ndiagnostics:\n debug: true\n"), 0600); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
defaultInput, _, err := parseConfigInput("validate", []string{"--config", main}, io.Discard)
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
defaults, err := loadConfigInput(defaultInput, "validate")
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if !defaults.Result.Config.Reporting.Enabled || defaults.Result.Config.Reporting.StdoutDir != "." || defaults.Result.Config.Diagnostics.Debug {
t.Fatalf("unexpected defaults: %+v", defaults.Result.Config)
}
for _, command := range []string{"process", "validate", "print-effective"} {
args := []string{"--config", main, "--overlay", "testing", "--reporting=false", "--debug=false"}
if command == "process" {
args = append([]string{"input.json", "--glossary", "glossary.yml"}, args...)
}
input, _, err := parseConfigInput(command, args, io.Discard)
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if len(input.Overrides) != 2 || input.Overrides[0].Value != false || input.Overrides[1].Value != false {
t.Fatalf("boolean overrides must remain typed: %+v", input.Overrides)
}
selected, err := loadConfigInput(input, command)
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if selected.Result.Config.Reporting.Enabled || selected.Result.Config.Diagnostics.Debug || selected.Result.Config.Reporting.StdoutDir != "reports" {
t.Fatalf("%s did not honor explicit false: %+v", command, selected.Result.Config)
}
}
processInput, _, err := parseConfigInput("process", []string{"input.json", "--glossary", "glossary.yml", "--config", main, "--overlay", "testing"}, io.Discard)
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
processConfig, err := loadConfigInput(processInput, "process")
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if got, err := selectedReportDir(processConfig.Result.Config, filepath.Join("out", "corrected.json"), processInput.ReportDirSet); err != nil || got != "out" {
t.Fatalf("overlay stdout directory redirected file output: %q %v", got, err)
}
}
func TestReportDirectorySelectionOnlyUsesActiveDestination(t *testing.T) {
cfg := config.Config{Reporting: config.Reporting{Enabled: true, StdoutDir: "reports"}}
if got, err := selectedReportDir(cfg, "", false); err != nil || got != "reports" {
t.Fatalf("stdout destination: %q %v", got, err)
}
if got, err := selectedReportDir(cfg, filepath.Join("out", "corrected.json"), false); err != nil || got != "out" {
t.Fatalf("file destination ignored stdout setting: %q %v", got, err)
}
if got, err := selectedReportDir(cfg, filepath.Join("out", "corrected.json"), true); err != nil || got != "reports" {
t.Fatalf("explicit file report directory: %q %v", got, err)
}
cfg.Reporting.StdoutDir = ""
if got, err := selectedReportDir(cfg, filepath.Join("out", "corrected.json"), false); err != nil || got != "out" {
t.Fatalf("inactive blank configured report directory rejected for file output: %q %v", got, err)
}
if _, err := selectedReportDir(cfg, filepath.Join("out", "corrected.json"), true); err == nil {
t.Fatal("active explicit blank report directory accepted for file output")
}
if _, err := selectedReportDir(cfg, "", false); err == nil {
t.Fatal("enabled stdout reporting accepted blank destination")
}
cfg.Reporting.Enabled = false
if got, err := selectedReportDir(cfg, filepath.Join("out", "corrected.json"), true); err != nil || got != "" {
t.Fatalf("disabled reporting probed destination: %q %v", got, err)
}
}
func TestBareBooleanFlagsAndReportDirectoryOverride(t *testing.T) {
input, _, err := parseConfigInput("process", []string{"input.json", "--glossary", "glossary.yml", "--reporting", "--debug", "--report-dir", "reports"}, io.Discard)
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
values := map[string]any{}
for _, override := range input.Overrides {
values[override.Path.String()] = override.Value
}
if values[ck.Keys("reporting", "enabled").String()] != true || values[ck.Keys("diagnostics", "debug").String()] != true || values[ck.Keys("reporting", "stdout_dir").String()] != "reports" {
t.Fatalf("incorrect visited overrides: %+v", values)
}
if !input.ReportDirSet {
t.Fatal("explicit --report-dir presence was not recorded")
}
withoutReportDir, _, err := parseConfigInput("process", []string{"input.json", "--glossary", "glossary.yml"}, io.Discard)
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if withoutReportDir.ReportDirSet {
t.Fatal("absent --report-dir was recorded as explicit")
}
}

442
internal/cli/process.go Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,442 @@
package cli
import (
"bytes"
"context"
"crypto/rand"
"encoding/hex"
"errors"
"fmt"
"io"
"strings"
"sync"
"time"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/chunking"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/config"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/diagnostics"
coreio "gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/io"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/normalization"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/outputschema"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/redaction"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/reporting"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/schema"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/framework/contracts"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/framework/llm"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/framework/modules"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/framework/outcomes"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/framework/processreport"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/framework/runner"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/framework/structuredoutput"
)
func runProcess(ctx context.Context, args []string, stdout, stderr io.Writer) int {
input, help, err := parseConfigInput("process", args, stderr)
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita process: %s\n", configInputError(err))
return 2
}
if help {
writeProcessUsage(stdout)
return 0
}
selected, err := loadConfigInput(input, "process")
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita process: %s\n", configInputError(err))
return 2
}
cfg := selected.Result.Config
reportDir, err := selectedReportDir(cfg, input.OutputPath, input.ReportDirSet)
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita process: %s\n", llm.RedactError(err, cfg))
return 2
}
if cfg.Diagnostics.Debug && strings.TrimSpace(cfg.Diagnostics.WorkDir) == "" {
fmt.Fprintln(stderr, "audita process: debug work directory is required")
return 2
}
if err := ctx.Err(); err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita process: %s\n", err)
return 1
}
runtime, err := llm.NewRuntime(ctx, cfg, selected.Path, nil)
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita process: %s\n", llm.RedactError(err, cfg))
if ctx.Err() != nil || llm.IsAssetError(err) {
return 1
}
return 2
}
specs, err := contracts.ResolveModuleRunSpecs(cfg.Pipeline.Modules)
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita process: %s\n", llm.RedactError(err, cfg))
return 2
}
runID, err := generateRunID()
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita process: run ID: %s\n", llm.RedactError(err, cfg))
return 1
}
started := time.Now().UTC()
state := &processState{cfg: cfg, runtime: runtime, specs: specs, runID: runID, started: started,
transcriptPath: input.TranscriptPath, glossaryPath: input.GlossaryPath, outputPath: input.OutputPath,
selected: selected, overlay: input.Overlay, stderr: stderr, stdout: stdout, ctx: ctx}
protected := []string{input.GlossaryPath}
for _, source := range selected.Result.Sources() {
if source.Path != "" {
protected = append(protected, source.Path)
}
}
protected = append(protected, runtime.SourcePaths...)
session, err := diagnostics.PrepareOutput(diagnostics.OutputSelection{InputTranscriptPath: input.TranscriptPath, TranscriptPath: input.OutputPath,
ReportDir: reportDir, ReportingEnabled: cfg.Reporting.Enabled, ProtectedPaths: protected})
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita process: %s\n", llm.RedactError(err, cfg))
return 2
}
state.session = session
initial := state.snapshot(reporting.StatusInProgress, nil, nil)
initialBundle, err := state.bundle(initial)
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita process: %s\n", llm.RedactError(err, cfg))
return 1
}
initFailure := []processreport.RunFailure{{Phase: "initialization", Reason: outcomes.ReasonInternalFailure}}
failedInit, err := state.bundle(state.snapshot(reporting.StatusFailed, nil, initFailure))
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita process: %s\n", llm.RedactError(err, cfg))
return 1
}
if err := session.Initialize(initialBundle, failedInit); err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita process: %s\n", llm.RedactError(err, cfg))
return 1
}
state.startDebug()
return state.execute()
}
type processState struct {
cfg config.Config
runtime *llm.Runtime
specs []contracts.ModuleRunSpec
runID string
started time.Time
transcriptPath string
glossaryPath string
outputPath string
selected selectedConfig
overlay string
ctx context.Context
stdout io.Writer
stderr io.Writer
session *diagnostics.OutputSession
debugDir *diagnostics.RunDirectory
debugWarnings []string
debugMu sync.Mutex
runOutput *runner.RunOutput
}
func generateRunID() (string, error) {
var random [12]byte
if _, err := rand.Read(random[:]); err != nil {
return "", err
}
return "run-" + hex.EncodeToString(random[:]), nil
}
func (s *processState) snapshot(status string, completed *time.Time, failures []processreport.RunFailure) reporting.Snapshot {
return processreport.Build(processreport.BuildInput{RunID: s.runID, Status: status, StartedAt: s.started,
CompletedAt: completed, TranscriptPath: s.transcriptPath, GlossaryPath: s.glossaryPath,
OutputPath: s.outputPath, ModuleSpecs: s.specs, RunOutput: s.runOutput, RunFailures: failures})
}
func (s *processState) bundle(snapshot reporting.Snapshot) (diagnostics.ReportBundle, error) {
if !s.cfg.Reporting.Enabled {
return diagnostics.ReportBundle{}, nil
}
secrets := llm.ConfiguredSecrets(&s.cfg)
errorsYAML, err := reporting.YAML(snapshot.ErrorsDocument(), secrets...)
if err != nil {
return diagnostics.ReportBundle{}, err
}
recoveriesYAML, err := reporting.YAML(snapshot.RecoveriesDocument(), secrets...)
if err != nil {
return diagnostics.ReportBundle{}, err
}
return diagnostics.ReportBundle{Errors: errorsYAML, Recoveries: recoveriesYAML,
Markdown: reporting.Markdown(snapshot, secrets...)}, nil
}
func (s *processState) debugWrite(label string, write func(*diagnostics.RunDirectory) error) {
if s.debugDir == nil {
return
}
if err := write(s.debugDir); err != nil {
s.reportDiagnosticError(fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", label, err))
}
}
func (s *processState) startDebug() {
if !s.cfg.Diagnostics.Debug {
return
}
dir, err := diagnostics.NewRunDirectory(s.cfg.Diagnostics.WorkDir, s.runID, llm.ConfiguredSecrets(&s.cfg)...)
if err != nil {
s.reportDiagnosticError(fmt.Errorf("directory: %w", err))
return
}
s.debugDir = dir
s.debugWrite("invocation", func(d *diagnostics.RunDirectory) error {
return d.WriteInvocationMetadata(diagnostics.InvocationMetadata{
Operation: "process", TranscriptPath: s.transcriptPath, GlossaryPath: s.glossaryPath,
OutputPath: s.outputPath, ConfigPath: s.selected.Path, ConfigSource: s.selected.Source,
Overlay: s.overlay, ConfigVersion: &s.cfg.Version, TranscriptDescription: s.cfg.Context.Description,
Modules: append([]string(nil), s.cfg.Pipeline.Modules...), RunID: s.runID, StartedAt: s.started,
})
})
var effective bytes.Buffer
if err := s.selected.Result.WriteEffective(&effective); err == nil {
s.debugWrite("effective settings", func(d *diagnostics.RunDirectory) error { return d.WriteEffectiveConfig(effective.Bytes()) })
} else {
s.reportDiagnosticError(fmt.Errorf("effective settings: %w", err))
}
if origins, err := llm.ExplanationYAML(s.selected.Result); err == nil {
s.debugWrite("configuration origins", func(d *diagnostics.RunDirectory) error {
return d.WriteYAMLArtifact(diagnostics.ArtifactConfigOrigins, origins)
})
} else {
s.reportDiagnosticError(fmt.Errorf("configuration origins: %w", err))
}
if profiles, err := s.runtime.SelectedProfilesYAML(); err == nil {
s.debugWrite("selected profiles", func(d *diagnostics.RunDirectory) error {
return d.WriteYAMLArtifact(diagnostics.ArtifactSelectedProfiles, profiles)
})
} else {
s.reportDiagnosticError(fmt.Errorf("selected profiles: %w", err))
}
}
func (s *processState) debugPath() string {
if s.debugDir == nil {
return ""
}
return s.debugDir.Path()
}
func (s *processState) execute() int {
transcriptBytes, err := coreio.ReadRequiredFile(s.transcriptPath, "transcript")
if err != nil {
return s.fail("input", outcomes.ReasonInternalFailure, err)
}
glossaryBytes, err := coreio.ReadRequiredFile(s.glossaryPath, "glossary")
if err != nil {
return s.fail("input", outcomes.ReasonInternalFailure, err)
}
source, err := schema.ParseSourceTranscriptJSON(transcriptBytes)
if err != nil {
return s.fail("input", outcomes.ReasonInputInvalid, err)
}
glossary, err := schema.ParseGlossaryYAML(glossaryBytes)
if err != nil {
return s.fail("input", outcomes.ReasonInputInvalid, err)
}
s.debugWrite("source transcript", func(d *diagnostics.RunDirectory) error { return d.WriteSourceTranscript(source, transcriptBytes) })
normalizer := normalization.NewNormalizer(normalization.NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: s.cfg.Normalization.MaxSegmentGap, EllipsisGap: s.cfg.Normalization.EllipsisGap,
MaxSegmentDuration: s.cfg.Normalization.MaxSegmentDuration, MaxSegmentTokens: s.cfg.Normalization.MaxSegmentTokens,
})
normalized, normSummary := normalizer.Normalize(sourceToCanonicalTranscript(source))
s.debugWrite("normalized transcript", func(d *diagnostics.RunDirectory) error { return d.WriteNormalizedTranscript(normalized) })
s.debugWrite("normalization summary", func(d *diagnostics.RunDirectory) error { return d.WriteNormalizationSummary(normSummary) })
if err := s.ctx.Err(); err != nil {
return s.fail("processing", outcomes.ReasonCanceled, err)
}
observations := llm.NewObservationCollector()
proposalClient, err := s.runtime.NewRoleClient("proposal", observations.Hooks())
if err != nil {
return s.fail("processing", outcomes.ReasonSetupFailure, err)
}
validationClient, err := s.runtime.NewRoleClient("validation", observations.Hooks())
if err != nil {
return s.fail("processing", outcomes.ReasonSetupFailure, err)
}
factory := modules.NewFactory(modules.Dependencies{Config: &s.cfg, Glossary: glossary, DiagnosticsDir: s.debugPath()})
result, runErr := runner.New(factory).Run(s.ctx, runner.RunInput{
Config: &s.cfg, Transcript: normalized, Glossary: glossary, ModuleSpecs: s.specs,
ProposalLLMClient: proposalClient, ProposalDiagnosticsDir: s.debugPath(),
ValidationLLMClient: validationClient, ValidationDiagnosticsDir: s.debugPath(),
CaptureCandidates: s.debugDir != nil,
ReportDiagnosticError: s.reportDiagnosticError,
})
result.Observations = observations.Snapshot()
result.ObservationsAvailable = true
result.LLMSummary = llm.Summarize(result.Observations)
s.runOutput = &result
s.writeExecutionEvidence()
if len(result.Sections) > 0 || runErr == nil {
s.writeChunkSummary(result.Sections)
}
if runErr != nil {
return s.fail("processing", fatalReason(s.ctx, runErr), runErr)
}
encoder, err := outputschema.Resolve(s.cfg.Output.Schema)
if err != nil {
return s.fail("encoding", outcomes.ReasonSetupFailure, err)
}
outputBytes, err := encoder.Encoder(result.FinalTranscript)
if err != nil {
return s.fail("encoding", outcomes.ReasonInternalFailure, err)
}
return s.finish(outputBytes)
}
func (s *processState) writeChunkSummary(inventory []contracts.SectionMetadata) {
if s.debugDir == nil {
return
}
sections := make([]chunking.Section, len(inventory))
for i, metadata := range inventory {
sections[i] = chunking.Section{Index: metadata.Index, StartSegmentID: metadata.StartSegmentID,
EndSegmentID: metadata.EndSegmentID, EstimatedTokens: metadata.EstimatedTokens,
Segments: make([]schema.Segment, metadata.SegmentCount)}
}
config := chunking.ChunkingConfig{TargetSections: s.cfg.Chunking.TargetSections,
MaxSectionTokens: s.cfg.Chunking.MaxSectionTokens, MinSectionTokens: s.cfg.Chunking.MinSectionTokens}
summary := chunking.ComputeDetailedSummary(sections, config)
s.debugWrite("chunking summary", func(d *diagnostics.RunDirectory) error { return d.WriteChunkingSummary(&summary) })
}
func (s *processState) writeExecutionEvidence() {
if s.debugDir == nil || s.runOutput == nil {
return
}
output := s.runOutput
s.debugWrite("model execution", func(d *diagnostics.RunDirectory) error {
return d.WriteJSONArtifact(diagnostics.ArtifactLLMExecution, processreport.BuildLLMExecution(output.Observations))
})
s.debugWrite("utilization", func(d *diagnostics.RunDirectory) error {
return d.WriteJSONArtifact(diagnostics.ArtifactUtilizationSummary, processreport.BuildUtilization(output, s.cfg.Backends))
})
s.debugWrite("correction ledger", func(d *diagnostics.RunDirectory) error {
return d.WriteJSONArtifact(diagnostics.ArtifactCorrectionLedger, processreport.BuildCorrectionLedger(processreport.CorrectionLedgerInput{
RunDirectoryPath: d.Path(), RunOutput: output}))
})
}
func fatalReason(ctx context.Context, err error) outcomes.ReasonCode {
if ctx.Err() != nil || errors.Is(err, context.Canceled) {
return outcomes.ReasonCanceled
}
var failure *structuredoutput.Failure
if errors.As(err, &failure) && failure.Reason != "" {
return failure.Reason
}
return outcomes.ReasonInternalFailure
}
func (s *processState) fail(phase string, reason outcomes.ReasonCode, cause error) int {
s.debugWrite("error log", func(d *diagnostics.RunDirectory) error {
return d.WriteErrorLog(phase + ": " + llm.RedactError(cause, s.cfg))
})
failures := []processreport.RunFailure{{Phase: phase, Reason: reason}}
completed := time.Now().UTC()
base, err := s.bundle(s.snapshot(reporting.StatusFailed, &completed, failures))
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(s.stderr, "audita process: %s\n", llm.RedactError(err, s.cfg))
}
writeFailures := s.session.Finalize(nil, base, func(extra []diagnostics.FileFailure) diagnostics.ReportBundle {
all := append(append([]processreport.RunFailure(nil), failures...), mapWriteFailures(extra)...)
bundle, renderErr := s.bundle(s.snapshot(reporting.StatusFailed, &completed, all))
if renderErr != nil {
return base
}
return bundle
})
fmt.Fprintf(s.stderr, "audita process: %s\n", llm.RedactError(cause, s.cfg))
s.printFailures(writeFailures)
s.printDebugWarnings()
if s.debugDir != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(s.stderr, "audita process: diagnostics: %s\n", s.safePath(s.debugDir.Path()))
}
return 1
}
func (s *processState) finish(outputBytes []byte) int {
completed := time.Now().UTC()
snapshot := s.snapshot(reporting.StatusCompleted, &completed, nil)
complete, err := s.bundle(snapshot)
if err != nil {
return s.fail("report_write", outcomes.ReasonInternalFailure, err)
}
if s.session.TranscriptPath() == "" {
if _, err := s.stdout.Write(outputBytes); err != nil {
return s.fail("transcript_write", outcomes.ReasonInternalFailure, err)
}
outputBytes = nil
}
writeFailures := s.session.Finalize(outputBytes, complete, func(extra []diagnostics.FileFailure) diagnostics.ReportBundle {
failed, renderErr := s.bundle(s.snapshot(reporting.StatusFailed, &completed, mapWriteFailures(extra)))
if renderErr != nil {
return diagnostics.ReportBundle{}
}
return failed
})
if len(writeFailures) > 0 {
s.printFailures(writeFailures)
s.printDebugWarnings()
if s.debugDir != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(s.stderr, "audita process: diagnostics: %s\n", s.safePath(s.debugDir.Path()))
}
return 1
}
fmt.Fprintln(s.stderr, reporting.CompletionLine(snapshot))
for _, path := range s.session.ReportPaths() {
fmt.Fprintf(s.stderr, "Report: %s\n", s.safePath(path))
}
if s.debugDir != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(s.stderr, "Debug: %s\n", s.safePath(s.debugDir.Path()))
}
s.printDebugWarnings()
return 0
}
func mapWriteFailures(failures []diagnostics.FileFailure) []processreport.RunFailure {
out := make([]processreport.RunFailure, len(failures))
for i, failure := range failures {
phase := "report_write"
if failure.Kind == "transcript write" {
phase = "transcript_write"
}
out[i] = processreport.RunFailure{Phase: phase, Reason: outcomes.ReasonInternalFailure, OutputPath: failure.Path}
}
return out
}
func (s *processState) printFailures(failures []diagnostics.FileFailure) {
for _, failure := range failures {
fmt.Fprintf(s.stderr, "audita process: %s\n", llm.RedactError(failure, s.cfg))
}
}
func (s *processState) printDebugWarnings() {
s.debugMu.Lock()
defer s.debugMu.Unlock()
for _, warning := range s.debugWarnings {
fmt.Fprintf(s.stderr, "audita process: %s\n", warning)
}
}
// safePath sanitizes presentation only; filesystem destinations remain literal.
func (s *processState) safePath(path string) string {
return redaction.New(llm.ConfiguredSecrets(&s.cfg)).String(path)
}
func (s *processState) reportDiagnosticError(err error) {
if err == nil {
return
}
message := "debug " + llm.RedactError(err, s.cfg)
s.debugMu.Lock()
defer s.debugMu.Unlock()
s.debugWarnings = append(s.debugWarnings, message)
}

270
internal/cli/run.go Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
package cli
import (
"context"
"flag"
"fmt"
"io"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ReleaseKit/buildinfo"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/schema"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/framework/llm"
)
func sourceToCanonicalTranscript(source *schema.SourceTranscript) *schema.Transcript {
segments := make([]schema.Segment, len(source.Segments))
for i, s := range source.Segments {
id := i + 1
if s.ID != nil {
id = *s.ID
}
segments[i] = schema.Segment{
ID: id,
Speaker: s.Speaker,
Start: s.Start,
End: s.End,
Text: s.Text,
Categories: s.Categories,
}
}
return &schema.Transcript{Segments: segments}
}
// Run executes the Audita CLI with the provided arguments and streams.
func Run(ctx context.Context, args []string, stdout, stderr io.Writer) int {
if len(args) == 0 {
writeRootUsage(stdout)
return 0
}
if len(args) == 2 && args[0] == "help" {
switch args[1] {
case "process":
writeProcessUsage(stdout)
return 0
case "config":
writeConfigUsage(stdout)
return 0
case "version":
writeVersionUsage(stdout)
return 0
}
}
if isHelpCommand(args) {
writeRootUsage(stdout)
return 0
}
if args[0] == "process" {
return runProcess(ctx, args[1:], stdout, stderr)
}
if args[0] == "config" {
return runConfig(ctx, args[1:], stdout, stderr)
}
if args[0] == "version" {
return runVersion(args[1:], stdout, stderr)
}
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita: unknown command %q\n\n", args[0])
writeRootUsage(stderr)
return 2
}
func runVersion(args []string, stdout, stderr io.Writer) int {
flags := flag.NewFlagSet("version", flag.ContinueOnError)
flags.SetOutput(stderr)
flags.Usage = func() {} // Route usage after parsing so help stays on stdout.
if err := flags.Parse(args); err != nil {
if err == flag.ErrHelp {
writeVersionUsage(stdout)
return 0
}
writeVersionUsage(stderr)
return 2
}
if positional := flags.Args(); len(positional) > 0 {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita version: unexpected argument %q\n\n", positional[0])
writeVersionUsage(stderr)
return 2
}
fmt.Fprintf(stdout, "audita %s\n", buildinfo.Version())
return 0
}
func runConfig(ctx context.Context, args []string, stdout, stderr io.Writer) int {
if len(args) == 0 || isHelpCommand(args) || args[0] == "--help" || args[0] == "-h" {
writeConfigUsage(stdout)
return 0
}
switch args[0] {
case "validate":
return runConfigValidate(ctx, args[1:], stdout, stderr)
case "print-effective":
return runConfigPrintEffective(ctx, args[1:], stdout, stderr)
default:
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita config: unknown command %q\n\n", args[0])
writeConfigUsage(stderr)
return 2
}
}
func runConfigValidate(ctx context.Context, args []string, stdout, stderr io.Writer) int {
input, help, err := parseConfigInput("validate", args, stderr)
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita config validate: %s\n", configInputError(err))
return 2
}
if help {
writeConfigValidateUsage(stdout)
return 0
}
selected, err := loadConfigInput(input, "validate")
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita config validate: %s\n", configInputError(err))
return 2
}
if _, err := llm.NewRuntime(ctx, selected.Result.Config, selected.Path, nil); err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita config validate: %s\n", llm.RedactError(err, selected.Result.Config))
if ctx.Err() != nil || llm.IsAssetError(err) {
return 1
}
return 2
}
fmt.Fprintln(stdout, "config is valid")
return 0
}
func runConfigPrintEffective(ctx context.Context, args []string, stdout, stderr io.Writer) int {
input, help, err := parseConfigInput("print-effective", args, stderr)
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita config print-effective: %s\n", configInputError(err))
return 2
}
if help {
writeConfigPrintEffectiveUsage(stdout)
return 0
}
selected, err := loadConfigInput(input, "print-effective")
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita config print-effective: %s\n", configInputError(err))
return 2
}
llmRuntime, err := llm.NewRuntime(ctx, selected.Result.Config, selected.Path, nil)
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita config print-effective: %s\n", llm.RedactError(err, selected.Result.Config))
if ctx.Err() != nil || llm.IsAssetError(err) {
return 1
}
return 2
}
if input.View == "settings" {
err = selected.Result.WriteEffective(stdout)
} else {
var output []byte
if input.View == "profiles" {
output, err = llmRuntime.SelectedProfilesYAML()
} else {
output, err = llm.ExplanationYAML(selected.Result)
}
if err == nil {
_, err = stdout.Write(output)
}
}
if err != nil {
fmt.Fprintf(stderr, "audita config print-effective: %v\n", err)
return 1
}
return 0
}
func isHelpCommand(args []string) bool {
if len(args) == 0 {
return false
}
if len(args) == 1 {
switch args[0] {
case "help", "-h", "--help":
return true
}
}
if len(args) == 2 && args[0] == "help" {
switch args[1] {
case "process":
return true
}
}
return false
}
func writeRootUsage(w io.Writer) {
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Audita is a transcript processing CLI.")
fmt.Fprintln(w)
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Usage:")
fmt.Fprintln(w, " audita <command> [options]")
fmt.Fprintln(w)
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Commands:")
fmt.Fprintln(w, " process Process a transcript JSON file")
fmt.Fprintln(w, " config Validate and inspect config")
fmt.Fprintln(w, " version Print the Audita version")
fmt.Fprintln(w)
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Example:")
fmt.Fprintln(w, " audita process transcript.json --glossary glossary.yaml --output corrected.json")
}
func writeVersionUsage(w io.Writer) {
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Print the Audita version.")
fmt.Fprintln(w)
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Usage:")
fmt.Fprintln(w, " audita version")
}
func writeConfigUsage(w io.Writer) {
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Validate and inspect Audita config.")
fmt.Fprintln(w)
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Usage:")
fmt.Fprintln(w, " audita config <command> [flags]")
fmt.Fprintln(w)
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Commands:")
fmt.Fprintln(w, " validate Validate a versioned YAML config file")
fmt.Fprintln(w, " print-effective Print redacted effective settings YAML")
}
func writeConfigValidateUsage(w io.Writer) {
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Validate a versioned YAML config file.")
fmt.Fprintln(w)
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Usage:")
fmt.Fprintln(w, " audita config validate --config <path> [--overlay <name>] [setting flags]")
}
func writeConfigPrintEffectiveUsage(w io.Writer) {
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Print redacted effective settings YAML.")
fmt.Fprintln(w)
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Usage:")
fmt.Fprintln(w, " audita config print-effective [--config <path>] [--overlay <name>] [setting flags]")
}
func writeProcessUsage(w io.Writer) {
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Process a transcript JSON file.")
fmt.Fprintln(w)
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Usage:")
fmt.Fprintln(w, " audita process <transcript.json> [flags]")
fmt.Fprintln(w)
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Flags:")
for _, name := range []string{
"config", "overlay", "glossary", "output",
"proposal-profile", "validation-profile", "modules", "output-schema",
"validation-max-prompt-tokens", "target-sections", "max-section-tokens", "min-section-tokens",
"normalize-max-segment-gap", "normalize-ellipsis-gap", "normalize-max-segment-duration", "normalize-max-segment-tokens",
"glossary-confidence-threshold", "homophones-confidence-threshold", "spoken-word-confidence-threshold", "grammar-confidence-threshold",
"transcript-description", "work-dir",
} {
fmt.Fprintf(w, " --%s\n", name)
}
fmt.Fprintln(w, " --reporting[=true|false] Write the three-file report bundle (default true)")
fmt.Fprintln(w, " --report-dir DIR Select the report directory (stdout setting for stdout; output parent by default for files)")
fmt.Fprintln(w, " --debug[=true|false] Persist detailed diagnostics (default false)")
fmt.Fprintln(w)
fmt.Fprintln(w, "Example:")
fmt.Fprintln(w, " audita process transcript.json --glossary glossary.yaml --output corrected.json")
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
package cli
import (
"bytes"
"context"
"os"
"path/filepath"
"strings"
"testing"
)
func writeRuntimeErrorConfig(t *testing.T, operatorDocument string) string {
t.Helper()
dir := t.TempDir()
profiles := filepath.Join(dir, "profiles")
if err := os.Mkdir(profiles, 0700); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
main := filepath.Join(dir, "config.yml")
configText := "version: 2\nprofiles_dir: profiles\nbackends:\n offline:\n endpoint: http://127.0.0.1:1/v1\n credential: AUDITA_TEST_PROVIDER_KEY\nllm:\n proposal_profile: proposal\n"
if err := os.WriteFile(main, []byte(configText), 0600); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if err := os.WriteFile(filepath.Join(profiles, "operator.yml"), []byte(operatorDocument), 0600); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
return main
}
func TestConfigCommandsClassifyOperatorPromptErrorsAsInputErrors(t *testing.T) {
t.Setenv("AUDITA_TEST_PROVIDER_KEY", "synthetic-cli-redaction-secret")
definitions := map[string]string{
"malformed operator YAML": "profiles:\n proposal: [\n",
"invalid operator template": "profiles:\n proposal:\n backend: offline\n model: local-model\nprompts:\n modules.grammar.proposal:\n v1:\n messages:\n - role: user\n content: '{{'\n",
"missing operator message resource": "profiles:\n proposal:\n backend: offline\n model: local-model\nprompts:\n modules.grammar.proposal:\n v1:\n messages:\n - role: user\n content_file: missing-instruction.md\n",
}
commands := []struct {
name string
args []string
}{
{name: "validate", args: []string{"config", "validate"}},
{name: "print effective", args: []string{"config", "print-effective", "--view", "profiles"}},
}
for definition, document := range definitions {
for _, command := range commands {
t.Run(definition+"/"+command.name, func(t *testing.T) {
main := writeRuntimeErrorConfig(t, document)
args := append(append([]string(nil), command.args...), "--config", main)
var stdout, stderr bytes.Buffer
if code := Run(context.Background(), args, &stdout, &stderr); code != 2 {
t.Fatalf("exit=%d, stdout=%q, stderr=%q", code, stdout.String(), stderr.String())
}
if strings.Contains(stderr.String(), "synthetic-cli-redaction-secret") {
t.Fatalf("configured secret leaked: %q", stderr.String())
}
})
}
}
}
func TestConfigCommandsKeepCallerCancellationAsRuntimeExit(t *testing.T) {
t.Setenv("AUDITA_TEST_PROVIDER_KEY", "synthetic-cli-redaction-secret")
main := writeRuntimeErrorConfig(t, "profiles:\n proposal:\n backend: offline\n model: local-model\n")
commands := [][]string{
{"config", "validate", "--config", main},
{"config", "print-effective", "--config", main, "--view", "profiles"},
}
for _, args := range commands {
ctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(context.Background())
cancel()
var stdout, stderr bytes.Buffer
if code := Run(ctx, args, &stdout, &stderr); code != 1 {
t.Fatalf("args=%v exit=%d, stdout=%q, stderr=%q", args, code, stdout.String(), stderr.String())
}
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
{"segments":[{"id":1,"text":"oops"}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
glossary:
- name: Audita
aliases:
- audita
category: product
summary: The Audita transcript correction CLI.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
[
{
"id": 1,
"speaker": "A",
"start": 0.0,
"end": 1.2,
"text": "hello world"
}
]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
package cli
import (
"bytes"
"context"
"fmt"
"strings"
"testing"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ReleaseKit/buildinfo"
)
func TestVersionCommandRunsWithoutApplicationSetup(t *testing.T) {
t.Chdir(t.TempDir())
var stdout, stderr bytes.Buffer
if code := Run(context.Background(), []string{"version"}, &stdout, &stderr); code != 0 {
t.Fatalf("exit=%d, stdout=%q, stderr=%q", code, stdout.String(), stderr.String())
}
if got, want := stdout.String(), fmt.Sprintf("audita %s\n", buildinfo.Version()); got != want {
t.Fatalf("stdout=%q, want %q", got, want)
}
if got := stderr.String(); got != "" {
t.Fatalf("stderr=%q, want empty", got)
}
}
func TestVersionCommandHelp(t *testing.T) {
for _, test := range []struct {
name string
args []string
want string
}{
{name: "root help", args: []string{"--help"}, want: "version Print the Audita version"},
{name: "help version", args: []string{"help", "version"}, want: "audita version"},
{name: "short flag", args: []string{"version", "-h"}, want: "audita version"},
{name: "long flag", args: []string{"version", "--help"}, want: "audita version"},
{name: "parser help", args: []string{"version", "--h"}, want: "audita version"},
{name: "help short circuits", args: []string{"version", "-h", "--help", "extra"}, want: "audita version"},
} {
t.Run(test.name, func(t *testing.T) {
var stdout, stderr bytes.Buffer
if code := Run(context.Background(), test.args, &stdout, &stderr); code != 0 {
t.Fatalf("exit=%d, stdout=%q, stderr=%q", code, stdout.String(), stderr.String())
}
if !strings.Contains(stdout.String(), test.want) {
t.Fatalf("stdout=%q, want %q", stdout.String(), test.want)
}
if got := stderr.String(); got != "" {
t.Fatalf("stderr=%q, want empty", got)
}
})
}
}
func TestVersionCommandRejectsUnexpectedArguments(t *testing.T) {
for _, args := range [][]string{
{"version", "extra"},
{"version", "--unknown"},
} {
t.Run(strings.Join(args, " "), func(t *testing.T) {
var stdout, stderr bytes.Buffer
if code := Run(context.Background(), args, &stdout, &stderr); code != 2 {
t.Fatalf("exit=%d, stdout=%q, stderr=%q", code, stdout.String(), stderr.String())
}
if got := stdout.String(); got != "" {
t.Fatalf("stdout=%q, want empty", got)
}
if got := stderr.String(); got == "" {
t.Fatal("expected usage error on stderr")
}
})
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
package chunking
import (
"fmt"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/schema"
)
// Section represents a contiguous chunk of transcript segments with metadata.
type Section struct {
// Index is the 0-based section index within the chunked transcript
Index int `json:"section_index"`
// StartSegmentID is the ID of the first segment in this section
StartSegmentID int `json:"start_segment_id"`
// EndSegmentID is the ID of the last segment in this section
EndSegmentID int `json:"end_segment_id"`
// EstimatedTokens is the approximate token count for this section
EstimatedTokens int `json:"estimated_tokens"`
// Segments contains the segments in this section, in order
Segments []schema.Segment `json:"segments"`
}
// ChunkingConfig holds configuration for transcript chunking.
type ChunkingConfig struct {
// MaxSectionTokens is the maximum allowed tokens per section
MaxSectionTokens int
// MinSectionTokens is a validated soft lower-bound setting retained for
// configuration/reporting compatibility.
MinSectionTokens int
// TargetSections is an optional target number of sections
// If nil, section count is derived from total/max token budgeting.
TargetSections *int
}
// Chunker performs deterministic chunking of normalized transcript segments.
type Chunker struct {
config ChunkingConfig
estimator TokenEstimator
}
// NewChunker creates a new chunker with the given configuration.
func NewChunker(config ChunkingConfig) *Chunker {
return &Chunker{
config: config,
estimator: NewSimpleTokenEstimator(),
}
}
// NewChunkerWithEstimator creates a new chunker with a custom estimator.
func NewChunkerWithEstimator(config ChunkingConfig, estimator TokenEstimator) *Chunker {
return &Chunker{
config: config,
estimator: estimator,
}
}
// ChunkTranscript divides a normalized transcript into contiguous token-bounded
// sections using a deterministic balanced forward pass.
//
// Behavior:
// - preserve segment order and never split segments;
// - estimate per-segment tokens once, then compute total;
// - derive desired section count from ceil(total/max_section_tokens), unless
// target_sections is explicitly set;
// - prefer section sizes near ceil(total/section_count) while never exceeding
// max_section_tokens unless a section consists of a single oversized segment.
//
// Returns an error if explicit target_sections is impossible under constraints.
// The input transcript is never mutated.
func (c *Chunker) ChunkTranscript(transcript *schema.Transcript) ([]Section, error) {
if transcript == nil || len(transcript.Segments) == 0 {
return []Section{}, nil
}
// Validate configuration
if c.config.MaxSectionTokens <= 0 {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("max_section_tokens must be positive, got %d", c.config.MaxSectionTokens)
}
if c.config.MinSectionTokens < 0 {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("min_section_tokens must be non-negative, got %d", c.config.MinSectionTokens)
}
if c.config.MinSectionTokens > c.config.MaxSectionTokens {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("min_section_tokens (%d) cannot exceed max_section_tokens (%d)",
c.config.MinSectionTokens, c.config.MaxSectionTokens)
}
// Calculate token counts for each segment (deterministic).
segmentTokens := make([]int, len(transcript.Segments))
totalTokens := 0
for i, seg := range transcript.Segments {
segmentTokens[i] = c.estimator.EstimateTokens(seg.Text)
totalTokens += segmentTokens[i]
}
minPossibleSections := c.calculateMinPossibleSections(segmentTokens)
var desiredSections int
useExplicitTarget := false
if c.config.TargetSections != nil {
desiredSections = *c.config.TargetSections
useExplicitTarget = true
if desiredSections <= 0 {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("target_sections must be positive, got %d", desiredSections)
}
if err := c.validateTargetSections(desiredSections, segmentTokens); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
} else {
desiredSections = ceilDiv(totalTokens, c.config.MaxSectionTokens)
if desiredSections < minPossibleSections {
desiredSections = minPossibleSections
}
if desiredSections < 1 {
desiredSections = 1
}
if desiredSections > len(transcript.Segments) {
desiredSections = len(transcript.Segments)
}
}
targetTokensPerSection := ceilDiv(totalTokens, desiredSections)
if useExplicitTarget {
return c.buildSectionsWithExplicitTarget(
transcript.Segments,
segmentTokens,
desiredSections,
targetTokensPerSection,
)
}
return c.buildSectionsBalanced(transcript.Segments, segmentTokens, targetTokensPerSection), nil
}
// validateTargetSections checks if the target section count is achievable.
func (c *Chunker) validateTargetSections(target int, segmentTokens []int) error {
// Maximum possible sections: limited by segment count
maxPossibleSections := len(segmentTokens)
if target > maxPossibleSections {
return fmt.Errorf(
"target_sections (%d) is impossible: cannot have more sections than segments (%d)",
target, maxPossibleSections)
}
// Minimum possible sections: each segment must fit within max bounds
minPossibleSections := c.calculateMinPossibleSections(segmentTokens)
if target < minPossibleSections {
return fmt.Errorf(
"target_sections (%d) is impossible: need at least %d sections to respect max_section_tokens (%d)",
target, minPossibleSections, c.config.MaxSectionTokens)
}
return nil
}
// buildSectionsBalanced creates sections with a deterministic single-pass policy.
func (c *Chunker) buildSectionsBalanced(segments []schema.Segment, segmentTokens []int, targetTokensPerSection int) []Section {
var sections []Section
var currentSegments []schema.Segment
currentTokens := 0
for i, seg := range segments {
tokens := segmentTokens[i]
// Empty section: always accept the next segment, including oversized.
if len(currentSegments) == 0 {
currentSegments = append(currentSegments, seg)
currentTokens = tokens
continue
}
// If adding next segment would exceed max, close current section.
if currentTokens+tokens > c.config.MaxSectionTokens {
sections = append(sections, c.buildSection(len(sections), currentSegments, currentTokens))
currentSegments = []schema.Segment{seg}
currentTokens = tokens
continue
}
// Prefer staying near target tokens per section.
if targetTokensPerSection == 0 || currentTokens < targetTokensPerSection {
currentSegments = append(currentSegments, seg)
currentTokens += tokens
continue
}
sections = append(sections, c.buildSection(len(sections), currentSegments, currentTokens))
currentSegments = []schema.Segment{seg}
currentTokens = tokens
}
if len(currentSegments) > 0 {
sections = append(sections, c.buildSection(len(sections), currentSegments, currentTokens))
}
return sections
}
// buildSection creates a Section from segments.
func (c *Chunker) buildSection(index int, segments []schema.Segment, tokens int) Section {
return Section{
Index: index,
StartSegmentID: segments[0].ID,
EndSegmentID: segments[len(segments)-1].ID,
EstimatedTokens: tokens,
Segments: segments,
}
}
// calculateMinPossibleSections calculates the minimum number of sections needed
// to ensure no section exceeds max tokens.
func (c *Chunker) calculateMinPossibleSections(segmentTokens []int) int {
sections := 0
currentTokens := 0
for _, tokens := range segmentTokens {
if tokens > c.config.MaxSectionTokens {
// Each oversized segment needs its own section
if currentTokens > 0 {
sections++
currentTokens = 0
}
sections++
} else if currentTokens+tokens > c.config.MaxSectionTokens {
sections++
currentTokens = tokens
} else {
currentTokens += tokens
}
}
if currentTokens > 0 {
sections++
}
return sections
}
// buildSectionsWithExplicitTarget builds exactly desiredSections when feasible.
func (c *Chunker) buildSectionsWithExplicitTarget(
segments []schema.Segment,
segmentTokens []int,
desiredSections int,
targetTokensPerSection int,
) ([]Section, error) {
n := len(segments)
cursor := 0
sections := make([]Section, 0, desiredSections)
for sectionIdx := 0; sectionIdx < desiredSections; sectionIdx++ {
if cursor >= n {
break
}
remainingSectionsAfter := desiredSections - sectionIdx - 1
currentSegments := []schema.Segment{segments[cursor]}
currentTokens := segmentTokens[cursor]
cursor++
for cursor < n {
remainingSegments := n - cursor
// Reserve one segment per future section to avoid empty sections.
if remainingSegments == remainingSectionsAfter {
break
}
nextTokens := segmentTokens[cursor]
if currentTokens+nextTokens > c.config.MaxSectionTokens {
break
}
if targetTokensPerSection == 0 || currentTokens < targetTokensPerSection {
currentSegments = append(currentSegments, segments[cursor])
currentTokens += nextTokens
cursor++
continue
}
break
}
sections = append(sections, c.buildSection(len(sections), currentSegments, currentTokens))
}
if cursor != n || len(sections) != desiredSections {
return nil, fmt.Errorf(
"target_sections (%d) is impossible under current constraints (got %d sections)",
desiredSections,
len(sections),
)
}
return sections, nil
}
func ceilDiv(numerator int, denominator int) int {
if denominator <= 0 {
return 0
}
if numerator <= 0 {
return 0
}
return (numerator + denominator - 1) / denominator
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,518 @@
package chunking
import (
"strings"
"testing"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/schema"
)
// mapTokenEstimator provides deterministic per-segment token counts for tests.
type mapTokenEstimator struct {
byText map[string]int
}
func (e *mapTokenEstimator) EstimateTokens(text string) int {
if e.byText == nil {
return 0
}
if tokens, ok := e.byText[text]; ok {
return tokens
}
return 0
}
func makeSegments(texts []string) []schema.Segment {
segments := make([]schema.Segment, len(texts))
for i, text := range texts {
segments[i] = schema.Segment{
ID: i + 1,
Speaker: "DM",
Start: float64(i * 10),
End: float64(i*10 + 5),
Text: text,
}
}
return segments
}
func makeTranscript(segments []schema.Segment) *schema.Transcript {
return &schema.Transcript{Segments: segments}
}
func intPtr(i int) *int {
return &i
}
func assertSegmentCoverageAndOrder(t *testing.T, input []schema.Segment, sections []Section) {
t.Helper()
seen := make([]schema.Segment, 0, len(input))
for _, sec := range sections {
seen = append(seen, sec.Segments...)
}
if len(seen) != len(input) {
t.Fatalf("expected %d total segment occurrences, got %d", len(input), len(seen))
}
for i := range input {
if seen[i].ID != input[i].ID {
t.Fatalf("segment order mismatch at index %d: got id=%d want id=%d", i, seen[i].ID, input[i].ID)
}
}
}
func assertSectionMetadataConsistent(t *testing.T, sections []Section) {
t.Helper()
for i, sec := range sections {
if sec.Index != i {
t.Fatalf("section %d: expected index=%d got=%d", i, i, sec.Index)
}
if len(sec.Segments) == 0 {
t.Fatalf("section %d: section must not be empty", i)
}
if sec.StartSegmentID != sec.Segments[0].ID {
t.Fatalf("section %d: start_segment_id mismatch", i)
}
if sec.EndSegmentID != sec.Segments[len(sec.Segments)-1].ID {
t.Fatalf("section %d: end_segment_id mismatch", i)
}
}
}
func assertMaxBoundExceptSingletonOversized(t *testing.T, sections []Section, max int) {
t.Helper()
for i, sec := range sections {
if sec.EstimatedTokens <= max {
continue
}
if len(sec.Segments) != 1 {
t.Fatalf("section %d exceeds max tokens (%d>%d) with %d segments", i, sec.EstimatedTokens, max, len(sec.Segments))
}
}
}
func imbalance(sections []Section) int {
if len(sections) == 0 {
return 0
}
minTokens := sections[0].EstimatedTokens
maxTokens := sections[0].EstimatedTokens
for _, sec := range sections {
if sec.EstimatedTokens < minTokens {
minTokens = sec.EstimatedTokens
}
if sec.EstimatedTokens > maxTokens {
maxTokens = sec.EstimatedTokens
}
}
return maxTokens - minTokens
}
func greedyMaxFillSections(segments []schema.Segment, tokens []int, max int) []Section {
sections := make([]Section, 0)
var current []schema.Segment
currentTokens := 0
for i, seg := range segments {
tok := tokens[i]
if len(current) == 0 {
current = append(current, seg)
currentTokens = tok
continue
}
if currentTokens+tok > max {
sections = append(sections, Section{
Index: len(sections),
StartSegmentID: current[0].ID,
EndSegmentID: current[len(current)-1].ID,
EstimatedTokens: currentTokens,
Segments: append([]schema.Segment(nil), current...),
})
current = []schema.Segment{seg}
currentTokens = tok
continue
}
current = append(current, seg)
currentTokens += tok
}
if len(current) > 0 {
sections = append(sections, Section{
Index: len(sections),
StartSegmentID: current[0].ID,
EndSegmentID: current[len(current)-1].ID,
EstimatedTokens: currentTokens,
Segments: append([]schema.Segment(nil), current...),
})
}
return sections
}
func TestChunkEmptyTranscript(t *testing.T) {
chunker := NewChunker(ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 100, MinSectionTokens: 10})
sections, err := chunker.ChunkTranscript(nil)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("ChunkTranscript(nil): %v", err)
}
if len(sections) != 0 {
t.Fatalf("expected 0 sections for nil transcript, got %d", len(sections))
}
sections, err = chunker.ChunkTranscript(makeTranscript(nil))
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("ChunkTranscript(empty): %v", err)
}
if len(sections) != 0 {
t.Fatalf("expected 0 sections for empty transcript, got %d", len(sections))
}
}
func TestChunkSingleSegment(t *testing.T) {
segments := makeSegments([]string{"s1"})
chunker := NewChunkerWithEstimator(
ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 100, MinSectionTokens: 10},
&mapTokenEstimator{byText: map[string]int{"s1": 7}},
)
sections, err := chunker.ChunkTranscript(makeTranscript(segments))
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("ChunkTranscript: %v", err)
}
if len(sections) != 1 {
t.Fatalf("expected 1 section, got %d", len(sections))
}
if sections[0].EstimatedTokens != 7 {
t.Fatalf("expected estimated_tokens=7, got %d", sections[0].EstimatedTokens)
}
assertSegmentCoverageAndOrder(t, segments, sections)
assertSectionMetadataConsistent(t, sections)
}
func TestChunkSingleOversizedSegment(t *testing.T) {
segments := makeSegments([]string{"big"})
chunker := NewChunkerWithEstimator(
ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 50, MinSectionTokens: 5},
&mapTokenEstimator{byText: map[string]int{"big": 120}},
)
sections, err := chunker.ChunkTranscript(makeTranscript(segments))
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("ChunkTranscript: %v", err)
}
if len(sections) != 1 {
t.Fatalf("expected 1 section, got %d", len(sections))
}
if sections[0].EstimatedTokens != 120 {
t.Fatalf("expected oversized singleton section, got %d", sections[0].EstimatedTokens)
}
assertMaxBoundExceptSingletonOversized(t, sections, 50)
}
func TestChunkTotalBelowMaxSingleSection(t *testing.T) {
segments := makeSegments([]string{"a", "b", "c"})
chunker := NewChunkerWithEstimator(
ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 50, MinSectionTokens: 5},
&ConstTokenEstimator{Tokens: 10},
)
sections, err := chunker.ChunkTranscript(makeTranscript(segments))
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("ChunkTranscript: %v", err)
}
if len(sections) != 1 {
t.Fatalf("expected 1 section, got %d", len(sections))
}
if sections[0].EstimatedTokens != 30 {
t.Fatalf("expected 30 section tokens, got %d", sections[0].EstimatedTokens)
}
assertSegmentCoverageAndOrder(t, segments, sections)
}
func TestChunkTotalExactlyDivisibleByMax(t *testing.T) {
segments := makeSegments([]string{"a", "b", "c", "d"})
chunker := NewChunkerWithEstimator(
ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 10, MinSectionTokens: 1},
&ConstTokenEstimator{Tokens: 5},
)
sections, err := chunker.ChunkTranscript(makeTranscript(segments))
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("ChunkTranscript: %v", err)
}
if len(sections) != 2 {
t.Fatalf("expected 2 sections, got %d", len(sections))
}
if sections[0].EstimatedTokens != 10 || sections[1].EstimatedTokens != 10 {
t.Fatalf("expected [10,10] tokens, got [%d,%d]", sections[0].EstimatedTokens, sections[1].EstimatedTokens)
}
assertSegmentCoverageAndOrder(t, segments, sections)
assertMaxBoundExceptSingletonOversized(t, sections, 10)
}
func TestChunkTotalNotDivisibleByMax(t *testing.T) {
segments := makeSegments([]string{"a", "b", "c", "d", "e"})
chunker := NewChunkerWithEstimator(
ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 10, MinSectionTokens: 1},
&ConstTokenEstimator{Tokens: 5},
)
sections, err := chunker.ChunkTranscript(makeTranscript(segments))
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("ChunkTranscript: %v", err)
}
if len(sections) != 3 {
t.Fatalf("expected 3 sections, got %d", len(sections))
}
if sections[0].EstimatedTokens != 10 || sections[1].EstimatedTokens != 10 || sections[2].EstimatedTokens != 5 {
t.Fatalf("expected [10,10,5] tokens, got [%d,%d,%d]", sections[0].EstimatedTokens, sections[1].EstimatedTokens, sections[2].EstimatedTokens)
}
assertSegmentCoverageAndOrder(t, segments, sections)
assertMaxBoundExceptSingletonOversized(t, sections, 10)
}
func TestChunkTargetSectionsPrecedenceAndSuccess(t *testing.T) {
segments := makeSegments([]string{"1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "10"})
target := 3
chunker := NewChunkerWithEstimator(
ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 200, MinSectionTokens: 1, TargetSections: &target},
&ConstTokenEstimator{Tokens: 10},
)
sections, err := chunker.ChunkTranscript(makeTranscript(segments))
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("ChunkTranscript: %v", err)
}
if len(sections) != target {
t.Fatalf("expected %d sections from explicit target, got %d", target, len(sections))
}
assertSegmentCoverageAndOrder(t, segments, sections)
assertSectionMetadataConsistent(t, sections)
}
func TestChunkTargetSectionsImpossibleTooMany(t *testing.T) {
segments := makeSegments([]string{"1", "2", "3", "4", "5"})
target := 10
chunker := NewChunker(ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 100, MinSectionTokens: 1, TargetSections: &target})
_, err := chunker.ChunkTranscript(makeTranscript(segments))
if err == nil {
t.Fatal("expected error for impossible target_sections")
}
if !strings.Contains(err.Error(), "cannot have more sections than segments") {
t.Fatalf("unexpected error: %v", err)
}
}
func TestChunkTargetSectionsImpossibleTooFew(t *testing.T) {
segments := makeSegments([]string{"1", "2", "3"})
target := 1
chunker := NewChunkerWithEstimator(
ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 50, MinSectionTokens: 1, TargetSections: &target},
&ConstTokenEstimator{Tokens: 30},
)
_, err := chunker.ChunkTranscript(makeTranscript(segments))
if err == nil {
t.Fatal("expected error for impossible target_sections")
}
if !strings.Contains(err.Error(), "need at least 3 sections") {
t.Fatalf("unexpected error: %v", err)
}
}
func TestChunkManySmallSegmentsBalanced(t *testing.T) {
texts := []string{"1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "10", "11"}
segments := makeSegments(texts)
chunker := NewChunkerWithEstimator(
ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 50, MinSectionTokens: 1},
&ConstTokenEstimator{Tokens: 10},
)
sections, err := chunker.ChunkTranscript(makeTranscript(segments))
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("ChunkTranscript: %v", err)
}
if len(sections) != 3 {
t.Fatalf("expected 3 sections, got %d", len(sections))
}
if sections[0].EstimatedTokens != 40 || sections[1].EstimatedTokens != 40 || sections[2].EstimatedTokens != 30 {
t.Fatalf("expected [40,40,30], got [%d,%d,%d]", sections[0].EstimatedTokens, sections[1].EstimatedTokens, sections[2].EstimatedTokens)
}
assertSegmentCoverageAndOrder(t, segments, sections)
assertMaxBoundExceptSingletonOversized(t, sections, 50)
}
func TestChunkMixedLargeAndSmallSegments(t *testing.T) {
segments := makeSegments([]string{"big1", "s1", "s2", "s3", "big2", "s4"})
estimator := &mapTokenEstimator{byText: map[string]int{
"big1": 120,
"s1": 10,
"s2": 10,
"s3": 10,
"big2": 120,
"s4": 10,
}}
chunker := NewChunkerWithEstimator(ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 100, MinSectionTokens: 1}, estimator)
sections, err := chunker.ChunkTranscript(makeTranscript(segments))
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("ChunkTranscript: %v", err)
}
if len(sections) != 4 {
t.Fatalf("expected 4 sections, got %d", len(sections))
}
if len(sections[0].Segments) != 1 || sections[0].Segments[0].Text != "big1" {
t.Fatalf("expected first oversized segment in singleton section, got %+v", sections[0].Segments)
}
if len(sections[2].Segments) != 1 || sections[2].Segments[0].Text != "big2" {
t.Fatalf("expected second oversized segment in singleton section, got %+v", sections[2].Segments)
}
assertSegmentCoverageAndOrder(t, segments, sections)
assertMaxBoundExceptSingletonOversized(t, sections, 100)
}
func TestChunkDeterministicOrdering(t *testing.T) {
segments := makeSegments([]string{"a", "b", "c", "d", "e", "f"})
chunkerCfg := ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 15, MinSectionTokens: 1}
estimator := &ConstTokenEstimator{Tokens: 5}
var first []Section
for i := 0; i < 5; i++ {
chunker := NewChunkerWithEstimator(chunkerCfg, estimator)
sections, err := chunker.ChunkTranscript(makeTranscript(segments))
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("iteration %d: %v", i, err)
}
if i == 0 {
first = sections
continue
}
if len(sections) != len(first) {
t.Fatalf("iteration %d: section count mismatch (%d vs %d)", i, len(sections), len(first))
}
for j := range sections {
if sections[j].Index != first[j].Index ||
sections[j].StartSegmentID != first[j].StartSegmentID ||
sections[j].EndSegmentID != first[j].EndSegmentID ||
sections[j].EstimatedTokens != first[j].EstimatedTokens ||
len(sections[j].Segments) != len(first[j].Segments) {
t.Fatalf("iteration %d section %d mismatch", i, j)
}
}
}
}
func TestChunkNoMutationOfInput(t *testing.T) {
segments := makeSegments([]string{"original one", "original two"})
transcript := makeTranscript(segments)
original := make([]string, len(transcript.Segments))
for i := range transcript.Segments {
original[i] = transcript.Segments[i].Text
}
chunker := NewChunker(ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 50, MinSectionTokens: 1})
if _, err := chunker.ChunkTranscript(transcript); err != nil {
t.Fatalf("ChunkTranscript: %v", err)
}
for i := range transcript.Segments {
if transcript.Segments[i].Text != original[i] {
t.Fatalf("segment %d mutated", i)
}
}
}
func TestChunkConfigValidation(t *testing.T) {
tests := []struct {
name string
config ChunkingConfig
errContains string
}{
{
name: "zero max tokens",
config: ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 0, MinSectionTokens: 1},
errContains: "max_section_tokens must be positive",
},
{
name: "negative max tokens",
config: ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: -1, MinSectionTokens: 1},
errContains: "max_section_tokens must be positive",
},
{
name: "negative min tokens",
config: ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 10, MinSectionTokens: -1},
errContains: "min_section_tokens must be non-negative",
},
{
name: "min exceeds max",
config: ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 10, MinSectionTokens: 11},
errContains: "min_section_tokens (11) cannot exceed max_section_tokens (10)",
},
{
name: "zero target sections",
config: ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 10, MinSectionTokens: 1, TargetSections: intPtr(0)},
errContains: "target_sections must be positive",
},
{
name: "negative target sections",
config: ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 10, MinSectionTokens: 1, TargetSections: intPtr(-1)},
errContains: "target_sections must be positive",
},
}
for _, tt := range tests {
t.Run(tt.name, func(t *testing.T) {
chunker := NewChunker(tt.config)
_, err := chunker.ChunkTranscript(makeTranscript(makeSegments([]string{"x"})))
if err == nil {
t.Fatalf("expected error containing %q", tt.errContains)
}
if !strings.Contains(err.Error(), tt.errContains) {
t.Fatalf("expected error containing %q, got %q", tt.errContains, err.Error())
}
})
}
}
func TestChunkBalancedAlgorithmBeatsGreedyMaxFillOnUnevenTranscript(t *testing.T) {
segments := makeSegments([]string{"s1", "s2", "s3", "s4", "s5", "s6"})
tokenMap := map[string]int{
"s1": 50,
"s2": 10,
"s3": 10,
"s4": 10,
"s5": 10,
"s6": 10,
}
estimator := &mapTokenEstimator{byText: tokenMap}
chunker := NewChunkerWithEstimator(ChunkingConfig{MaxSectionTokens: 80, MinSectionTokens: 1}, estimator)
balancedSections, err := chunker.ChunkTranscript(makeTranscript(segments))
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("ChunkTranscript: %v", err)
}
tokens := make([]int, 0, len(segments))
for _, seg := range segments {
tokens = append(tokens, tokenMap[seg.Text])
}
greedySections := greedyMaxFillSections(segments, tokens, 80)
balancedImbalance := imbalance(balancedSections)
greedyImbalance := imbalance(greedySections)
if balancedImbalance >= greedyImbalance {
t.Fatalf(
"expected balanced chunking to improve over greedy max-fill; balanced=%d greedy=%d",
balancedImbalance,
greedyImbalance,
)
}
assertSegmentCoverageAndOrder(t, segments, balancedSections)
assertMaxBoundExceptSingletonOversized(t, balancedSections, 80)
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
package chunking
// Summary provides a concise overview of chunking results for reports
type Summary struct {
ChunkCount int `json:"chunk_count"`
MinEstimatedTokens int `json:"min_estimated_chunk_tokens"`
MaxEstimatedTokens int `json:"max_estimated_chunk_tokens"`
TotalEstimatedTokens int `json:"total_estimated_transcript_tokens"`
TargetSections *int `json:"target_sections,omitempty"`
MaxSectionTokens int `json:"max_section_tokens"`
MinSectionTokens int `json:"min_section_tokens"`
}
// ChunkSummary represents a single chunk's metadata for diagnostics
type ChunkSummary struct {
Index int `json:"index"`
StartSegmentID int `json:"start_segment_id"`
EndSegmentID int `json:"end_segment_id"`
EstimatedTokens int `json:"estimated_tokens"`
SegmentCount int `json:"segment_count"`
}
// DetailedSummary provides per-chunk details for diagnostics
type DetailedSummary struct {
Summary `json:",inline"`
Chunks []ChunkSummary `json:"chunks"`
}
// ComputeSummary creates a Summary from sections and config
func ComputeSummary(sections []Section, config ChunkingConfig) Summary {
if len(sections) == 0 {
return Summary{
ChunkCount: 0,
MaxSectionTokens: config.MaxSectionTokens,
MinSectionTokens: config.MinSectionTokens,
TargetSections: config.TargetSections,
}
}
minTokens := sections[0].EstimatedTokens
maxTokens := sections[0].EstimatedTokens
totalTokens := 0
for _, sec := range sections {
if sec.EstimatedTokens < minTokens {
minTokens = sec.EstimatedTokens
}
if sec.EstimatedTokens > maxTokens {
maxTokens = sec.EstimatedTokens
}
totalTokens += sec.EstimatedTokens
}
return Summary{
ChunkCount: len(sections),
MinEstimatedTokens: minTokens,
MaxEstimatedTokens: maxTokens,
TotalEstimatedTokens: totalTokens,
TargetSections: config.TargetSections,
MaxSectionTokens: config.MaxSectionTokens,
MinSectionTokens: config.MinSectionTokens,
}
}
// ComputeDetailedSummary creates a DetailedSummary from sections and config
func ComputeDetailedSummary(sections []Section, config ChunkingConfig) DetailedSummary {
summary := ComputeSummary(sections, config)
chunks := make([]ChunkSummary, len(sections))
for i, sec := range sections {
chunks[i] = ChunkSummary{
Index: sec.Index,
StartSegmentID: sec.StartSegmentID,
EndSegmentID: sec.EndSegmentID,
EstimatedTokens: sec.EstimatedTokens,
SegmentCount: len(sec.Segments),
}
}
return DetailedSummary{
Summary: summary,
Chunks: chunks,
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
package chunking
import (
"testing"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/schema"
)
func TestComputeSummary(t *testing.T) {
config := ChunkingConfig{
MaxSectionTokens: 100,
MinSectionTokens: 10,
}
sections := []Section{
{Index: 0, EstimatedTokens: 30, StartSegmentID: 1, EndSegmentID: 2},
{Index: 1, EstimatedTokens: 50, StartSegmentID: 3, EndSegmentID: 4},
{Index: 2, EstimatedTokens: 20, StartSegmentID: 5, EndSegmentID: 5},
}
summary := ComputeSummary(sections, config)
if summary.ChunkCount != 3 {
t.Errorf("expected chunk_count=3, got %d", summary.ChunkCount)
}
if summary.MinEstimatedTokens != 20 {
t.Errorf("expected min_estimated_tokens=20, got %d", summary.MinEstimatedTokens)
}
if summary.MaxEstimatedTokens != 50 {
t.Errorf("expected max_estimated_tokens=50, got %d", summary.MaxEstimatedTokens)
}
if summary.TotalEstimatedTokens != 100 {
t.Errorf("expected total_estimated_tokens=100, got %d", summary.TotalEstimatedTokens)
}
if summary.MaxSectionTokens != 100 {
t.Errorf("expected max_section_tokens=100, got %d", summary.MaxSectionTokens)
}
if summary.MinSectionTokens != 10 {
t.Errorf("expected min_section_tokens=10, got %d", summary.MinSectionTokens)
}
if summary.TargetSections != nil {
t.Errorf("expected target_sections=nil, got %v", summary.TargetSections)
}
}
func TestComputeSummaryWithTarget(t *testing.T) {
target := 5
config := ChunkingConfig{
MaxSectionTokens: 100,
MinSectionTokens: 10,
TargetSections: &target,
}
sections := []Section{
{Index: 0, EstimatedTokens: 30, StartSegmentID: 1, EndSegmentID: 2},
}
summary := ComputeSummary(sections, config)
if summary.TargetSections == nil || *summary.TargetSections != 5 {
t.Errorf("expected target_sections=5, got %v", summary.TargetSections)
}
}
func TestComputeSummaryEmptySections(t *testing.T) {
config := ChunkingConfig{
MaxSectionTokens: 100,
MinSectionTokens: 10,
}
sections := []Section{}
summary := ComputeSummary(sections, config)
if summary.ChunkCount != 0 {
t.Errorf("expected chunk_count=0, got %d", summary.ChunkCount)
}
if summary.MinEstimatedTokens != 0 {
t.Errorf("expected min_estimated_tokens=0 for empty, got %d", summary.MinEstimatedTokens)
}
if summary.MaxSectionTokens != 100 {
t.Errorf("expected max_section_tokens preserved, got %d", summary.MaxSectionTokens)
}
}
func TestComputeDetailedSummary(t *testing.T) {
config := ChunkingConfig{
MaxSectionTokens: 100,
MinSectionTokens: 10,
}
sections := []Section{
{
Index: 0,
EstimatedTokens: 30,
StartSegmentID: 1,
EndSegmentID: 2,
Segments: make([]schema.Segment, 2), // 2 segments
},
{
Index: 1,
EstimatedTokens: 50,
StartSegmentID: 3,
EndSegmentID: 5,
Segments: make([]schema.Segment, 3), // 3 segments
},
}
detailed := ComputeDetailedSummary(sections, config)
if detailed.ChunkCount != 2 {
t.Errorf("expected chunk_count=2, got %d", detailed.ChunkCount)
}
if len(detailed.Chunks) != 2 {
t.Fatalf("expected 2 chunk entries, got %d", len(detailed.Chunks))
}
// Check first chunk
if detailed.Chunks[0].Index != 0 {
t.Errorf("expected chunk[0].index=0, got %d", detailed.Chunks[0].Index)
}
if detailed.Chunks[0].StartSegmentID != 1 {
t.Errorf("expected chunk[0].start_segment_id=1, got %d", detailed.Chunks[0].StartSegmentID)
}
if detailed.Chunks[0].EndSegmentID != 2 {
t.Errorf("expected chunk[0].end_segment_id=2, got %d", detailed.Chunks[0].EndSegmentID)
}
if detailed.Chunks[0].EstimatedTokens != 30 {
t.Errorf("expected chunk[0].estimated_tokens=30, got %d", detailed.Chunks[0].EstimatedTokens)
}
if detailed.Chunks[0].SegmentCount != 2 {
t.Errorf("expected chunk[0].segment_count=2, got %d", detailed.Chunks[0].SegmentCount)
}
// Check second chunk
if detailed.Chunks[1].Index != 1 {
t.Errorf("expected chunk[1].index=1, got %d", detailed.Chunks[1].Index)
}
if detailed.Chunks[1].StartSegmentID != 3 {
t.Errorf("expected chunk[1].start_segment_id=3, got %d", detailed.Chunks[1].StartSegmentID)
}
if detailed.Chunks[1].EndSegmentID != 5 {
t.Errorf("expected chunk[1].end_segment_id=5, got %d", detailed.Chunks[1].EndSegmentID)
}
if detailed.Chunks[1].SegmentCount != 3 {
t.Errorf("expected chunk[1].segment_count=3, got %d", detailed.Chunks[1].SegmentCount)
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
package chunking
import (
"strings"
"unicode"
)
// TokenEstimator provides a deterministic token estimation suitable for prompt budgeting.
// The estimator is approximate but stable, isolated, and replaceable.
type TokenEstimator interface {
EstimateTokens(text string) int
}
// SimpleTokenEstimator provides a basic deterministic token estimation.
// This uses a simple heuristic based on word count and punctuation.
type SimpleTokenEstimator struct{}
// NewSimpleTokenEstimator creates a new simple token estimator.
func NewSimpleTokenEstimator() *SimpleTokenEstimator {
return &SimpleTokenEstimator{}
}
// EstimateTokens provides a rough estimate of the number of tokens in the given text.
// This implementation uses a simple heuristic: count words and punctuation as tokens.
// The estimate is deterministic and stable for the same input text.
func (e *SimpleTokenEstimator) EstimateTokens(text string) int {
if text == "" {
return 0
}
// Simple heuristic: split on whitespace and count non-empty segments
words := strings.Fields(text)
tokenCount := len(words)
// Add some estimate for punctuation that might be separate tokens
punctuationCount := 0
for _, r := range text {
if unicode.IsPunct(r) && r != '\'' && r != '-' && r != '_' {
punctuationCount++
}
}
// Rough estimate: each word is a token, plus half the punctuation as separate tokens
return tokenCount + (punctuationCount / 2)
}
// ConstTokenEstimator returns a constant token count for testing purposes.
type ConstTokenEstimator struct {
Tokens int
}
// EstimateTokens returns the configured constant token count.
func (e *ConstTokenEstimator) EstimateTokens(text string) int {
return e.Tokens
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
package chunking
import (
"testing"
)
func TestSimpleTokenEstimator(t *testing.T) {
estimator := NewSimpleTokenEstimator()
tests := []struct {
name string
text string
expected int
}{
{"empty string", "", 0},
{"single word", "hello", 1},
{"two words", "hello world", 2},
{"with punctuation", "hello, world!", 3}, // 2 words + 2 punctuation/2 = 3
{"multiple sentences", "Hello world. This is a test.", 7}, // 7 words + 2 punctuation/2 = 8? Actually "Hello world." has 3 punctuation
{"with apostrophes", "don't won't can't", 3},
{"with hyphens", "well-known state-of-the-art", 2}, // hyphens don't count
{"unicode text", "café naïve", 2},
}
for _, tt := range tests {
t.Run(tt.name, func(t *testing.T) {
got := estimator.EstimateTokens(tt.text)
if got != tt.expected {
t.Errorf("EstimateTokens(%q) = %d, want %d", tt.text, got, tt.expected)
}
})
}
}
func TestConstTokenEstimator(t *testing.T) {
estimator := &ConstTokenEstimator{Tokens: 42}
if got := estimator.EstimateTokens("any text"); got != 42 {
t.Errorf("ConstTokenEstimator.EstimateTokens = %d, want 42", got)
}
if got := estimator.EstimateTokens(""); got != 42 {
t.Errorf("ConstTokenEstimator.EstimateTokens(empty) = %d, want 42", got)
}
}
func TestTokenEstimatorDeterminism(t *testing.T) {
estimator := NewSimpleTokenEstimator()
text := "The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. Hello, world!"
// Run multiple times and verify same result
first := estimator.EstimateTokens(text)
for i := 0; i < 10; i++ {
got := estimator.EstimateTokens(text)
if got != first {
t.Errorf("EstimateTokens not deterministic: iteration %d got %d, first was %d", i, got, first)
}
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
package config
import (
"fmt"
"strings"
"time"
ck "gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ConfigKit"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/modulecatalog"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/outputschema"
)
const (
DefaultModulesCSV = "glossary,homophones,glossary,spoken_word,grammar"
DefaultTranscriptDescriptionMaxChars = 500
DefaultValidationMaxPromptTokens = 2048
)
// Config is the version-2 application configuration. Invocation paths are not settings.
type Config struct {
Version int `yaml:"version"`
ProfilesDir string `yaml:"profiles_dir"`
Backends map[string]Backend `yaml:"backends"`
LLM LLM `yaml:"llm"`
Pipeline Pipeline `yaml:"pipeline"`
Output Output `yaml:"output"`
Validation Validation `yaml:"validation"`
Chunking Chunking `yaml:"chunking"`
Normalization Normalization `yaml:"normalization"`
Thresholds Thresholds `yaml:"thresholds"`
Context Context `yaml:"context"`
Reporting Reporting `yaml:"reporting"`
Diagnostics Diagnostics `yaml:"diagnostics"`
}
type Backend struct {
Endpoint string `yaml:"endpoint"`
Concurrency int `yaml:"concurrency"`
QueueCapacity int `yaml:"queue_capacity"`
Credential *ck.Secret `yaml:"credential"`
}
type LLM struct {
ProposalProfile string `yaml:"proposal_profile"`
ValidationProfile string `yaml:"validation_profile"`
TransientRetries int `yaml:"transient_retries"`
RepairAttempts int `yaml:"repair_attempts"`
OperationTimeout time.Duration `yaml:"operation_timeout"`
}
type Pipeline struct {
Modules []string `yaml:"modules"`
}
type Output struct {
Schema string `yaml:"schema"`
}
type Validation struct {
MaxPromptTokens int `yaml:"max_prompt_tokens"`
}
type Chunking struct {
TargetSections *int `yaml:"target_sections"`
MaxSectionTokens int `yaml:"max_section_tokens"`
MinSectionTokens int `yaml:"min_section_tokens"`
}
type Normalization struct {
MaxSegmentGap float64 `yaml:"max_segment_gap"`
EllipsisGap float64 `yaml:"ellipsis_gap"`
MaxSegmentDuration float64 `yaml:"max_segment_duration"`
MaxSegmentTokens int `yaml:"max_segment_tokens"`
}
type Thresholds struct {
Glossary float64 `yaml:"glossary"`
Homophones float64 `yaml:"homophones"`
SpokenWord float64 `yaml:"spoken_word"`
Grammar float64 `yaml:"grammar"`
}
type Context struct {
Description string `yaml:"description"`
}
type Diagnostics struct {
Debug bool `yaml:"debug"`
WorkDir string `yaml:"work_dir"`
}
type Reporting struct {
Enabled bool `yaml:"enabled"`
StdoutDir string `yaml:"stdout_dir"`
}
func defaults() Config {
return Config{
ProfilesDir: "profiles",
LLM: LLM{TransientRetries: 2, RepairAttempts: 2, OperationTimeout: 15 * time.Minute},
Pipeline: Pipeline{Modules: []string{"glossary", "homophones", "glossary", "spoken_word", "grammar"}},
Output: Output{Schema: "bare-segments"},
Validation: Validation{MaxPromptTokens: DefaultValidationMaxPromptTokens},
Chunking: Chunking{MaxSectionTokens: 8192, MinSectionTokens: 2048},
Normalization: Normalization{MaxSegmentGap: 4, EllipsisGap: 3.5, MaxSegmentDuration: 60, MaxSegmentTokens: 2048},
Thresholds: Thresholds{Glossary: .8, Homophones: .8, SpokenWord: .8, Grammar: .8},
Reporting: Reporting{Enabled: true, StdoutDir: "."},
Diagnostics: Diagnostics{WorkDir: "/tmp/audita"},
}
}
// Load resolves the selected main file, optional overlay, and explicit setting overrides.
// Its result retains safe effective output and provenance for CLI composition.
func Load(source ck.Source, overlay string, overrides ...ck.Override) (*ck.Result[Config], error) {
return ck.Load(source, ck.Options[Config]{
Overlay: overlay, Overrides: overrides,
Definition: ck.Definition[Config]{
Defaults: defaults,
Version: &ck.VersionRule{Path: ck.Keys("version"), Check: func(version ck.Version, v *ck.Validation) error {
if !version.Present || version.Null || version.Text != "2" {
v.Error(ck.Keys("version"), "version 2 is required; see docs/migrations/v2.md")
}
return nil
}},
Resolve: func(c *Config, r *ck.Resolution) error {
ck.Default(r, ck.Keys("llm", "validation_profile"), &c.LLM.ValidationProfile, c.LLM.ProposalProfile, "validation uses the final proposal profile when omitted", ck.Keys("llm", "proposal_profile"))
for id, backend := range c.Backends {
changed := false
if !r.IsExplicit(ck.Keys("backends", id, "concurrency")) {
backend.Concurrency = 1
changed = true
}
if !r.IsExplicit(ck.Keys("backends", id, "queue_capacity")) {
backend.QueueCapacity = 1024
changed = true
}
if changed {
c.Backends[id] = backend
r.Record(ck.Keys("backends", id), ck.ChangeDerivedDefault, "finite backend defaults")
}
}
return nil
},
Validate: validate,
},
})
}
func validate(c *Config, v *ck.Validation) {
check := func(ok bool, path ck.Path, message string) {
if !ok {
v.Error(path, message)
}
}
check(strings.TrimSpace(c.ProfilesDir) != "", ck.Keys("profiles_dir"), "profile directory is required")
check(strings.TrimSpace(c.LLM.ProposalProfile) != "", ck.Keys("llm", "proposal_profile"), "proposal profile is required")
check(strings.TrimSpace(c.LLM.ValidationProfile) != "", ck.Keys("llm", "validation_profile"), "validation profile is required")
check(c.LLM.TransientRetries >= 0, ck.Keys("llm", "transient_retries"), "retry budget must be non-negative")
check(c.LLM.RepairAttempts >= 0 && c.LLM.RepairAttempts <= 3, ck.Keys("llm", "repair_attempts"), "repair attempts must be between zero and three")
check(c.LLM.OperationTimeout > 0, ck.Keys("llm", "operation_timeout"), "operation timeout must be positive")
check(len(c.Backends) > 0, ck.Keys("backends"), "at least one backend is required")
for id, b := range c.Backends {
p := ck.Keys("backends", id)
check(strings.TrimSpace(b.Endpoint) != "", p.Key("endpoint"), "backend endpoint is required")
check(b.Concurrency > 0, p.Key("concurrency"), "backend concurrency must be positive")
check(b.QueueCapacity >= 0, p.Key("queue_capacity"), "queue capacity must be non-negative")
}
for i, module := range c.Pipeline.Modules {
check(modulecatalog.IsSupported(module), ck.Keys("pipeline", "modules").Index(i), "unsupported module key")
}
check(outputschema.IsSupported(c.Output.Schema), ck.Keys("output", "schema"), "unsupported output schema")
check(c.Validation.MaxPromptTokens > 0, ck.Keys("validation", "max_prompt_tokens"), "validation prompt budget must be positive")
check(c.Chunking.MaxSectionTokens > 0, ck.Keys("chunking", "max_section_tokens"), "maximum section tokens must be positive")
check(c.Chunking.MinSectionTokens > 0 && c.Chunking.MinSectionTokens <= c.Chunking.MaxSectionTokens, ck.Keys("chunking", "min_section_tokens"), "minimum section tokens must be positive and no greater than maximum")
check(c.Chunking.TargetSections == nil || *c.Chunking.TargetSections > 0, ck.Keys("chunking", "target_sections"), "target sections must be positive when set")
check(c.Normalization.MaxSegmentGap >= 0, ck.Keys("normalization", "max_segment_gap"), "maximum segment gap must be non-negative")
check(c.Normalization.EllipsisGap >= 0, ck.Keys("normalization", "ellipsis_gap"), "ellipsis gap must be non-negative")
check(c.Normalization.MaxSegmentDuration > 0, ck.Keys("normalization", "max_segment_duration"), "maximum segment duration must be positive")
check(c.Normalization.MaxSegmentTokens > 0, ck.Keys("normalization", "max_segment_tokens"), "maximum segment tokens must be positive")
for name, threshold := range map[string]float64{"glossary": c.Thresholds.Glossary, "homophones": c.Thresholds.Homophones, "spoken_word": c.Thresholds.SpokenWord, "grammar": c.Thresholds.Grammar} {
check(threshold >= 0 && threshold <= 1, ck.Keys("thresholds", name), "confidence threshold must be between zero and one")
}
check(len(strings.TrimSpace(c.Context.Description)) <= DefaultTranscriptDescriptionMaxChars, ck.Keys("context", "description"), fmt.Sprintf("description must be at most %d bytes after trimming", DefaultTranscriptDescriptionMaxChars))
}
// ParseModulesCSV is used only for an explicitly supplied --modules override.
func ParseModulesCSV(raw string) ([]string, error) {
if raw == "" {
return []string{}, nil
}
parts := strings.Split(raw, ",")
for i := range parts {
parts[i] = strings.TrimSpace(parts[i])
if parts[i] == "" {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("modules list contains an empty value")
}
}
return parts, nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
package config
import (
"bytes"
"errors"
"os"
"path/filepath"
"reflect"
"strings"
"testing"
ck "gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/ConfigKit"
)
const base = "version: 2\nbackends:\n local:\n endpoint: https://local.invalid/v1\nllm:\n proposal_profile: proposal\n"
func loadText(text, overlay string, overrides ...ck.Override) (*ck.Result[Config], error) {
return Load(ck.Bytes("config.yml", []byte(text)), overlay, overrides...)
}
func TestDefaultsAndDomainSettings(t *testing.T) {
loaded, err := loadText(base, "")
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
c := loaded.Config
if c.LLM.ValidationProfile != "proposal" || c.Backends["local"].Concurrency != 1 || c.Backends["local"].QueueCapacity != 1024 {
t.Fatalf("derived settings: %+v %+v", c.LLM, c.Backends)
}
if !reflect.DeepEqual(c.Pipeline.Modules, []string{"glossary", "homophones", "glossary", "spoken_word", "grammar"}) {
t.Fatalf("module order: %v", c.Pipeline.Modules)
}
if explanation, ok := loaded.Explain(ck.Keys("llm", "validation_profile")); !ok || len(explanation.History) == 0 {
t.Fatal("validation inheritance has no recorded derivation")
}
if _, err := loadText(base+"pipeline:\n modules: []\n", ""); err != nil {
t.Fatalf("empty pipeline: %v", err)
}
if _, err := loadText(base+"pipeline:\n modules: [grammar, glossary, grammar]\n", ""); err != nil {
t.Fatalf("repeated modules: %v", err)
}
}
func TestStrictInputAndConstraints(t *testing.T) {
for _, tc := range []struct{ name, text string }{
{"old version", strings.Replace(base, "version: 2", "version: 1", 1)},
{"missing version", strings.Replace(base, "version: 2\n", "", 1)},
{"null version", strings.Replace(base, "version: 2", "version: null", 1)},
{"quoted version", strings.Replace(base, "version: 2", "version: '2'", 1)},
{"unknown field", base + "mystery: true\n"},
{"empty validation profile", base + " validation_profile: ''\n"},
{"null validation profile", base + " validation_profile: null\n"},
{"null proposal profile", strings.Replace(base, "proposal_profile: proposal", "proposal_profile: null", 1)},
{"zero backend concurrency", base + " concurrency: 0\n"},
{"invalid target", base + "chunking:\n target_sections: 0\n"},
{"invalid section relation", base + "chunking:\n min_section_tokens: 10000\n"},
{"string normalization", base + "normalization:\n max_segment_gap: 4s\n"},
{"invalid threshold", base + "thresholds:\n glossary: 1.1\n"},
{"removed retention", base + "diagnostics:\n retention: always\n"},
} {
t.Run(tc.name, func(t *testing.T) {
if _, err := loadText(tc.text, ""); err == nil {
t.Fatal("invalid config accepted")
}
})
}
_, err := loadText(strings.Replace(base, "version: 2", "version: 1", 1), "")
var loadErr *ck.LoadError
if !errors.As(err, &loadErr) || len(loadErr.Diagnostics()) == 0 || !strings.Contains(loadErr.Diagnostics()[0].Message, "docs/migrations/v2.md") {
t.Fatalf("migration guidance: %v", err)
}
for _, tc := range []struct{ name, text string }{
{"optional target null", base + "chunking:\n target_sections: null\n"},
{"zero queue", strings.Replace(base, "llm:\n", " queue_capacity: 0\nllm:\n", 1)},
{"zero retries", base + " transient_retries: 0\n repair_attempts: 0\n"},
{"zero threshold", base + "thresholds:\n grammar: 0\n"},
} {
t.Run(tc.name, func(t *testing.T) {
if _, err := loadText(tc.text, ""); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
})
}
}
func TestOverlayOverrideAndInheritance(t *testing.T) {
dir := t.TempDir()
if err := os.Mkdir(filepath.Join(dir, "overlays"), 0700); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
main := filepath.Join(dir, "config.yml")
if err := os.WriteFile(main, []byte(base), 0600); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if err := os.WriteFile(filepath.Join(dir, "overlays", "testing.yml"), []byte("llm:\n proposal_profile: testing\nchunking:\n max_section_tokens: 1000\n"), 0600); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
loaded, err := Load(ck.File(main), "testing", ck.Override{Path: ck.Keys("llm", "proposal_profile"), Value: "explicit", Flag: "--proposal-profile"}, ck.Override{Path: ck.Keys("chunking", "min_section_tokens"), Value: 500, Flag: "--min-section-tokens"})
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if loaded.Config.LLM.ProposalProfile != "explicit" || loaded.Config.LLM.ValidationProfile != "explicit" || loaded.Config.Chunking.MaxSectionTokens != 1000 || loaded.Config.Chunking.MinSectionTokens != 500 {
t.Fatalf("resolved: %+v", loaded.Config)
}
if got, _ := loaded.Metadata().Lookup(ck.Keys("llm", "proposal_profile")); got.Origin.Layer != ck.LayerCLI {
t.Fatalf("override origin: %+v", got)
}
if got, _ := loaded.Metadata().Lookup(ck.Keys("chunking", "max_section_tokens")); got.Origin.Layer != ck.LayerOverlay {
t.Fatalf("overlay origin: %+v", got)
}
}
func TestSurvivingCredentials(t *testing.T) {
t.Setenv("BASE_SECRET", "")
t.Setenv("NEW_SECRET", "synthetic-secret")
withSecret := strings.Replace(base, "llm:\n", " other:\n endpoint: https://other.invalid/v1\n credential: BASE_SECRET\nllm:\n", 1)
if _, err := loadText(withSecret, ""); err == nil {
t.Fatal("missing unselected backend secret accepted")
}
replacement := ck.Override{Path: ck.Keys("backends", "other", "credential"), Value: "NEW_SECRET", Flag: "--credential"}
loaded, err := loadText(withSecret, "", replacement)
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if got := loaded.Config.Backends["other"].Credential.Value(); got != "synthetic-secret" {
t.Fatalf("resolved secret: %q", got)
}
var effective bytes.Buffer
if err := loaded.WriteEffective(&effective); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if strings.Contains(effective.String(), "synthetic-secret") {
t.Fatal("effective output leaked a secret")
}
null := ck.Override{Path: ck.Keys("backends", "other", "credential"), Value: nil, Flag: "--credential"}
loaded, err = loadText(withSecret, "", null)
if err != nil || loaded.Config.Backends["other"].Credential != nil {
t.Fatalf("null credential: %+v %v", loaded, err)
}
inherited := `version: 2
backends:
parent:
endpoint: https://parent.invalid/v1
credential: BASE_SECRET
local:
extends: parent
credential: null
llm:
proposal_profile: proposal
`
if _, err := loadText(inherited, ""); err == nil {
t.Fatal("null child credential removed the unselected parent's surviving reference")
}
t.Setenv("BASE_SECRET", "synthetic-parent-secret")
loaded, err = loadText(strings.Replace(inherited, " credential: null\n", "", 1), "")
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if got := loaded.Config.Backends["local"].Credential.Value(); got != "synthetic-parent-secret" {
t.Fatalf("inherited secret: %q", got)
}
if got := loaded.Metadata().IsExplicit(ck.Keys("backends", "local", "credential")); !got {
t.Fatal("inherited credential is not explicit")
}
var inheritedEffective bytes.Buffer
if err := loaded.WriteEffective(&inheritedEffective); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if strings.Contains(inheritedEffective.String(), "synthetic-parent-secret") {
t.Fatal("effective output leaked an inherited secret")
}
loaded, err = loadText(inherited, "")
if err != nil || loaded.Config.Backends["local"].Credential != nil {
t.Fatalf("child null credential: %+v %v", loaded, err)
}
if got := loaded.Config.Backends["parent"].Credential.Value(); got != "synthetic-parent-secret" {
t.Fatalf("parent credential after child null: %q", got)
}
t.Setenv("AUDITA_MODEL", "legacy-model")
loaded, err = loadText(base, "")
if err != nil || loaded.Config.LLM.ProposalProfile != "proposal" {
t.Fatalf("legacy environment affected loading: %+v %v", loaded, err)
}
}
func TestSiblingInheritancePreservesBackendSettings(t *testing.T) {
text := `version: 2
backends:
base:
endpoint: https://base.invalid/v1
concurrency: 3
queue_capacity: 0
local:
extends: base
llm:
proposal_profile: proposal
`
loaded, err := loadText(text, "")
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
backend := loaded.Config.Backends["local"]
if backend.Endpoint != "https://base.invalid/v1" || backend.Concurrency != 3 || backend.QueueCapacity != 0 {
t.Fatalf("inherited backend settings: %+v", backend)
}
for _, path := range []ck.Path{
ck.Keys("backends", "local", "endpoint"),
ck.Keys("backends", "local", "concurrency"),
ck.Keys("backends", "local", "queue_capacity"),
} {
if !loaded.Metadata().IsExplicit(path) {
t.Errorf("inherited field %s is not explicit", path.String())
}
}
overridden, err := loadText(strings.Replace(text, " extends: base\n", " extends: base\n concurrency: 2\n", 1), "")
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if got := overridden.Config.Backends["local"].Concurrency; got != 2 {
t.Fatalf("child concurrency override: %d", got)
}
if got := overridden.Config.Backends["local"].QueueCapacity; got != 0 {
t.Fatalf("inherited zero queue capacity: %d", got)
}
}
func TestSiblingInheritanceUsesSelectedOverlay(t *testing.T) {
dir := t.TempDir()
if err := os.Mkdir(filepath.Join(dir, "overlays"), 0700); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
main := filepath.Join(dir, "config.yml")
text := `version: 2
backends:
base:
endpoint: https://base.invalid/v1
concurrency: 3
queue_capacity: 0
local:
extends: base
concurrency: 2
llm:
proposal_profile: proposal
`
if err := os.WriteFile(main, []byte(text), 0600); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if err := os.WriteFile(filepath.Join(dir, "overlays", "testing.yml"), []byte("backends:\n base:\n endpoint: https://overlay.invalid/v1\n concurrency: 4\n"), 0600); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
loaded, err := Load(ck.File(main), "testing")
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
child := loaded.Config.Backends["local"]
if child.Endpoint != "https://overlay.invalid/v1" || child.Concurrency != 2 || child.QueueCapacity != 0 {
t.Fatalf("overlay inheritance and child override: %+v", child)
}
}
func TestSiblingInheritanceDoesNotBypassBackendValidation(t *testing.T) {
for _, tc := range []struct {
name string
text string
}{
{
name: "invalid inherited parent setting",
text: `version: 2
backends:
base:
endpoint: https://base.invalid/v1
concurrency: 0
local:
extends: base
llm:
proposal_profile: proposal
`,
},
{
name: "invalid child override",
text: `version: 2
backends:
base:
endpoint: https://base.invalid/v1
concurrency: 3
local:
extends: base
concurrency: 0
llm:
proposal_profile: proposal
`,
},
} {
t.Run(tc.name, func(t *testing.T) {
if _, err := loadText(tc.text, ""); err == nil {
t.Fatal("invalid backend concurrency accepted")
}
})
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
package diagnostics
const (
ArtifactSourceTranscript = "source-transcript.json"
ArtifactParsedSourceTranscript = "source-transcript-parsed.json"
ArtifactNormalizedTranscript = "normalized-transcript.json"
ArtifactNormalizationSummary = "normalization-summary.json"
ArtifactChunkingSummary = "chunking-summary.json"
ArtifactUtilizationSummary = "utilization-diagnostics.json"
ArtifactLLMExecution = "llm-execution.json"
ArtifactSelectedProfiles = "selected-profiles.yaml"
ArtifactConfigOrigins = "config-origins.yaml"
ArtifactCorrectionLedger = "correction-ledger.json"
ArtifactInvocationMetadata = "invocation.json"
ArtifactEffectiveConfig = "effective-config.redacted.yaml"
ArtifactErrorLog = "error.log"
)

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
package diagnostics
import (
"errors"
"fmt"
"os"
"path/filepath"
"strings"
)
const (
ErrorsFile = "errors.yml"
RecoveriesFile = "recoveries.yml"
MarkdownFile = "report.md"
)
// OutputSelection contains only active destinations. ProtectedPaths are inputs
// and loaded configuration/profile sources that must never be overwritten.
// InputTranscriptPath may be replaced by final transcript publication, but not reports.
type OutputSelection struct {
InputTranscriptPath string
TranscriptPath string
ReportDir string
ReportingEnabled bool
ProtectedPaths []string
}
type ReportBundle struct {
Errors []byte
Recoveries []byte
Markdown []byte
}
type FileFailure struct {
Path string
Kind string
Err error
}
func (f FileFailure) Error() string { return fmt.Sprintf("%s %q: %v", f.Kind, f.Path, f.Err) }
func (f FileFailure) Unwrap() error { return f.Err }
// OutputSession owns checked destinations and per-file publication. Filesystem
// failures remain typed so CLI can present safe, redacted diagnostics.
type OutputSession struct {
transcript string
reports [3]string
enabled bool
replace func(string, []byte) error
}
func PrepareOutput(selection OutputSelection) (*OutputSession, error) {
session := &OutputSession{enabled: selection.ReportingEnabled, replace: atomicReplace}
active := make([]string, 0, 4)
if selection.TranscriptPath != "" {
session.transcript = selection.TranscriptPath
active = append(active, session.transcript)
}
if session.enabled {
if strings.TrimSpace(selection.ReportDir) == "" {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("report directory is required")
}
info, err := os.Stat(selection.ReportDir)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("report directory: %w", err)
}
if !info.IsDir() {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("report destination is not a directory")
}
session.reports = [3]string{
filepath.Join(selection.ReportDir, ErrorsFile),
filepath.Join(selection.ReportDir, RecoveriesFile),
filepath.Join(selection.ReportDir, MarkdownFile),
}
active = append(active, session.reports[:]...)
}
protected := make([]string, 0, len(selection.ProtectedPaths))
for _, path := range selection.ProtectedPaths {
if path != "" {
protected = append(protected, path)
}
}
for i, path := range active {
if path != session.transcript {
if info, err := os.Stat(path); err == nil {
if !info.Mode().IsRegular() {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("report output %q is not a regular file", path)
}
} else if !errors.Is(err, os.ErrNotExist) {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("report output %q: %w", path, err)
}
}
sources := protected
if path != session.transcript && selection.InputTranscriptPath != "" {
sources = append(append([]string(nil), protected...), selection.InputTranscriptPath)
}
for _, source := range sources {
collision, err := sameDestination(path, source)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if collision {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("output destination %q conflicts with input %q", path, source)
}
}
for _, prior := range active[:i] {
collision, err := sameDestination(path, prior)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if collision {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("output destinations %q and %q conflict", path, prior)
}
}
}
if session.transcript != "" {
if err := preflightTranscript(session.transcript); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
}
return session, nil
}
func (s *OutputSession) ReportPaths() []string {
if s == nil || !s.enabled {
return nil
}
return []string{s.reports[0], s.reports[1], s.reports[2]}
}
func (s *OutputSession) TranscriptPath() string {
if s == nil {
return ""
}
return s.transcript
}
// Initialize writes all report destinations before input/model processing. On
// failure it makes one best-effort pass to mark already-created reports failed.
func (s *OutputSession) Initialize(initial, failed ReportBundle) error {
if s == nil || !s.enabled {
return nil
}
created := make([]int, 0, len(s.reports))
for i, payload := range bundleParts(initial) {
if err := s.replace(s.reports[i], payload); err != nil {
for _, prior := range created {
_ = s.replace(s.reports[prior], bundleParts(failed)[prior])
}
return FileFailure{Path: s.reports[i], Kind: "report initialization", Err: err}
}
created = append(created, i)
}
return nil
}
// Finalize publishes the transcript first, then errors, recoveries, and Markdown.
// An empty transcript payload means processing failed and no transcript is written.
// Every enabled report is attempted even after an earlier write failure.
func (s *OutputSession) Finalize(transcript []byte, reports ReportBundle, failed func([]FileFailure) ReportBundle) []FileFailure {
if s == nil {
return []FileFailure{{Kind: "output finalization", Err: fmt.Errorf("output session is required")}}
}
failures := make([]FileFailure, 0)
if transcript != nil && s.transcript != "" {
if err := s.writeTranscript(transcript); err != nil {
failures = append(failures, FileFailure{Path: s.transcript, Kind: "transcript write", Err: err})
}
}
if s.enabled {
for i, payload := range bundleParts(reports) {
if err := s.replace(s.reports[i], payload); err != nil {
failures = append(failures, FileFailure{Path: s.reports[i], Kind: "report write", Err: err})
}
}
if len(failures) > 0 {
for i, payload := range bundleParts(failed(failures)) {
_ = s.replace(s.reports[i], payload)
}
}
}
return failures
}
// Stream destinations use ordinary writes; replacing their directory entry would
// destroy the device or pipe. Regular files retain per-file replacement.
func (s *OutputSession) writeTranscript(payload []byte) error {
info, err := os.Stat(s.transcript)
if err != nil && !errors.Is(err, os.ErrNotExist) {
return err
}
if err == nil && !info.Mode().IsRegular() {
file, err := os.OpenFile(s.transcript, os.O_WRONLY, 0)
if err != nil {
return err
}
_, writeErr := file.Write(payload)
return errors.Join(writeErr, file.Close())
}
return s.replace(s.transcript, payload)
}
func bundleParts(bundle ReportBundle) [3][]byte {
return [3][]byte{bundle.Errors, bundle.Recoveries, bundle.Markdown}
}
func preflightTranscript(path string) error {
info, err := os.Stat(path)
if err == nil {
if info.IsDir() {
return fmt.Errorf("transcript output %q is a directory", path)
}
if !info.Mode().IsRegular() {
// Opening a pipe here can block before its reader is ready.
return nil
}
file, openErr := os.OpenFile(path, os.O_WRONLY, 0)
if openErr != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("transcript output %q cannot be opened: %w", path, openErr)
}
if closeErr := file.Close(); closeErr != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("transcript output %q cannot be closed: %w", path, closeErr)
}
} else if !errors.Is(err, os.ErrNotExist) {
return fmt.Errorf("transcript output %q: %w", path, err)
}
parent := filepath.Dir(path)
probe, err := os.CreateTemp(parent, ".audita-probe-*")
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("transcript output parent %q: %w", parent, err)
}
name := probe.Name()
closeErr := probe.Close()
removeErr := os.Remove(name)
if closeErr != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("transcript output probe close: %w", closeErr)
}
if removeErr != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("transcript output probe removal: %w", removeErr)
}
return nil
}
func sameDestination(a, b string) (bool, error) {
ca, err := canonicalDestination(a)
if err != nil {
return false, err
}
cb, err := canonicalDestination(b)
if err != nil {
return false, err
}
if ca == cb {
return true, nil
}
ai, ae := os.Stat(a)
bi, be := os.Stat(b)
return ae == nil && be == nil && os.SameFile(ai, bi), nil
}
func canonicalDestination(path string) (string, error) {
abs, err := filepath.Abs(path)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
abs = filepath.Clean(abs)
if resolved, err := filepath.EvalSymlinks(abs); err == nil {
return resolved, nil
}
parent, err := filepath.EvalSymlinks(filepath.Dir(abs))
if err == nil {
return filepath.Join(parent, filepath.Base(abs)), nil
}
return abs, nil
}
func atomicReplace(path string, payload []byte) error {
publishPath, err := canonicalDestination(path)
if err != nil {
return err
}
// A private temporary directory lets ordinary file creation apply the umask
// without reading or changing process-global state. Rename stays on the same
// filesystem, and the incomplete payload is not accessible through the parent.
dir, err := os.MkdirTemp(filepath.Dir(publishPath), ".audita-write-*")
if err != nil {
return err
}
defer os.Remove(dir)
name := filepath.Join(dir, "payload")
temp, err := os.OpenFile(name, os.O_WRONLY|os.O_CREATE|os.O_EXCL, 0644)
if err != nil {
return err
}
defer os.Remove(name)
if info, err := os.Stat(publishPath); err == nil {
if err := temp.Chmod(info.Mode().Perm()); err != nil {
_ = temp.Close()
return err
}
} else if !errors.Is(err, os.ErrNotExist) {
_ = temp.Close()
return err
}
if _, err := temp.Write(payload); err != nil {
_ = temp.Close()
return err
}
if err := temp.Close(); err != nil {
return err
}
return os.Rename(name, publishPath)
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
package diagnostics
import (
"errors"
"os"
"path/filepath"
"strings"
"testing"
)
func TestPrepareOutputAllowsInPlaceTranscriptButRejectsReportCollisions(t *testing.T) {
dir := t.TempDir()
input := filepath.Join(dir, "input.json")
if err := os.WriteFile(input, []byte("source"), 0600); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
alias := filepath.Join(dir, "alias.json")
if err := os.Symlink(input, alias); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
hardlink := filepath.Join(dir, "hardlink.json")
if err := os.Link(input, hardlink); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
for _, output := range []string{input, alias, hardlink} {
if _, err := PrepareOutput(OutputSelection{TranscriptPath: output, InputTranscriptPath: input}); err != nil {
t.Fatalf("in-place output rejected: %s: %v", output, err)
}
}
if _, err := PrepareOutput(OutputSelection{TranscriptPath: filepath.Join(dir, ErrorsFile), ReportDir: dir, ReportingEnabled: true}); err == nil {
t.Fatal("report/transcript collision accepted")
}
if _, err := PrepareOutput(OutputSelection{ReportDir: dir, ReportingEnabled: true, ProtectedPaths: []string{filepath.Join(dir, ErrorsFile)}}); err == nil {
t.Fatal("report/source collision accepted")
}
if err := os.Symlink(input, filepath.Join(dir, ErrorsFile)); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if _, err := PrepareOutput(OutputSelection{ReportDir: dir, ReportingEnabled: true, InputTranscriptPath: input}); err == nil {
t.Fatal("report/input alias accepted")
}
if err := os.Remove(filepath.Join(dir, ErrorsFile)); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if err := os.Mkdir(filepath.Join(dir, MarkdownFile), 0700); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if _, err := PrepareOutput(OutputSelection{ReportDir: dir, ReportingEnabled: true}); err == nil {
t.Fatal("directory report target accepted")
}
if got, err := os.ReadFile(input); err != nil || string(got) != "source" {
t.Fatalf("source changed: %s %v", got, err)
}
}
func TestPrepareOutputPreservesExistingTranscriptAndChecksParent(t *testing.T) {
dir := t.TempDir()
output := filepath.Join(dir, "out.json")
if err := os.WriteFile(output, []byte("old content"), 0600); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
session, err := PrepareOutput(OutputSelection{TranscriptPath: output})
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if got, err := os.ReadFile(output); err != nil || string(got) != "old content" {
t.Fatalf("preflight truncated output: %s %v", got, err)
}
if failures := session.Finalize([]byte("new content"), ReportBundle{}, func([]FileFailure) ReportBundle { return ReportBundle{} }); len(failures) != 0 {
t.Fatal(failures)
}
if got, err := os.ReadFile(output); err != nil || string(got) != "new content" {
t.Fatalf("publication: %s %v", got, err)
}
if info, _ := os.Stat(output); info.Mode().Perm() != 0600 {
t.Fatalf("permission changed: %v", info.Mode())
}
if _, err := PrepareOutput(OutputSelection{TranscriptPath: filepath.Join(dir, "missing", "out.json")}); err == nil {
t.Fatal("absent parent accepted")
}
if _, err := PrepareOutput(OutputSelection{TranscriptPath: dir}); err == nil {
t.Fatal("directory target accepted")
}
entries, err := os.ReadDir(dir)
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
for _, entry := range entries {
if strings.HasPrefix(entry.Name(), ".audita-") {
t.Fatalf("probe left behind: %s", entry.Name())
}
}
}
func TestAtomicReplacementCleansTemporaryFileAfterRenameFailure(t *testing.T) {
dir := t.TempDir()
blocked := filepath.Join(dir, "directory-target")
if err := os.Mkdir(blocked, 0700); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if err := atomicReplace(blocked, []byte("new content")); err == nil {
t.Fatal("directory replacement unexpectedly succeeded")
}
entries, err := os.ReadDir(dir)
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
for _, entry := range entries {
if strings.HasPrefix(entry.Name(), ".audita-write-") {
t.Fatalf("replacement left temporary file: %s", entry.Name())
}
}
}
func TestDisabledReportingIgnoresUnusableDirectory(t *testing.T) {
dir := t.TempDir()
session, err := PrepareOutput(OutputSelection{TranscriptPath: filepath.Join(dir, "out.json"), ReportDir: filepath.Join(dir, "missing"), ReportingEnabled: false})
if err != nil || len(session.ReportPaths()) != 0 {
t.Fatalf("disabled reports probed: %+v %v", session, err)
}
if err := session.Initialize(ReportBundle{}, ReportBundle{}); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if _, err := os.Stat(filepath.Join(dir, "missing")); !errors.Is(err, os.ErrNotExist) {
t.Fatalf("disabled destination created: %v", err)
}
}
func TestEnabledReportingRequiresExistingDirectory(t *testing.T) {
dir := t.TempDir()
if _, err := PrepareOutput(OutputSelection{ReportDir: filepath.Join(dir, "missing"), ReportingEnabled: true}); err == nil {
t.Fatal("missing report directory accepted")
}
if _, err := os.Stat(filepath.Join(dir, "missing")); !errors.Is(err, os.ErrNotExist) {
t.Fatalf("report parent created: %v", err)
}
}
func TestStdoutModeInitializesAndFinalizesReports(t *testing.T) {
dir := t.TempDir()
session, err := PrepareOutput(OutputSelection{ReportDir: dir, ReportingEnabled: true})
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
initial := ReportBundle{Errors: []byte("in progress errors"), Recoveries: []byte("in progress recoveries"), Markdown: []byte("in progress report")}
finished := ReportBundle{Errors: []byte("completed errors"), Recoveries: []byte("completed recoveries"), Markdown: []byte("completed report")}
if err := session.Initialize(initial, ReportBundle{}); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if session.TranscriptPath() != "" {
t.Fatal("stdout mode acquired transcript path")
}
for i, path := range session.ReportPaths() {
got, err := os.ReadFile(path)
if err != nil || string(got) != string(bundleParts(initial)[i]) {
t.Fatalf("initial %s: %s %v", path, got, err)
}
}
if failures := session.Finalize(nil, finished, func([]FileFailure) ReportBundle { return ReportBundle{} }); len(failures) != 0 {
t.Fatal(failures)
}
for i, path := range session.ReportPaths() {
got, err := os.ReadFile(path)
if err != nil || string(got) != string(bundleParts(finished)[i]) {
t.Fatalf("final %s: %s %v", path, got, err)
}
}
}
func TestInitializeFailureMarksPriorReportFailedBeforeModelWork(t *testing.T) {
dir := t.TempDir()
session, err := PrepareOutput(OutputSelection{ReportDir: dir, ReportingEnabled: true})
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
actual := session.replace
session.replace = func(path string, payload []byte) error {
if filepath.Base(path) == RecoveriesFile && string(payload) == "initial" {
return os.ErrPermission
}
return actual(path, payload)
}
modelCalled := false
if err := session.Initialize(ReportBundle{Errors: []byte("initial"), Recoveries: []byte("initial"), Markdown: []byte("initial")}, ReportBundle{Errors: []byte("failed"), Recoveries: []byte("failed"), Markdown: []byte("failed")}); err == nil {
modelCalled = true
}
if modelCalled {
t.Fatal("model work continued after initialization failure")
}
got, err := os.ReadFile(filepath.Join(dir, ErrorsFile))
if err != nil || string(got) != "failed" {
t.Fatalf("prior report not failed: %s %v", got, err)
}
if _, err := os.Stat(filepath.Join(dir, MarkdownFile)); !errors.Is(err, os.ErrNotExist) {
t.Fatalf("later report created: %v", err)
}
}
func TestFinalizationCollectsFailuresAndRetainsPublishedTranscript(t *testing.T) {
dir := t.TempDir()
output := filepath.Join(dir, "output.json")
session, err := PrepareOutput(OutputSelection{TranscriptPath: output, ReportDir: dir, ReportingEnabled: true})
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if err := session.Initialize(ReportBundle{Errors: []byte("initial"), Recoveries: []byte("initial"), Markdown: []byte("initial")}, ReportBundle{}); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
actual := session.replace
session.replace = func(path string, payload []byte) error {
if filepath.Base(path) == ErrorsFile && string(payload) == "complete" {
return os.ErrPermission
}
return actual(path, payload)
}
complete := ReportBundle{Errors: []byte("complete"), Recoveries: []byte("complete"), Markdown: []byte("complete")}
failed := ReportBundle{Errors: []byte("failed"), Recoveries: []byte("failed"), Markdown: []byte("failed")}
failures := session.Finalize([]byte("transcript"), complete, func([]FileFailure) ReportBundle { return failed })
if len(failures) != 1 || failures[0].Path != filepath.Join(dir, ErrorsFile) {
t.Fatalf("failures: %+v", failures)
}
if got, err := os.ReadFile(output); err != nil || string(got) != "transcript" {
t.Fatalf("transcript erased: %s %v", got, err)
}
for _, path := range session.ReportPaths() {
if got, err := os.ReadFile(path); err != nil || string(got) != "failed" {
t.Fatalf("failed-status pass %s: %s %v", path, got, err)
}
}
}
func TestDebugRunDirectoryUsesSuppliedIDAndIsRetained(t *testing.T) {
parent := filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "debug")
if _, err := os.Stat(parent); !errors.Is(err, os.ErrNotExist) {
t.Fatalf("unexpected parent: %v", err)
}
run, err := NewRunDirectory(parent, "run-123", "secret")
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
if run.Path() != filepath.Join(parent, "run-123") {
t.Fatalf("run ID changed: %s", run.Path())
}
if _, err := NewRunDirectory(parent, "run-123"); err == nil {
t.Fatal("duplicate run ID accepted")
}
if err := run.WriteJSONArtifact(ArtifactCorrectionLedger, map[string]string{"proposal": "secret"}); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
contents, err := os.ReadFile(filepath.Join(run.Path(), ArtifactCorrectionLedger))
if err != nil || strings.Contains(string(contents), "secret") {
t.Fatalf("debug artifact: %s %v", contents, err)
}
if _, err := os.Stat(run.Path()); err != nil {
t.Fatalf("debug directory removed: %v", err)
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
//go:build linux || darwin
package diagnostics
import (
"io"
"os"
"path/filepath"
"syscall"
"testing"
)
func TestTranscriptStreamDestinations(t *testing.T) {
fifo := filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "transcript.pipe")
if err := syscall.Mkfifo(fifo, 0600); err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
for _, path := range []string{os.DevNull, fifo} {
t.Run(filepath.Base(path), func(t *testing.T) {
before, err := os.Stat(path)
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
// Preparation must finish even though the pipe has no reader yet.
session, err := PrepareOutput(OutputSelection{TranscriptPath: path})
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
var reader *os.File
if path == fifo {
// Keep both ends open in the test so publication and reading can be
// sequential; the small payload fits in the pipe buffer.
reader, err = os.OpenFile(path, os.O_RDWR|syscall.O_NONBLOCK, 0)
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
defer reader.Close()
}
payload := []byte("transcript")
if failures := session.Finalize(payload, ReportBundle{}, nil); len(failures) != 0 {
t.Fatal(failures)
}
after, err := os.Stat(path)
if err != nil || !os.SameFile(before, after) || before.Mode() != after.Mode() {
t.Fatalf("stream replaced: %v", err)
}
if reader != nil {
got := make([]byte, len(payload))
if _, err := io.ReadFull(reader, got); err != nil || string(got) != string(payload) {
t.Fatalf("pipe delivery: %q %v", got, err)
}
}
})
}
}
func TestTranscriptStreamWriteFailure(t *testing.T) {
if _, err := os.Stat("/dev/full"); os.IsNotExist(err) {
t.Skip("/dev/full unavailable")
}
session, err := PrepareOutput(OutputSelection{TranscriptPath: "/dev/full"})
if err != nil {
t.Fatal(err)
}
failures := session.Finalize([]byte("transcript"), ReportBundle{}, nil)
if len(failures) != 1 || failures[0].Kind != "transcript write" {
t.Fatalf("write failure lost: %+v", failures)
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
package diagnostics
import (
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"os"
"path/filepath"
"strings"
"time"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/chunking"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/normalization"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/redaction"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/schema"
)
// RunDirectory represents a per-run diagnostics directory
type RunDirectory struct {
redactor redaction.Redactor
path string
createdAt time.Time
}
// InvocationMetadata captures non-secret invocation details for diagnostics.
type InvocationMetadata struct {
Operation string `json:"operation"`
TranscriptPath string `json:"transcript_path"`
GlossaryPath string `json:"glossary_path"`
OutputPath string `json:"output_path,omitempty"`
ConfigPath string `json:"config_path,omitempty"`
ConfigSource string `json:"config_source,omitempty"`
Overlay string `json:"overlay,omitempty"`
ConfigVersion *int `json:"config_version,omitempty"`
TranscriptDescription string `json:"transcript_description,omitempty"`
Modules []string `json:"modules"`
RunID string `json:"run_id"`
StartedAt time.Time `json:"started_at"`
}
// NewRunDirectory creates a new run directory under the configured work dir
func NewRunDirectory(workDir, runID string, secrets ...string) (*RunDirectory, error) {
if strings.TrimSpace(workDir) == "" {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("debug work directory is required")
}
if strings.TrimSpace(runID) == "" || filepath.Base(runID) != runID || runID == "." || runID == ".." {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("valid run ID is required")
}
// Create work directory if it doesn't exist
if err := os.MkdirAll(workDir, 0o755); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to create work directory %q: %w", workDir, err)
}
runPath := filepath.Join(workDir, runID)
if err := os.Mkdir(runPath, 0o755); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to create run directory %q: %w", runPath, err)
}
return &RunDirectory{
path: runPath,
redactor: redaction.New(secrets),
createdAt: time.Now().UTC(),
}, nil
}
// Path returns the run directory path
func (r *RunDirectory) Path() string {
return r.path
}
func (r *RunDirectory) runID() string {
return filepath.Base(r.path)
}
// WriteInvocationMetadata writes invocation metadata for this run.
func (r *RunDirectory) WriteInvocationMetadata(metadata InvocationMetadata) error {
if metadata.RunID == "" {
metadata.RunID = r.runID()
}
if metadata.StartedAt.IsZero() {
metadata.StartedAt = r.createdAt
}
path := filepath.Join(r.path, ArtifactInvocationMetadata)
bytes, err := r.redactor.JSON(metadata)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to marshal invocation metadata: %w", err)
}
bytes = append(bytes, '\n')
if err := os.WriteFile(path, bytes, 0o644); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to write invocation metadata: %w", err)
}
return nil
}
// WriteEffectiveConfig writes redacted effective config metadata for this run.
func (r *RunDirectory) WriteEffectiveConfig(effectiveYAML []byte) error {
return r.WriteYAMLArtifact(ArtifactEffectiveConfig, effectiveYAML)
}
// WriteSourceTranscript writes the source transcript artifact
func (r *RunDirectory) WriteSourceTranscript(transcript *schema.SourceTranscript, raw []byte) error {
// Preserve the source snapshot without copying unredacted input bytes.
var source any
decoder := json.NewDecoder(strings.NewReader(string(raw)))
decoder.UseNumber()
if err := decoder.Decode(&source); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("decode source snapshot: %w", err)
}
sourceBytes, err := r.redactor.JSON(source)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("redact source snapshot: %w", err)
}
sourcePath := filepath.Join(r.path, ArtifactSourceTranscript)
if err := os.WriteFile(sourcePath, append(sourceBytes, '\n'), 0o644); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to write source transcript: %w", err)
}
// Write parsed source for debugging
parsedPath := filepath.Join(r.path, ArtifactParsedSourceTranscript)
parsedBytes, err := r.redactor.JSON(transcript)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to marshal parsed source transcript: %w", err)
}
parsedBytes = append(parsedBytes, '\n')
if err := os.WriteFile(parsedPath, parsedBytes, 0o644); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to write parsed source transcript: %w", err)
}
return nil
}
// WriteNormalizedTranscript writes the normalized transcript artifact
func (r *RunDirectory) WriteNormalizedTranscript(transcript *schema.Transcript) error {
normalizedPath := filepath.Join(r.path, ArtifactNormalizedTranscript)
bytes, err := r.redactor.JSON(transcript)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to serialize normalized transcript: %w", err)
}
if err := os.WriteFile(normalizedPath, bytes, 0o644); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to write normalized transcript: %w", err)
}
return nil
}
// WriteNormalizationSummary writes the normalization summary artifact
func (r *RunDirectory) WriteNormalizationSummary(summary *normalization.NormalizationSummary) error {
summaryPath := filepath.Join(r.path, ArtifactNormalizationSummary)
bytes, err := r.redactor.JSON(summary)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to marshal normalization summary: %w", err)
}
bytes = append(bytes, '\n')
if err := os.WriteFile(summaryPath, bytes, 0o644); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to write normalization summary: %w", err)
}
return nil
}
// WriteErrorLog writes an error log on failure
func (r *RunDirectory) WriteErrorLog(errorMessage string) error {
errorPath := filepath.Join(r.path, ArtifactErrorLog)
return os.WriteFile(errorPath, []byte(r.redactor.String(errorMessage)+"\n"), 0o644)
}
// WriteChunkingSummary writes the chunking summary artifact
func (r *RunDirectory) WriteChunkingSummary(summary *chunking.DetailedSummary) error {
summaryPath := filepath.Join(r.path, ArtifactChunkingSummary)
bytes, err := r.redactor.JSON(summary)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to marshal chunking summary: %w", err)
}
bytes = append(bytes, '\n')
if err := os.WriteFile(summaryPath, bytes, 0o644); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to write chunking summary: %w", err)
}
return nil
}
func (r *RunDirectory) WriteJSONArtifact(name string, payload any) error {
artifactPath := filepath.Join(r.path, name)
bytes, err := r.redactor.JSON(payload)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to marshal %s: %w", name, err)
}
bytes = append(bytes, '\n')
if err := os.WriteFile(artifactPath, bytes, 0o644); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to write %s: %w", name, err)
}
return nil
}
// WriteYAMLArtifact writes a sanitized YAML diagnostic artifact.
func (r *RunDirectory) WriteYAMLArtifact(name string, payload []byte) error {
var err error
payload, err = r.redactor.YAML(payload)
if err != nil {
return err
}
if err := os.WriteFile(filepath.Join(r.path, name), payload, 0o644); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to write %s: %w", name, err)
}
return nil
}

29
internal/core/io/files.go Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
package io
import (
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"os"
)
func ReadRequiredFile(path string, label string) ([]byte, error) {
contents, err := os.ReadFile(path)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to read %s file %q: %w", label, path, err)
}
return contents, nil
}
func ValidateWellFormedJSON(path string, raw []byte) error {
if !json.Valid(raw) {
return fmt.Errorf("transcript file %q is not valid JSON", path)
}
return nil
}
func WriteFile(path string, contents []byte) error {
if err := os.WriteFile(path, contents, 0o644); err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to write output file %q: %w", path, err)
}
return nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
package modulecatalog
import "strings"
const (
KeyGlossary = "glossary"
KeyHomophones = "homophones"
KeySpokenWord = "spoken_word"
KeyGrammar = "grammar"
)
var supportedKeys = []string{
KeyGlossary,
KeyHomophones,
KeySpokenWord,
KeyGrammar,
}
var supportedKeySet = map[string]struct{}{
KeyGlossary: {},
KeyHomophones: {},
KeySpokenWord: {},
KeyGrammar: {},
}
func SupportedKeys() []string {
out := make([]string, len(supportedKeys))
copy(out, supportedKeys)
return out
}
func IsSupported(key string) bool {
_, ok := supportedKeySet[strings.TrimSpace(key)]
return ok
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
package modulecatalog
import (
"reflect"
"testing"
)
func TestSupportedKeys(t *testing.T) {
want := []string{KeyGlossary, KeyHomophones, KeySpokenWord, KeyGrammar}
if got := SupportedKeys(); !reflect.DeepEqual(got, want) {
t.Fatalf("unexpected supported keys: got=%v want=%v", got, want)
}
}
func TestIsSupported(t *testing.T) {
for _, key := range SupportedKeys() {
if !IsSupported(key) {
t.Fatalf("expected key %q to be supported", key)
}
}
if IsSupported("made_up") {
t.Fatalf("did not expect made_up to be supported")
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
package normalization
import (
"sort"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/schema"
)
// NormalizationConfig holds configuration parameters for transcript normalization
type NormalizationConfig struct {
MaxSegmentGap float64 // Maximum gap between segments to consider for merging (seconds)
EllipsisGap float64 // Gap threshold above which to insert ellipsis (seconds)
MaxSegmentDuration float64 // Maximum duration for a merged segment (seconds)
MaxSegmentTokens int // Maximum token estimate for a merged segment
}
// NormalizationSummary records the results and statistics of normalization
type NormalizationSummary struct {
InputSegmentCount int `json:"input_segment_count"`
OutputSegmentCount int `json:"output_segment_count"`
MergesPerformed int `json:"merges_performed"`
IDsReassigned int `json:"ids_reassigned"`
SkippedMerges struct {
DifferentSpeakers int `json:"different_speakers"`
GapTooLarge int `json:"gap_too_large"`
DurationExceeded int `json:"duration_exceeded"`
TokenLimitExceeded int `json:"token_limit_exceeded"`
} `json:"skipped_merges"`
}
// NormalizeTranscript performs deterministic normalization on a transcript
type NormalizeTranscript struct {
config NormalizationConfig
estimator *SimpleTokenEstimator
}
// NewNormalizer creates a new transcript normalizer with the given configuration
func NewNormalizer(config NormalizationConfig) *NormalizeTranscript {
return &NormalizeTranscript{
config: config,
estimator: &SimpleTokenEstimator{},
}
}
// Normalize performs deterministic normalization on the given transcript
func (n *NormalizeTranscript) Normalize(transcript *schema.Transcript) (*schema.Transcript, *NormalizationSummary) {
summary := &NormalizationSummary{
InputSegmentCount: len(transcript.Segments),
}
if len(transcript.Segments) == 0 {
return transcript, summary
}
// Sort segments chronologically
sortedSegments := make([]schema.Segment, len(transcript.Segments))
copy(sortedSegments, transcript.Segments)
sort.Slice(sortedSegments, func(i, j int) bool {
return sortedSegments[i].Start < sortedSegments[j].Start
})
// Merge same-speaker adjacent segments
var normalizedSegments []schema.Segment
var currentSegment schema.Segment
for i, segment := range sortedSegments {
if i == 0 {
// Initialize with first segment
currentSegment = segment
continue
}
// Check if we should merge with current segment
gap := segment.Start - currentSegment.End
merge, reason := shouldMergeWithReason(n.config, n.estimator, &currentSegment, &segment, gap)
if merge {
summary.MergesPerformed++
currentSegment = mergeSegments(&currentSegment, &segment, gap, n.config.EllipsisGap)
} else {
// Track the reason for not merging
switch reason {
case "different_speakers":
summary.SkippedMerges.DifferentSpeakers++
case "gap_too_large":
summary.SkippedMerges.GapTooLarge++
case "duration_exceeded":
summary.SkippedMerges.DurationExceeded++
case "token_limit_exceeded":
summary.SkippedMerges.TokenLimitExceeded++
}
// Finalize current segment and start new one
normalizedSegments = append(normalizedSegments, currentSegment)
currentSegment = segment
}
}
// Add the last segment
if len(currentSegment.Text) > 0 {
normalizedSegments = append(normalizedSegments, currentSegment)
}
// Reassign sequential IDs starting at 1
for i, segment := range normalizedSegments {
if segment.ID != i+1 {
summary.IDsReassigned++
}
normalizedSegments[i].ID = i + 1
}
summary.OutputSegmentCount = len(normalizedSegments)
return &schema.Transcript{Segments: normalizedSegments}, summary
}
func shouldMerge(config NormalizationConfig, estimator *SimpleTokenEstimator,
current, next *schema.Segment, gap float64) bool {
// Don't merge if different speakers
if current.Speaker != next.Speaker {
return false
}
// Don't merge if gap is too large
if gap > config.MaxSegmentGap {
return false
}
// Calculate what the merged segment would look like
mergedText := current.Text
if gap >= config.EllipsisGap {
mergedText += "... "
} else {
mergedText += " "
}
mergedText += next.Text
mergedDuration := next.End - current.Start
// Don't merge if duration would be exceeded
if mergedDuration > config.MaxSegmentDuration {
return false
}
// Don't merge if token estimate would be exceeded
tokenEstimate := estimator.EstimateTokens(mergedText)
if tokenEstimate > config.MaxSegmentTokens {
return false
}
return true
}
func shouldMergeWithReason(config NormalizationConfig, estimator *SimpleTokenEstimator,
current, next *schema.Segment, gap float64) (bool, string) {
if current.Speaker != next.Speaker {
return false, "different_speakers"
}
if gap > config.MaxSegmentGap {
return false, "gap_too_large"
}
mergedText := current.Text
if gap >= config.EllipsisGap {
mergedText += "... "
} else {
mergedText += " "
}
mergedText += next.Text
mergedDuration := next.End - current.Start
if mergedDuration > config.MaxSegmentDuration {
return false, "duration_exceeded"
}
tokenEstimate := estimator.EstimateTokens(mergedText)
if tokenEstimate > config.MaxSegmentTokens {
return false, "token_limit_exceeded"
}
return true, ""
}
func mergeSegments(current, next *schema.Segment, gap, ellipsisGap float64) schema.Segment {
mergedText := current.Text
if gap >= ellipsisGap {
mergedText += "... "
} else {
mergedText += " "
}
mergedText += next.Text
// Merge categories
categories := make([]string, 0, len(current.Categories)+len(next.Categories))
categories = append(categories, current.Categories...)
categories = append(categories, next.Categories...)
return schema.Segment{
ID: current.ID, // Will be reassigned later
Speaker: current.Speaker,
Start: current.Start,
End: next.End,
Text: mergedText,
Categories: categories,
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,684 @@
package normalization
import (
"os"
"strings"
"testing"
"gitea.maximumdirect.net/eric/audita/v3/internal/core/schema"
)
func TestNormalizationNoOp(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 1.0,
MaxSegmentDuration: 60.0,
MaxSegmentTokens: 100,
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
transcript := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: []schema.Segment{
{ID: 1, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 0.0, End: 1.0, Text: "Hello"},
{ID: 2, Speaker: "Bob", Start: 2.0, End: 3.0, Text: "Hi"},
},
}
normalized, summary := normalizer.Normalize(transcript)
// Should be no-op since different speakers
if len(normalized.Segments) != 2 {
t.Errorf("expected 2 segments, got %d", len(normalized.Segments))
}
if summary.InputSegmentCount != 2 {
t.Errorf("expected input count 2, got %d", summary.InputSegmentCount)
}
if summary.OutputSegmentCount != 2 {
t.Errorf("expected output count 2, got %d", summary.OutputSegmentCount)
}
if summary.MergesPerformed != 0 {
t.Errorf("expected 0 merges, got %d", summary.MergesPerformed)
}
}
func TestNormalizationSameSpeakerMergeWithinGap(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 1.0,
MaxSegmentDuration: 60.0,
MaxSegmentTokens: 100,
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
transcript := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: []schema.Segment{
{ID: 1, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 0.0, End: 1.0, Text: "Hello"},
{ID: 2, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 1.5, End: 2.5, Text: "world"},
},
}
normalized, summary := normalizer.Normalize(transcript)
// Should merge since same speaker and small gap
if len(normalized.Segments) != 1 {
t.Errorf("expected 1 merged segment, got %d", len(normalized.Segments))
}
if summary.MergesPerformed != 1 {
t.Errorf("expected 1 merge, got %d", summary.MergesPerformed)
}
if !strings.Contains(normalized.Segments[0].Text, "Hello") || !strings.Contains(normalized.Segments[0].Text, "world") {
t.Errorf("expected merged text to contain both parts, got %q", normalized.Segments[0].Text)
}
}
func TestNormalizationEllipsisInsertionAboveThreshold(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 0.5,
MaxSegmentDuration: 60.0,
MaxSegmentTokens: 100,
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
transcript := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: []schema.Segment{
{ID: 1, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 0.0, End: 1.0, Text: "Hello"},
{ID: 2, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 2.0, End: 3.0, Text: "world"},
},
}
normalized, _ := normalizer.Normalize(transcript)
// Should merge with ellipsis since gap (1.0) > ellipsis threshold (0.5)
if len(normalized.Segments) != 1 {
t.Errorf("expected 1 merged segment, got %d", len(normalized.Segments))
}
if !strings.Contains(normalized.Segments[0].Text, "...") {
t.Errorf("expected ellipsis in merged text, got %q", normalized.Segments[0].Text)
}
}
func TestNormalizationNoMergeDifferentSpeakers(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 1.0,
MaxSegmentDuration: 60.0,
MaxSegmentTokens: 100,
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
transcript := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: []schema.Segment{
{ID: 1, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 0.0, End: 1.0, Text: "Hello"},
{ID: 2, Speaker: "Bob", Start: 1.5, End: 2.5, Text: "Hi"},
},
}
normalized, summary := normalizer.Normalize(transcript)
// Should NOT merge since different speakers
if len(normalized.Segments) != 2 {
t.Errorf("expected 2 segments, got %d", len(normalized.Segments))
}
if summary.SkippedMerges.DifferentSpeakers != 1 {
t.Errorf("expected 1 skipped merge for different speakers, got %d", summary.SkippedMerges.DifferentSpeakers)
}
}
func TestNormalizationNoMergeWhenMaxDurationExceeded(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 1.0,
MaxSegmentDuration: 1.0, // Very small max duration
MaxSegmentTokens: 100,
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
transcript := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: []schema.Segment{
{ID: 1, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 0.0, End: 0.5, Text: "Hello"},
{ID: 2, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 0.6, End: 1.5, Text: "world"},
},
}
normalized, summary := normalizer.Normalize(transcript)
// Should NOT merge since merged duration (1.5) > max duration (1.0)
if len(normalized.Segments) != 2 {
t.Errorf("expected 2 segments, got %d", len(normalized.Segments))
}
if summary.SkippedMerges.DurationExceeded != 1 {
t.Errorf("expected 1 skipped merge for duration exceeded, got %d", summary.SkippedMerges.DurationExceeded)
}
}
func TestNormalizationNoMergeWhenTokenLimitExceeded(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 1.0,
MaxSegmentDuration: 60.0,
MaxSegmentTokens: 1, // Very small token limit
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
transcript := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: []schema.Segment{
{ID: 1, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 0.0, End: 1.0, Text: "Hello"},
{ID: 2, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 1.5, End: 2.5, Text: "world"},
},
}
normalized, summary := normalizer.Normalize(transcript)
// Should NOT merge since merged token count would exceed limit
if len(normalized.Segments) != 2 {
t.Errorf("expected 2 segments, got %d", len(normalized.Segments))
}
if summary.SkippedMerges.TokenLimitExceeded != 1 {
t.Errorf("expected 1 skipped merge for token limit exceeded, got %d", summary.SkippedMerges.TokenLimitExceeded)
}
}
func TestNormalizationChronologicalOrdering(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 1.0,
MaxSegmentDuration: 60.0,
MaxSegmentTokens: 100,
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
transcript := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: []schema.Segment{
{ID: 2, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 5.0, End: 6.0, Text: "Later"},
{ID: 1, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 0.0, End: 1.0, Text: "First"},
{ID: 3, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 2.0, End: 3.0, Text: "Middle"},
},
}
normalized, _ := normalizer.Normalize(transcript)
// Should be sorted chronologically
if len(normalized.Segments) != 1 {
t.Errorf("expected 1 merged segment, got %d", len(normalized.Segments))
}
if normalized.Segments[0].Start != 0.0 {
t.Errorf("expected first segment to start at 0.0, got %f", normalized.Segments[0].Start)
}
if normalized.Segments[0].End != 6.0 {
t.Errorf("expected merged segment to end at 6.0, got %f", normalized.Segments[0].End)
}
}
func TestNormalizationSequentialIDReassignment(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 1.0,
MaxSegmentDuration: 60.0,
MaxSegmentTokens: 100,
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
transcript := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: []schema.Segment{
{ID: 5, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 0.0, End: 1.0, Text: "Hello"},
{ID: 10, Speaker: "Bob", Start: 2.0, End: 3.0, Text: "Hi"},
},
}
normalized, summary := normalizer.Normalize(transcript)
// Should have sequential IDs starting at 1
if len(normalized.Segments) != 2 {
t.Errorf("expected 2 segments, got %d", len(normalized.Segments))
}
if normalized.Segments[0].ID != 1 {
t.Errorf("expected first segment ID 1, got %d", normalized.Segments[0].ID)
}
if normalized.Segments[1].ID != 2 {
t.Errorf("expected second segment ID 2, got %d", normalized.Segments[1].ID)
}
if summary.IDsReassigned != 2 {
t.Errorf("expected 2 IDs reassigned, got %d", summary.IDsReassigned)
}
}
func TestNormalizationCategoryPreservation(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 1.0,
MaxSegmentDuration: 60.0,
MaxSegmentTokens: 100,
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
transcript := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: []schema.Segment{
{ID: 1, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 0.0, End: 1.0, Text: "Hello", Categories: []string{"greeting"}},
{ID: 2, Speaker: "Alice", Start: 1.5, End: 2.5, Text: "world", Categories: []string{"response"}},
},
}
normalized, _ := normalizer.Normalize(transcript)
// Should merge and preserve both categories
if len(normalized.Segments) != 1 {
t.Errorf("expected 1 merged segment, got %d", len(normalized.Segments))
}
if len(normalized.Segments[0].Categories) != 2 {
t.Errorf("expected 2 categories, got %d", len(normalized.Segments[0].Categories))
}
if normalized.Segments[0].Categories[0] != "greeting" || normalized.Segments[0].Categories[1] != "response" {
t.Errorf("expected preserved categories, got %v", normalized.Segments[0].Categories)
}
}
func TestNormalizationGoldenBareArrayTranscript(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 1.0,
MaxSegmentDuration: 60.0,
MaxSegmentTokens: 100,
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
raw, err := os.ReadFile("testdata/bare_array_transcript.json")
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to read test fixture: %v", err)
}
transcript, err := schema.ParseSourceTranscriptJSON(raw)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to parse source transcript: %v", err)
}
converted := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: make([]schema.Segment, len(transcript.Segments)),
}
for i, s := range transcript.Segments {
id := i + 1
if s.ID != nil {
id = *s.ID
}
converted.Segments[i] = schema.Segment{
ID: id,
Speaker: s.Speaker,
Start: s.Start,
End: s.End,
Text: s.Text,
Categories: s.Categories,
}
}
normalized, _ := normalizer.Normalize(converted)
// Compare with golden output semantically
expectedRaw, err := os.ReadFile("testdata/bare_array_transcript.golden.json")
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to read golden fixture: %v", err)
}
expectedTranscript, err := schema.ParseTranscriptJSON(expectedRaw)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to parse golden transcript: %v", err)
}
assertTranscriptsEqual(t, normalized, expectedTranscript)
}
func TestNormalizationGoldenObjectWithSegmentsTranscript(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 1.0,
MaxSegmentDuration: 60.0,
MaxSegmentTokens: 100,
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
raw, err := os.ReadFile("testdata/object_with_segments_transcript.json")
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to read test fixture: %v", err)
}
transcript, err := schema.ParseSourceTranscriptJSON(raw)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to parse source transcript: %v", err)
}
converted := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: make([]schema.Segment, len(transcript.Segments)),
}
for i, s := range transcript.Segments {
id := i + 1
if s.ID != nil {
id = *s.ID
}
converted.Segments[i] = schema.Segment{
ID: id,
Speaker: s.Speaker,
Start: s.Start,
End: s.End,
Text: s.Text,
Categories: s.Categories,
}
}
normalized, _ := normalizer.Normalize(converted)
// Compare with golden output semantically
expectedRaw, err := os.ReadFile("testdata/object_with_segments_transcript.golden.json")
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to read golden fixture: %v", err)
}
expectedTranscript, err := schema.ParseTranscriptJSON(expectedRaw)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to parse golden transcript: %v", err)
}
assertTranscriptsEqual(t, normalized, expectedTranscript)
}
func TestNormalizationGoldenTranscriptWithCategories(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 1.0,
MaxSegmentDuration: 60.0,
MaxSegmentTokens: 100,
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
raw, err := os.ReadFile("testdata/transcript_with_categories.json")
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to read test fixture: %v", err)
}
transcript, err := schema.ParseSourceTranscriptJSON(raw)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to parse source transcript: %v", err)
}
converted := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: make([]schema.Segment, len(transcript.Segments)),
}
for i, s := range transcript.Segments {
id := i + 1
if s.ID != nil {
id = *s.ID
}
converted.Segments[i] = schema.Segment{
ID: id,
Speaker: s.Speaker,
Start: s.Start,
End: s.End,
Text: s.Text,
Categories: s.Categories,
}
}
normalized, _ := normalizer.Normalize(converted)
// Compare with golden output semantically
expectedRaw, err := os.ReadFile("testdata/transcript_with_categories.golden.json")
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to read golden fixture: %v", err)
}
expectedTranscript, err := schema.ParseTranscriptJSON(expectedRaw)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to parse golden transcript: %v", err)
}
assertTranscriptsEqual(t, normalized, expectedTranscript)
}
func TestNormalizationGoldenTranscriptWithOriginalIDs(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 1.0,
MaxSegmentDuration: 60.0,
MaxSegmentTokens: 100,
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
raw, err := os.ReadFile("testdata/transcript_with_original_ids.json")
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to read test fixture: %v", err)
}
transcript, err := schema.ParseSourceTranscriptJSON(raw)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to parse source transcript: %v", err)
}
converted := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: make([]schema.Segment, len(transcript.Segments)),
}
for i, s := range transcript.Segments {
id := i + 1
if s.ID != nil {
id = *s.ID
}
converted.Segments[i] = schema.Segment{
ID: id,
Speaker: s.Speaker,
Start: s.Start,
End: s.End,
Text: s.Text,
Categories: s.Categories,
}
}
normalized, _ := normalizer.Normalize(converted)
// Compare with golden output semantically
expectedRaw, err := os.ReadFile("testdata/transcript_with_original_ids.golden.json")
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to read golden fixture: %v", err)
}
expectedTranscript, err := schema.ParseTranscriptJSON(expectedRaw)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to parse golden transcript: %v", err)
}
assertTranscriptsEqual(t, normalized, expectedTranscript)
}
func TestNormalizationGoldenSameSpeakerMerge(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 1.0,
MaxSegmentDuration: 60.0,
MaxSegmentTokens: 100,
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
raw, err := os.ReadFile("testdata/transcript_same_speaker_merge.json")
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to read test fixture: %v", err)
}
transcript, err := schema.ParseSourceTranscriptJSON(raw)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to parse source transcript: %v", err)
}
converted := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: make([]schema.Segment, len(transcript.Segments)),
}
for i, s := range transcript.Segments {
id := i + 1
if s.ID != nil {
id = *s.ID
}
converted.Segments[i] = schema.Segment{
ID: id,
Speaker: s.Speaker,
Start: s.Start,
End: s.End,
Text: s.Text,
Categories: s.Categories,
}
}
normalized, _ := normalizer.Normalize(converted)
// Compare with golden output semantically
expectedRaw, err := os.ReadFile("testdata/transcript_same_speaker_merge.golden.json")
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to read golden fixture: %v", err)
}
expectedTranscript, err := schema.ParseTranscriptJSON(expectedRaw)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to parse golden transcript: %v", err)
}
assertTranscriptsEqual(t, normalized, expectedTranscript)
}
func TestNormalizationGoldenEllipsisMerge(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 1.0,
MaxSegmentDuration: 60.0,
MaxSegmentTokens: 100,
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
raw, err := os.ReadFile("testdata/transcript_ellipsis_merge.json")
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to read test fixture: %v", err)
}
transcript, err := schema.ParseSourceTranscriptJSON(raw)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to parse source transcript: %v", err)
}
converted := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: make([]schema.Segment, len(transcript.Segments)),
}
for i, s := range transcript.Segments {
id := i + 1
if s.ID != nil {
id = *s.ID
}
converted.Segments[i] = schema.Segment{
ID: id,
Speaker: s.Speaker,
Start: s.Start,
End: s.End,
Text: s.Text,
Categories: s.Categories,
}
}
normalized, _ := normalizer.Normalize(converted)
// Compare with golden output semantically
expectedRaw, err := os.ReadFile("testdata/transcript_ellipsis_merge.golden.json")
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to read golden fixture: %v", err)
}
expectedTranscript, err := schema.ParseTranscriptJSON(expectedRaw)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to parse golden transcript: %v", err)
}
assertTranscriptsEqual(t, normalized, expectedTranscript)
}
func TestNormalizationGoldenDifferentSpeakersNoMerge(t *testing.T) {
config := NormalizationConfig{
MaxSegmentGap: 2.0,
EllipsisGap: 1.0,
MaxSegmentDuration: 60.0,
MaxSegmentTokens: 100,
}
normalizer := NewNormalizer(config)
raw, err := os.ReadFile("testdata/transcript_different_speakers_no_merge.json")
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to read test fixture: %v", err)
}
transcript, err := schema.ParseSourceTranscriptJSON(raw)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to parse source transcript: %v", err)
}
converted := &schema.Transcript{
Segments: make([]schema.Segment, len(transcript.Segments)),
}
for i, s := range transcript.Segments {
id := i + 1
if s.ID != nil {
id = *s.ID
}
converted.Segments[i] = schema.Segment{
ID: id,
Speaker: s.Speaker,
Start: s.Start,
End: s.End,
Text: s.Text,
Categories: s.Categories,
}
}
normalized, _ := normalizer.Normalize(converted)
// Compare with golden output semantically
expectedRaw, err := os.ReadFile("testdata/transcript_different_speakers_no_merge.golden.json")
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to read golden fixture: %v", err)
}
expectedTranscript, err := schema.ParseTranscriptJSON(expectedRaw)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("failed to parse golden transcript: %v", err)
}
assertTranscriptsEqual(t, normalized, expectedTranscript)
}
func assertTranscriptsEqual(t *testing.T, actual, expected *schema.Transcript) {
t.Helper()
if len(actual.Segments) != len(expected.Segments) {
t.Errorf("segment count mismatch: expected %d, got %d", len(expected.Segments), len(actual.Segments))
return
}
for i := range actual.Segments {
a := actual.Segments[i]
e := expected.Segments[i]
if a.ID != e.ID {
t.Errorf("segment %d: ID mismatch: expected %d, got %d", i, e.ID, a.ID)
}
if a.Speaker != e.Speaker {
t.Errorf("segment %d: speaker mismatch: expected %q, got %q", i, e.Speaker, a.Speaker)
}
if a.Start != e.Start {
t.Errorf("segment %d: start mismatch: expected %f, got %f", i, e.Start, a.Start)
}
if a.End != e.End {
t.Errorf("segment %d: end mismatch: expected %f, got %f", i, e.End, a.End)
}
if a.Text != e.Text {
t.Errorf("segment %d: text mismatch: expected %q, got %q", i, e.Text, a.Text)
}
if len(a.Categories) != len(e.Categories) {
t.Errorf("segment %d: categories count mismatch: expected %d, got %d", i, len(e.Categories), len(a.Categories))
continue
}
for j, cat := range a.Categories {
if j >= len(e.Categories) || cat != e.Categories[j] {
t.Errorf("segment %d: category %d mismatch: expected %q, got %q", i, j, e.Categories[j], cat)
}
}
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
[
{
"id": 1,
"speaker": "Alice",
"start": 0.0,
"end": 1.5,
"text": "Hello world."
},
{
"id": 2,
"speaker": "Bob",
"start": 2.0,
"end": 3.5,
"text": "Hi there.",
"categories": [
"greeting"
]
}
]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
[
{
"id": 1,
"speaker": "Alice",
"start": 0.0,
"end": 1.5,
"text": "Hello world."
},
{
"id": 2,
"speaker": "Bob",
"start": 2.0,
"end": 3.5,
"text": "Hi there.",
"categories": ["greeting"]
}
]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
glossary:
- name: Jesters
category: faction
summary: A faction name.
aliases:
- Jester
- Jest
- name: Popov
category: character
summary: A character name.
aliases:
- Hrank
- Pop
- name: Audita
category: system
summary: The transcript polishing system.
aliases:
- Audit
- Auditor

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More